Home

Technicolor - Thomson ST516 Network Router User Manual

1. DESCRIPTION gt Type Indicates the configured Ethernet communication speed and duplex mode gt Result indicates the effective operating status if Type equals auto In other cases when the Ethernet types do NOT match Result Type will equal unknown and no Ethernet connectivity will exist RELATED COMMANDS eth device ifconfig Configure an Ethernet interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch group flush Set all the ports to the default settings All the ports are placed in group 0 SYNTAX eth switch group flush EXAMIPLE gt eth switch group list Group 0 Ports 4 Group 1 Ports 1 Group 2 Ports 2 3 gt eth switch group flush gt eth switch group list Group 0 Ports Ll 2 34 gt RELATED COMMANDS eth switch group list List all the configured switch groups eth switch group move Move a specified port to a specified switch group E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch group list List all the configured switch groups SYNTAX eth switch group list EXAMIPLE gt eth switch group list Group 0 Ports 4 Group 1 Ports 1 Group 2 Ports 2 3 gt RELATED COMMANDS eth switch group flush Set all the ports to the default settings eth switch group move Move a specified port to a specified switch group E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch group move Move a specified port to a specifie
2. maximum parsers signatures Signatures signature action fragment sweep fragment zero length fragment size fragment small fragment size fragment fragment size overrun fragment fragment overlap fragment fragment out of order E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids pattern clear Reset the pattern tracker SYNTAX ids pattern clear EXAMPLE gt ids pattern stats Pattern tracker statistics memory 32768 bytes maximum number of patterns 512 number of active patterns S number of recycled patterns number of pattern searches number of new patterns maximum number of hash collisions of hash entries with collisions o of hash entries unused gt ids pattern clear gt ids pattern stats Pattern tracker statistics memory 32768 bytes maximum number of patterns 512 number of active patterns number of recycled patterns number of pattern searches number of new patterns maximum number of hash collisions of hash entries with collisions of hash entries unused gt RELATED COMMANDS ids pattern list Display the patterns in the pattern tracker ids pattern stats Display the pattern tracker statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids pattern list Display the patterns in the pattern tracker SYNTAX ids pattern list size lt 10 100 full or number gt where size The size of the IDS pattern list that wi
3. 11 XK TY The currently selected language Is indicated by a next to the OSI language code RELATED COMMANDS language config Select a language language delete Delete one or all language archives E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands 26 MBUS Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the mbus command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands mbus client config Modify client parameters 518 mbus client exec Execute mbus command 519 mbus client register Register cli client to mbus 521 mbus debug stats Display mbus statistics 522 mbus debug clearstats Reset MBUS statistics 523 mbus debug traceconfig Modify mbus trace settings 524 mbus listobjects Display the object instances 525 mbus listtypes Display the registered objecttypes 526 mbus listenums Display the registered enumtypes 527 mbus listcontexts Display the context instances 528 mbus listsubscriptions Display the subscription instances 529 mbus debug loadobjects Load object instances of registered objecttypes 530 mbus debug unloadobjects Unload object instances 531 mbus pluginevent Simulate event from plugin 532 mbus unregister Unregister a client plugin context 533 mbus client unregister Unregister cli client from mbus 534 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus client config Modify client parameters SYNTAX writelock lt enabled disabled gt wlgetimeout lt
4. Expr Commands expr list List the expressions SYNTAX expr list name lt string gt type lt intf ip serv gt format lt pretty cli gt string lt string gt beginstring lt string gt where name The name of an existing expression OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the expressions will be listed type The expression type OPTIONAL Choose between gt intf gt ip gt Serv Note If not specified the expressions of all types will be shown format Select the output format of the list OPTIONAL Choose between gt pretty the expressions are shown as intuitive output in clear text gt clr the expressions are shown via the CLI commands configuration The default is pretty string String matching condition OPTIONAL beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Expr Commands EXAMPLE 1 gt expr list name type use flags expression _ internet intf 0 D 1 intf Internet _LocalNetwork intf UD 1 intf LocalNetwork HTTPI if 0 intf lb 1 intf LocalNetwork 2 intf LocalNetwork 3 intf LocalNetwork HTTP if 0 intf L D 1 intfgroup 2 HTTPs if 0 intf L D intfgroup 2 FTP if 0 intf L D intfgroup 2 TELNET if 0 intf L D intf
5. where brname The bridge instance currently to be configured OPTIONAL mg Thebridge interface currently to be configured REQUIRED porimode Mode of the bridge port OPTIONAL Tostleag Enable Disable Fast Immediate Leave OPTIONAL evptrack Enable Disable Explicit Host Tracking OPTIONAL mrd _ Enable Disable MRDP support OPTIONAL rgmp Enable DisableRGMP support gt OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge igmpsnooping iflist Display a bridge interface s IGMP status Syntax Display bridge interface IGMP status brname lt bridge gt intf lt interface gt where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL intf The name of the bridge interface OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge igmpsnooping clear Clear the snooping statistics Syntax eth bridge igmpsnooping clear brname lt bridge gt intf lt interface gt where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL intf The name of the bridge interface OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge macadd Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface This command allows to manually add static MAC addresses which should normally be dynamically discovered by the bridge itself SYNTAX eth bridge macadd brname lt bridge gt intf lt string gt hwaddr lt hardware address gt vlan
6. DHCP Commands dhcp client ifdetach De activate a DHCP client and releases its lease SYNTAX ifdetach intf lt string gt where TALE The name of the dynamic interface REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client ifattach Activate a DHCP client dhcp client ifrenew Renew the DHCP lease dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces SYNTAX dhcp client iflist intr lt string gt expand lt disabled enabled gt where intf The name of the dynamic interface OPTIONAL expand Expand enabled disabled OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt dhcp client iflist myPPP ppp 3 INIT flags be dns rt IP address 3 10 0 0 1 HW address SpeedTouch 00 90 d0 01 47 f1 DHCP server 10 10 1 1 hostname myHostName client identifier 00 myClientID user class identifier myUserID metric rt 1 DNS 1 Number of leases 1 Total size of table 36 in use 1 free 97 5 EXAMPLE INPUT OUTPUT IN A NETWORKED ENVIRONMENT The Thomson ST is configured as DHCP client disabled its Ethernet interface ethO gt dhcp client iflist myPPP ppp INIT flags bc dns rt IP address 10 0 0 1 HW address SpeedTouch 00 90 d0 01 47 f1 DHCP server 10 10 1 1 hostname myHostName client identifier 00 myClientID user class identifier myUserID metric rt 1 DN
7. RELATED COMMANDS snmp community delete Delete an SNMP community string to prevent SNMP access over IP snmp community list List all SNMP community strings in use for SNMP access over IP E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commands snmp community delete Delete an SNMP community string to prevent SNMP access over IP SYNTAX snmp community delete securityname lt RWCommunity ROCommunity gt where securityname Select the access rights restrictions control for the community REQUIRED name to be deleted Choose between gt RWCommunity read write access rights gt ROCommunity read only access rights EXAMPLE gt snmp community list Read write SNMP community name x Read only SNMP community name x KKK gt snmp community delete securityname ROCommunity gt snmp community list Read write SNMP community name x Read only SNMP community name not specified gt RELATED COMMANDS snmp community add Configure an SNMP community string to allow SNMP access over IP snmp community list List all SNMP community strings in use for SNMP access over IP E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commandes snmp community list List all SNMP community strings in use for SNMP access over IP SYNTAX snmp community list EXAMPLE gt snmp community list Read write SNMP community name Read only SNMP community name gt RELATED COMMANDS snmp community add Configure an SN
8. hwaddr The hardware address for example the Ethernet MAC address of OPTIONAL this IP interface group The group to which this interface belongs Can be used for OPTIONAL firewalling for example linksensing The IP interface s awareness of link state transitions OPTIONAL The default is enabled primary Make the IP interface the primary interface enabled or not OPTIONAL disabled The default is disabled mcastpromisc Make the IP interface multicast promiscuous OPTIONAL Choose between gt disabled gt enabled The default is disabled E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 EXAMIPLE gt ip iflist Interface Loop Internet RtPPPOE ppp LocalNetwork myIPintf gt ip ifconfig intf myIPintf mtu 1500 status up group wan linksensing enabled primary enabled ip ifconfig intf myIPintf gt ip iflist Interface Group loop local Internet RtPPPOE ppp LocalNetwork myIPintf wan wan lan wan interface MTU RX 65535 123966 1500 0 1500 1500 1500 hwaddr 00 0e 50 0f fc 2c MTU RX 65535 123966 1500 1500 1500 1500 TX 0 0 125262 0 TX 0 0 125262 0 TX Drop UP DOWN DOWN UP DOWN Status UP DOWN DOWN UP UP IP Commands Status HW address 00 0e 50 0 f fc 2c 00 0e 50 0 f fc 2c 00 0e 50 0f fc 22 HW address 00 0e 50 0f fc 2c 00 0e 50 0f fc 2c 00 0e 50 0f fc 2c If the STATUS is shown between square br
9. 1 where dns The IP address of a DNS server If 0 0 0 0 is used the entry becomes a REQUIRED DNS Template which is instantiated if DNS Server IPs are configured on an IP interface src The source IP address es using this remote DNS server If specified OPTIONAL only DNS queries from machines of which the source IP address matches the source prefix of the DNS entry will be forwarded to the corresponding DNS server Note Supports IP mask notation srcmask The source IP address mask OPTIONAL domain The DNS Domain matching string If configured only those DNS OPTIONAL queries of which the domain name in the query matches with the string configured for the entry will be forwarded to the corresponding DNS Server Maximum string length 62 characters metric A number between 0 and 100 Represents the metric weight factor for OPTIONAL this DNS route The DNS Entry List is sorted on DNS Metric the lower the metric the higher the priority of the entry intf An interface name OPTIONAL The interface associated with the DNS entry or DNS Template DNS queries will only be forwarded on the specified interface Note In no interface is specified DNS queries will be forwarded on all interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands EXAMIPLE gt dns server route add dns 150 150 150 150 src 10 0 0 0 8 domain myDNS intf eth0 gt dns server route list DNS Server Source Domain Metric Intf State SO L50 LEO et SO 10
10. SYNTAX user list name lt string gt channel lt ftp telnet http mdap serial gt Origin lt lan wan local gt secure lt disabled enabled gt where name The user name OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the users will be listed channel The selected channel OPTIONAL Choose between gt ftp gt telnet gt http gt mdap gt serial Note If not specified all the channels will be listed origin The selected origin OPTIONAL Choose between gt lan gt Wan gt local Note If not specified all the origins will be listed secure The selected security level OPTIONAL Choose between gt disabled gt enabled Note If not specified all the security levels will be listed E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 User Commandes EXAMIPLE Administrator gt user list User Flags Role Administrator Administrator tech R TechnicalSupport Administrator gt user list name tech channel http origin wan service s r lan r wan r fs view r fs retrieve r rtg r fwdg r nat r frwl r ipsec norm r ipsec adv r certificates r remote mgnt r local r qos w lan w wan w fs passive w rtg w fwdg w nat w frwl norm w frwl adv w frwe mont w ipsec w certificates w remote mgnt w local w qos snd lan snd wan snd local and lan and wan and frwl and local user admin mlp admin secure ipsec term secure br cli cgi ftp mdap zone 45 zone 46
11. Show the current configuration set SYNTAX config List templates lt disabled enabled gt where templates List the template files disabled or not enabled OPTIONAL The default is disabled RELATED COMMANDS config load Load complete saved backup or default configuration file config save Store the current configuration in a backup file E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Config Commands config load Load complete saved backup or default configuration file id Use the command config flush before loading a configuration file SYNTAX eonrig Load cap lt enabled disabled lt enabled disabled gt lt enabled disabled gt lt disabled enabled gt filename lt string gt where load_ip Load IP settings enabled or not disabled OPTIONAL Note Not keeping the IP settings could cause lost IP connectivity in the LAN defaults Load default configuration enabled or saved configuration disabled OPTIONAL Note If not specified the saved configuration will be loaded flush Flush the current configuration before loading a new configuration OPTIONAL enabled or not disabled echo Echo each command string when loaded enabled or not disabled OPTIONAL filename Name of the configuration file to be loaded OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Config Commands EXAMIPLE gt ip rtlist Destination Source Gateway 10 0 0 0 24 10 0 0 0 24 10 0 0 140 IA
12. dest lt ip address gt where fac Specify the facility name of the syslog messages to show OPTIONAL Use one of the supported facility names see Supported Facilities on page 751 Note If not specified the messages of all the facilities will be shown sev Specify the lowest priority severity of the syslog messages to be OPTIONAL shown All the syslog messages with severity as specified or higher will be shown Use one of the supported severity names see Supported Severities on page 752 Note If not specified the messages of all the severities will be shown hist Show messages over several Thomson ST reboots disabled or show OPTIONAL only messages since latest startup enabled Note If not specified only the recent messages will be shown dest The IP address of the remote host on the local or remote network in REQUIRED other words the collector s IP address to send the syslog messages to E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 systemlog Commands systemlog DBG dbg_syslog Perform a syslog call SYNTAX systemlog DBG dbg syslog priority lt number 0 191 gt msgstring lt string gt where priority priority number msgstring message content E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 systemlog Commands systemlog DBG dbg_long mess Generate a long syslog message call SYNTAX systemlog DBG dbg long mess E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 systemlog Commands systemlog DBG dbg_b
13. gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server pool optdelete Delete an option instance from the DHCP server pool E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server pool optdelete Delete an option instance from the DHCP server pool SYNTAX dhcp server pool optdelete name lt string gt instname lt string gt where name The name of the DHCP server pool from which an option REQUIRED instance must be deleted instname The name of the DHCP server option instance to be deleted REQUIRED Tip Use the command dhcp server option listto obtain a list of DHCP server option instances E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands EXAMIPLE gt dhcp server pool list name dicp pool 1 Pool Start End 1 dhcp pool 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DHCP server 0 0 0 0 unnumbered Netmask 0 0 0 0 Leasetime infinite Gateway 0 0 0 0 DNS domain lan DNS metric 0 DNS address list 0 0 0 0 local DNS Option instance list Name Option yourInstance 2 yourTmpl gt dhcp server pool optdelete name dhcp pool instname yourInstance gt dhcp server pool list name dhcp pool 1 Pool Start End Intf State 1 dhcp pool 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 lanl FREE DHCP server 0 0 0 0 unnumbered Netmask Ds Os 00 0 Leasetime infinite Gateway 0 0 0 0 DNS domain lan DNS metric 0 DNS address list 0 0 0 0 local DNS RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server pool optadd Add an option instance to the DHCP server pool E DOC CTC 20061027
14. gt atm gosbook ctdlist Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Burst Minrate Frame cps cps cells cps cells default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 0 disabled gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 atm qosbook ctdadd Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor CTD ATM Commands SYNTAX atm gosbook ctdadd name lt string gt conformance lt UBR CBR VBR gt peakrate lt number 0 27786 gt sustrate lt number 0 27786 maxburst lt number 0 12240 gt realtime lt fenabled disabled gt where name The name of the new CTD REQUIRED conformance The ATM service conformance definition REQUIRED peakrate A number between 0 and 27786 OPTIONAL Represents the peak rate in kilobits per second The default is 0 indicates linerate for UBR sustrate A number between 0 and 27786 OPTIONAL Represents the sustainable rate in kilobits per second VBR only The default is 0 maxburst A number between 48 and 12240 OPTIONAL Represents the maximum burst size in bytes VBR or GFR The default is 0 realtime Enable or disable realtime traffic VBR only OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt atm qosbook ctdadd name High conformance CBR peakrate 27786 gt atm gosbook ctdlist Name Ref Conf Peak Kbits Sust Kbits Frame bytes Minrate Kbits Burst bytes default 2 led High 0 led gt UBR linerate O 0 0 0 disabled disab CBR 27786 0 0 0 0 disabled disab E DOC CTC 20061027 000
15. lt string gt securityname lt RWCommunity ROCommunity gt communityname lt password gt where intf The name of the SNMP interface to configure REQUIRED securityname Configure access rights restrictions control for the community OPTIONAL name Choose between gt RWCommunity gt ROCommunity The default is RWCommunity communityname Configure SNMP community name OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt snmp ifconfig intf Internet securityname communityname snmp ifconfig intf Internet gt RELATED COMMANDS snmp ifadd Create a new SNMP interface snmp ifdelete Delete an SNMP interface snmp ifattach Attach an SNMP interface snmp ifdetach Detach an SNMP interface snmp iflist Display the SNMP interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commandes snmp iflist Display the SNMP interfaces SYNTAX samp 1TLILST intE lt string gt where mg The name ofan SNMP interface to configure OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commandes E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 SNTP Commands 35 SNTP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands sntp add Add a Network Time Protocol NTP server to the NTP server list 666 sntp config Modify display the SNTP client configuration 667 sntp delete Delete an NTP server from the NTP server list 668 sntp fl
16. port srcintf log qoslabel routelabel natomweight forward RELATED COMMANDS service system list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 log lt disabled enabled gt goslabel lt None DSCP Interactive Management Video VoIP default gt routelabel lt None DSCP Interactive Management Video VoIP default gt natpmweight lt number 0 255 gt forward lt disabled enabled gt The name of the system service for this map Disable or enable this system service The port for this map Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number The primary IP interface for this system service Disable or enable service logging QoS label for service data Route label for service data NAT portmap weight for this service Disable or enable service forwarding Display the system services REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL Service Commands E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commands 34 SNMP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the snmp command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands snmp config snmp get snmp getnext snmp walk snmp community add snmp community delete snmp community list snmp community modify snmp ifadd snmp ifdelete snmp ifattach snmp ifdetach snmp ifconfi
17. 0 1994 brcastpkts 0 UP Admin State UP ARP BROADCAST ARPTABLE LOOP MULTICAST INTERNAL TX TX Drop 82240 0 droppkts 0 wan 1500 A E EE EE EE 0 brcastpkts 0 0 brcastpkts 0 DOWN Admin State UP PRIMARY ARP BROADCAST BOUND ARPTABLE MULTICAST LINKSENSING STATIC DOWN DOstesSOcOF TOszo droppkts 0 gt 1p ifdetach intf myIPintf gt 1p iflist expand enabled Interface 0 loop BRHW address RX unicastpkts TX Unicastpkts Oper state Flags mylPintf BRHW address RX unicastpkts TX unicastpkts Oper state Flags RELATED COMMANDS ip ifattach Status HW address UP E eege Freee Group MTU RX local 65535 133683 EL fE fff 1332 brcastpkts H 2036 brcastpkts 0 UP Admin State UP ARP BROADCAST ARPTABLE LOOP MULTICAST INTERNAL TX TX Drop 83949 0 droppkts 0 wan 1500 H EE EE EE EE 0 brcastpkts 0 0 brcastpkts O DOWN Admin State DOWN PRIMARY ARP BROADCAST ARPTABLE MULTICAST LINKSENSING STATIC DOWN 00 0e 50 0f fc 2c droppkts 0 Attach an IP interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip iflist Display all the IP interfaces SYNTAX ip iflist expand lt disabled enabled gt string lt string gt beginstring lt string gt where expand Enable or disable expanded listing OPTIONAL The default is disabled string String matching conditions OPTIONAL beginstring Bginstring matching conditions OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt ip iflist I
18. 192 168 1 254 dns server debug spoof getflags addr 192 168 1 254 Invalid spoofed ip Administrator dns server debug spoof gt RELATED COMMANDS dns server debug spoof clear Clear the intercept cache table dns server debug spoof getaddress Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip dns server debug spoof list List the intercept cache table dns server debug spoof update Update the intercept cache table E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server debug spoof list List the intercept cache table SYNTAX dsn server debug spoof list EXAMPLE Administrator dns server debug spoof gt list Spoof IP FODN 198 18 1 eu thmulti com 198 18 1 thmulti com 198 18 1 com LOS Ls edgmd588 eu thmulti com 198 18 1 edgmssus01 eu thmulti com 198 18 1 BOULSDCEU02 eu thmulti com 198 18 1 juleke nit P Flags Not resolved Not resolved Not resolved Not resolved Not resolved Not resolved I 0 lt 0 0 0 0 m0 scht Not resolved RELATED COMMANDS dns server debug spoof clear Clear the intercept cache table dns server debug spoof getaddress Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip dns server debug spoof getflags Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip dns server debug spoof update Update the intercept cache table E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server debug spoof update Update the intercept cache table SYNTAX dns server debug spoof update EXA
19. Note If not specified the new security level will be added at the bottom of the list Select whether the security level is readonly enabled or not disabled The default is enabled Select the UDP connection tracking mode Choose between gt strict replies to a request from a client must be in a specific window to the client gt loose inbound packets are allowed on the port that was first used to start the communication with the server for example to allow a client of an online game to obtin peer to peer information from other clients of that same online game The default is strict Enable or disable proxy system services for this security level Disable or enable host service definitions The default is disabled Description of the security level Note The maximum length is 39 characters Delete a security level List all the security levels REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall level delete Delete a security level SYNTAX firewall level delete name lt string gt where name The name of the security level to be deleted REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS firewall level add Add a security level firewall level list List all the security levels E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall level flush Flush the security level configuration SYNTAX firewall level flu
20. RtPPPOA atm 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 route dst 0 0 0 0 0 src 10 0 0 0 1 metric 1 auth auto user johndoe ISP password xx xx admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason gt ppp ifattach intf Rt PPPoA gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason acname service Rt PPPoA dest REPPPOA atm 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 route dst 0 0 0 0 0 src 10 0 0 0 1 metric 1 auth auto user johndoe ISP password xx xx admin state up oper state down link state connected LCP state reqsent retransm 1 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason RELATED COMMANDS ppp ifdetach Detach a PPP interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp ifconfig Configure a PPP interface The interface to be configured must not be c
21. enabled gt defremadmin lt disabled enabled gt deflocadmin lt disabled enabled gt where name The user name REQUIRED password The password OPTIONAL Note The maximum length is 32 characters role The role name OPTIONAL Tip Use the command mlp role list to obtain the role names see mlp role list on page 563 for more informa tion descr A user description OPTIONAL Note The maximum length is 63 characters defuser Set this user as the default user enabled or not disabled OPTIONAL Note When the Web interface is accessed the account of this user will be used by default The user will not need to authenticate himself with user name or password The default is disabled defremadmin Set this user as the default remote administrator enabled or not OPTIONAL disabled The default is disabled deflocadmin Set this user as the default local administrator enabled or not OPTIONAL disabled The default is disabled E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 User Commands EXAMPLE Superuser gt user list User Role Superuser root aPoweruser Poweruser Superuser gt user config name aPoweruser role LAN admin Superuser gt user list User Role Superuser root aPoweruser LAN admin Superuser gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 User Commands user delete Delete a user O You can only delete a user whose privileges are the same or lower than your own privileges SYN
22. gt An IP subnet A B C D M gt all addresses The default is meaning all addresses REQUIRED for NAT maps and NAPT maps OPTIONAL for port shifting maps OPTIONAL for NAT maps and NAPT maps REQUIRED for port shifting maps OPTIONAL OPTIONAL NAT Commands protocol The IP protocol to be used as filter for inbound outbound traffic OPTIONAL The NAT map only applies if the protocol of the IP packet matches the map protocol Select an IP protocol see Supported IP Protocols on page 746 or alternatively type the protocol number The default is 0 meaning any protocol outside_port The outside port number or range only for maps of type napt OPTIONAL gt Fora NAPT map for NAPT map Represents the range of TCP UDP ports to be used as dynamic port range during the NAPT process REQUIRED gt Fora port shifting map for port Represents the source port s to be translated shifted into Sta map inside_port Allowed values are gt TCP UDP port range P Q with O gt P gt TCP UDP port number only for port shifting maps inside_port The inside port number or range only for maps of type napt REQUIRED If this parameter is specified for a map of type napt then this map for port is a port shifting map shifting map Represents the target TCP UDP ports to which the traffic has to be shifted Allowed values are gt TCP UDP port range P Q with O gt P gt TCP UDP
23. gt Sample text indicates an important content related word Example To enter the network you must authenticate yourself gt Sample text indicates a CLI command to be input after the CLI prompt Example To obtain a list of all available command groups type help at the top level gt Sample text indicates input in the CLI interface gt Sample text indicates comment explaining output in the CLI interface Documentation and software updates THOMSON continuously develops new solutions but is also committed to improving its existing products For suggestions regarding this document please contact documentation speedtouch thomson net For more information on THOMSON s latest technological innovations documents and software releases visit us at http AWwww thomson broadband com E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 About this CLI Reference Guide E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Root Commands 1 Root Commands From the root prompt you can choose one of the following commands Command Description J ion To obtain help on a specific command group id gt type help followed by the name of the command group and then press ENTER or gt type the name of the command group press ENTER and then type help EXAMIPLE lt Administrator gt gt help firewall Following commands are available config Display Modify firewall configuration list Display firewall configuration clear Clear firewall configuratio
24. gt snmp walk Objectld 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 VB OCtetste SA Osda ee eee Thomson ST 620 VB 0b Fe ei dl T Pl so ae re EE VB Elime Tales pl Oe Ge let wd sda 2921636 VB OCLeUSEr Peel re ore are are er re a Service Provider VB octetStr D He E eer areal lariat E Sascha VB octetStr DN DEE Ounle E Customer Premises VB integer MAA PA 72 gt RELATED COMMANDS snmp get Get from the supplied SNMP Object IDentifier OID snmp getnext GetNext from the supplied SNMP OID E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commands snmp community add Configure an SNMP community string to allow SNMP access over IP SYNTAX snmp community add securityname lt RWCommunity ROCommunity gt communityname lt password gt where securityname Configure access rights restrictions control for the community REQUIRED name Choose between gt RWCommunity read write access rights gt ROCommunity read only access rights communityname Configure the SNMP community name REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt snmp community add securityname RWCommunity communityname x Please retype communityname for verification communityname x snmp community add securityname RWCommunity communityname DEV 2C6A78E1C41E7B01 gt snmp community add securityname ROCommunity communityname x Please retype communityname for verification communityname x snmp community add securityname ROCommunity communityname DEV 184B05F89719A74E
25. host The DNS domain name string for which to query REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server contig Modify the DNS resolver configuration SYNTAX dns server config domain lt string gt timeout lt number 0 2147483647 gt suppress lt number gt state lt disabled enabled gt trace lt disabled enabled gt WANDownSpoofing lt disabled enabled gt WDSpoofedIP lt ip address gt where domain The DNS server domain name OPTIONAL timeout A number between 0 and 2147483647 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the forwarded DNS query timeout The default is 15 suppress Suppress not more than the specified amount of remote DNS OPTIONAL server errors The default is 0 state Enable or disable the local DNS server forwarder OPTIONAL The default is enabled trace Enable or disable verbose logging OPTIONAL The default is disabled WANDownSpoofing Enable or disable DNS spoofing when no applicable forwarding OPTIONAL route present The default is disabled WDSpoofedIP The IP address to be used for spoofing when WANDownSpoofing OPTIONAL is enabled EXAMPLE gt dns server config domain gt lan timeout 15s Suppress 0 state enabled trace off spoofing off spoof ip 0 0 0 0 gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server flush Flush all local DNS hosts and routes SYNTAX dns s
26. lt disabled enabled gt timeout lt number 0 32000 gt floating lt disabled enabled gt childgos lt DSCP Interactive Management Video VoIP default gt tracelevel lt number 1 4 gt SLP ALG lt disabled enabled gt REP predict for term SIP ALG lt disabled enabled gt where application trace timeout floating childqos tracelevel SIP_ALG RTP_predict_for_term_SIP_ALG The name of a CONN NAT application helper Tip Use the command connection applist to obtain a list of CONN NAT application helpers Enable or disable CONN NAT application helper traces The default is enabled A number between 0 and 32000 seconds Represents the maximum timeout to keep predicted child connections around Enable disabled floating port for IKE helper Used OOS label for the predicted child connections A number between 1 and 4 Represents the SIP trace level Choose between gt T feature errors gt 2 feature traces gt 3 all errors gt d all traces The default is 7 SIP only enable disable traditional sip alg behaviour Enable disable RTP connection prediction for terminated SIP REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands EXAMPLE gt connection applist Application Proto DefaultPort Traces Timeout IPOTO4 6to4 0 enabled unavailable PPTP
27. lt quoted string gt where name Name of the script in which a line must be added REQUIRED index Line number OPTIONAL Note Use 0 to add a line command Command REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS script delete Delete a complete script or a line from a script script list Display a script or all scripts E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Script Commands script delete Delete a complete script or a line from a script SYNTAX script delete name lt string gt index lt number gt where name Name of the script to be deleted REQUIRED index Line number to be deleted OPTIONAL Tip Use the command script list to view the line numbers Note If not specified the complete script will be deleted RELATED COMMANDS script add Add a line to a script script list Display a script or all scripts E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Script Commands script flush Flush all scripts CD The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX Script crlush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Script Commands script list Display a script or all scripts SYNTAX script List name lt string gt where name Name of the script to be listed OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the scripts are displayed EXAMIPLE Some of the default scripts are shown below gt script list EE Kr E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 autopvc add qos qosbook add name auto 1 2 class 3 tx peakrate 4 t
28. nic update 0 30 3 dynupdate no ip com 80 ducupdate php 86400 30 3 dtdns com 80 api autodns cfm 86400 30 3 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands RELATED COMMANDS dyndns service modify Modify specific dynamic DNS service settings E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands dyndns service modify Modify specific dynamic DNS service settings SYNTAX dyndns service modify name lt string gt server lt string gt port lt supported TCP UDP port name or number gt request lt string gt updateinterval lt number 0 2097120 gt retryinterval lt number 0 600 Max EEN number e ks where name The name of the dynamic DNS service REQUIRED Choose between gt dyndns gt statdns gt custom gt No IP gt DtDNS gt gnudip server The hostname of the dynamic DNS server OPTIONAL port The port of the dynamic DNS server OPTIONAL Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number request The dynamic DNS request string OPTIONAL updateinterval A number between 0 and 2097120 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the time interval before a dynamic update is sent to the dynamic DNS server Note The value 0 means disabled retryinterval A number between 0 and 600 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the interval between retries if c
29. supported Key Names THOMSON images amp beyond Supported Facilities For more information on the listed facilities see RFC3164 Facilty Name Hierarchy Syslog facility Code listed according descending importance COC CO CI ICO CTE CI CC CO COGE ET CE ECO e ee local0 Local use messages local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7 All facilities Thomson ST specific facility parameter value E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 THOMSON supported Key Names images amp beyond g y d Supported Severities For more information on the listed severities see RFC3164 Severity Name Hierarchy Syslog severity Code listed according descending importance alen in Alert conditions immediate action is required IP Precedence Precedence Routine Priority Immediate Flash Flash Override CRITIC ECP Internetwork Control Network Control E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 supported Key Names Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP For more information on DSCP see RFC3260 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PHB Name Expedited Forwarding Assured Forwarding 41 Assured Forwarding 42 Assured Forwarding 43 Assured Forwarding 31 Assured Forwarding 32 Assured Forwarding 33 Assured Forwarding 21 Assured Forwarding 22 Assured Forwarding 23 Assured Forwarding 11 Assured Forwarding 12 Assured Forwarding 13 Class Selector 7 Class Selector 6 Class Selector 5 Class Selector 4
30. where name The name of the new role REQUIRED Note The maximum number of roles is 15 parent The name of the parent role REQUIRED descr The role description OPTIONAL Note The maximum length is 63 characters EXAMPLE gt mlp role list Role parent Description root The superuser SuperUser root Any service and any access from LAN WAN LOCAL TechnicalSupport SuperUser Any service and any channels from WAN Administrator TechnicalSupport Any service and any access from LAN Local origin only PowerUser Administrator GUI Service overview page via http https from LAN origin User PowerUser GUI Overview pages remote assistance via HTTP HTTPS from LAN LAN Admin Administrator Only LAN related configurations from any Channel Origin WAN Admin Administrator Only WAN related configurations from any Channels Origin gt mlp role create name myRole parent User descr My user access gt mlp role list Role parent Description root The superuser SuperUser root Any service and any access from LAN WAN LOCAL TechnicalSupport SuperUser Any service and any Channels from WAN Administrator TechnicalSupport Any service and any access from LAN Local origin only PowerUser Administrator GUI Service overview page via http https from LAN origin User PowerUser GUI Overview pages remote assistance via HTTP HTTPS from LAN LAN Admin Administrator Only LAN related configurations from any Channel Origin WAN Admin Ad
31. 0 dhcp pool 1 0 0 0 0 00 00 1 My LAN Pool 10 0 01 VO Oa 0 254 2 dhcp pool z BEER 0 0 0 0 3 dhcp pool 3 0 0 0 0 Wl Bach gt dhcp server pool add name POOL EXTRA1 gt dhcp server pool list Pool Start dhcp pool 1 0 0 0 0 My LAN Pool LOL dhcp pool 2 dhcp pool 3 POOL EXTRA1 0 0 0 0 ve E gt ppp ifconfig name PPP Test pool POOL EXTRAL gt dhcp server pool list Pool Start dhcp pool 1 0 0 0 0 My LAN Pool 10 0 0 1 dhcp pool 7 DEES dhcp pool 3 0 0 0 POOL EXTRA1 Ds Us Us Re E 0 0 0 0 0 PPP Test RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server pool delete Delete a DHCP server pool dhcp server pool list List all DHCP server pools E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server pool config Configure a DHCP server pool SYNTAX dhcp server pool config name lt string gt intf lt string gt index lt number gt poolstart lt ip address gt poolend lt ip address gt netmask lt ip mask dotted or cidr gt gateway lt ipaddress 0 gt server lt ipaddress 0 gt primdns lt ipaddress 0 gt secdns lt ipaddress 0 gt dnsmetric lt number 0 100 gt primwins lt ipaddress 0 gt secwins lt ipaddress 0 gt leasetime lt number gt unnumbered lt disabled enabled gt localgw lt disabled enabled gt where name The name of the DHCP server pool to configure REQUIRED intf The interface for which the pool is
32. 5 Route timeout after 180 seconds Route garbage collect after 120 seconds Import of connected routes is enabled Import of kernel routes is enabled Import of static routes is enabled Import of default kernel route is enabled Import of default static route is enabled Export of RIP routes is enabled Export of default RIP route is enabled Transmission of default RIP route is enabled Interface Send AuthMode Passive SplitHorizon BadPackets BadRoutes SentUpdates rip unspec rip unspec none enabled enabled Internet rip unspec rip unspec none enabled enabled RIP routing table dump K Kernel C connected S Static R RIP FIB route Network Metric From 10 0 0 0 24 KK E RELATED COMMANDS grp rip show Show the RIP settings and the routes in the RIP database E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 GRP Commande grp rip flush Flush the RIP interface settings and global parameters SYNTAX orp rip flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 GRP Commands grp rip ifconfig Configure a RIP interface SYNTAX Qrp Lip 1tcontig intf lt string gt rip lt disabled enabled gt PAVErSION lt Elp Unspec tip vL rip ve rip e E authstring lt quoted string gt splithorizon lt disable enable gt authmode lt none cleartext gt where intf The name of the RIP interface to be configured REQUIRED Tip Use the command grp if11St to
33. Connection State connected RtPPPoA atm dest RtPPPOA Retry 10 QoS default Encaps Connection State not connected gt atm ifattach intf RtPPPOA atm gt atm iflist atm 0 35 dest atm pvc 0 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps Connection State connected REPPPOA atm dest RtPPPOA Retry 10 QoS default Encaps Connection State connected RELATED COMMANDS atm ifdetach Detach an ATM interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm ifconfig Configure an ATM interface The interface to be configured must not be connected at the time of configuration If this should be C the case use the command atm ifdetach before using the command atm ifconfig SYNTAX atm ifconfig intf lt string gt dest lt string gt gos lt string gt clp lt 0 Liclassitication gt clpthresh lt number 0 15 gt encaps lt llc vcmux gt retry lt number 0 65535 gt feos lt disabled enabled auto gt lp gt lt d 1p mac ppp where intf The name of the ATM interface to be configured REQUIRED dest The WAN destination for this ATM interface OPTIONAL Typically an ATM phonebook entry qos The name of the Quality of Service QoS book entry to apply on this ATM OPTIONAL interface The default is default clp The mode used to determine the CLP bit value OPTIONAL clpthresh Priority class threshold where CLP becomes 0 for a
34. O UP REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL IP Commands Ip rtlist Display the routing table SYNTAX ip rtlist expand lt disabled enabled gt where expand Enable or disable expanded listing OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt 1p rtlist Destination Label Gateway Interface Metric Status 10 0 0 138 32 127 0 0 1 loop 0 UP 127 0 A 32 127 0 0 1 Loop 0 UP 100 0 0 24 10 0 0 138 eth0d 0 UP gt ip rtlist expand enabled Destination Label Gateway Interface Metric Status Source selection 10 00 1367 127 0 0 1 Loop UP default T270 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 loop UP default L270 10 0 0 0 10 0 0 138 eth UP default 10 0 0 RELATED COMMANDS ip rtadd Add a route to the routing table ip rtdelete Delete a route from the routing table E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip auto flush Flush the autolP interfaces SYNTAX ip auto flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip auto ifadd Create an autolP interface SYNTAX ip auto ifadd intf lt string gt addr lt ip address gt where intf The name of the IP interface for which a link local address has to be REQUIRED allocated dest The preferred link local IP address OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt 1p auto ifadd intf eth0 gt ip auto iflist eth0 INIT 0 0 0 0 poolstart 169 254 1 1 poolend 169 254 254 254 netmask 255 255 0 0 claim 1
35. Port atm3 Port dalS Port amos gt atm oam modify port dsll blocking disabled gt atm oam list OAM config dump CLP bit value 1 Loopback id 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a Ga 6a 6a 6A 6a 6A 6a 6a 6a Da OAM data blocking mode locking on blocking locking locking locking locking RELATED COMMANDS atm oam config Modify the ATM Operation and Maintenance OAM settings atm oam list Display the ATM OAM settings atm oam ping Send ATM loopback cells E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm oam ping Send ATM loopback cells SYNTAX atm oam ping dest lt string gt count lt number 1 1000000 gt interval lt number 100 1000000 gt where dest The destination address for the request REQUIRED This can be any ATM phonebook entry count A number between 1 and 1000000 OPTIONAL Represents the number of pings to send interval A number between 100 and 1000000 milliseconds OPTIONAL Represents the interval between packets EXAMPLE gt atm oam ping dest atm ph 8 35 count 10 interval 1000 loopback successful sequence 1 time 37890 usec loopback successful sequence 39118 usec 39116 usec 39187 usec 38605 usec 38764 usec 38752 usec 38813 usec ime 38848 usec O time 38941 usec loopback successful sequence loopback successful sequence loopback successful sequence loopback successful sequence loopback successful sequence ct ct ct ct ct ct ct ct e
36. SYNTAX service system mapadd lt string gt lt auto loop Internet LocalNetwork gt lt supported port or number gt where name The name of the system service for this map REQUIRED intf The interface for this map REQUIRED port The port for this map REQUIRED Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number RELATED COMMANDS service system mapdelete Delete a port map for a system service E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service system mapdelete Delete a port map for a system service SYNTAX service system mapdelete name lt string gt REF lt auto loop Internet LocalNetwork gt port lt supported port or number gt where name The name of the system service for this map REQUIRED intf The interface for this map REQUIRED port The port for this map REQUIRED Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number RELATED COMMANDS service system mapadd Add a port map for a system service E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service system modify Modify a system service SYNTAX service system modify name lt string gt state lt disabled enabled gt port lt supported port or number gt srcintf lt string gt where name state
37. configuration SYNTAX ids config state lt disabled enabled gt trace lt disabled enabled gt where state Enable or disable IDS checks OPTIONAL The default is enabled trace Enable or disable tracing OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt ids config IDS configuration state enabled traces disabled gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids parser list Display the IDS parser configuration SYNTAX ids parser list parser lt parser gt where parser The name of the parser REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt ids parser list parser fragment enabled scan enabled dos enabled proto enabled rate enabled gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids parser modify Modify the IDS parser configuration SYNTAX ids parser modify parser lt string gt state lt disabled enabled gt where parser The name of the IDS parser of which the configuration must be modifi REQUIRED ed state Disable or enable the parser REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands EXAMPLE gt jds list Resources maximum parsers signatures Signatures signature action fragment sweep fragment zero length fragment size fragment small fragment size fragment fragment size overrun fragment fragment overlap fragment fragment out of order gt ids parser modify parser fragment state disabled gt jids list Resources
38. elsa cga E EE 484 COS QUEUE SS E 485 24 Label nn En enn ener arica 487 Ele Ee e PPP o A wes are ped asia edness ates ea eee sae oa omen ye dete teenies O E 488 Tee E 489 PANO PIS AAA ER o AP 490 Tue NIE e 491 En E encemeetecous ad cancestend 492 Pet ENEE e o DE 495 label ena delete aaa aaa 496 jes eier la TNS a PA UUoeo e o On antes ses asenea E E eaten 497 leida E 498 co OQ o EA 499 label rule dell aos 502 Fe Gl PONG o sm P no 504 abel TUNG MS sirios 505 SDE FU MO Irati 507 Ej JB o AAAAo gates sateecanhe eetectgte satec geeeaetesuereees 508 label rule ee tte Stats O PPP e 510 label rule debug traceconfig cccccesecccsseccceneceeseeceecaeececauseeeeuseeesaueeesaeceesausesesaeeessaeeeesaeeesssaeessaneesnes 511 25 Language Commands ccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeesaeeeseaeeessaeeenes 513 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Contents 26 27 28 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 language o O A A 514 ite W fs ie e 21 2 aaa nee ne ner ee eae er ee ee ee ene ne ee een ee ere een ee oe ee ee 515 Eifer A o E AA 516 MBUS Commande NENNEN 517 MBUS CUSCO e ash 518 Mo oe 519 Alen Ue E le E o O A Pm 521 MIBDUSASDIO Sal ote 522 e AA o ooo 523 mbus debug traceconfig ENNEN 524 Ale ME e ee mirta aaa 525 RIESEN 526 Mon AP oo 527 M Aeon e A PP e EEE 528 MUS E ee EONS a a ds in ica 529 Mbs Teba ae et S gases cates ooo cause sadnseanesnaoeceian sideesancseecea
39. gt connection bindlist Application Proto Portrange Flags JABBER tap 15222 JABBER ness 5222 FTP eje 21 IRC ERP 6660 IP6TO4 6to4 0 gt connection bind application IRC port 6750 gt connection bindlist Application Proto Portrange IRC ECO 6750 JABBER 15222 JABBER 5222 FTP 21 IRC 6660 IP6TO4 gt RELATED COMMANDS connection bindlist List the current CONN NAT application helper port bindings connection unbind Delete an existing CONN NAT application helper port binding EH E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection bindlist List the current CONN NAT application helper port bindings SYNTAX connection bindlist EXAMPLE gt connection bindlist Application Proto Portrange LOOSE UDP udp 67 JABBER ECO 15222 JABBER EEN 5222 FTP tcp 21 IRC tcp 6660 6669 H323 tcp 1720 ILS tcp 1002 ILS tcp 389 RTSP EGD 554 RAUDIO PNA Lop 7070 CU SeeMe udp 7648 SIP udp 5060 IKE udp 500 ESP esp 0 PPTP LCP 1723 IP6TO4 6to4 0 gt RELATED COMMANDS connection bind Create a new CONN NAT application helper port binding connection unbind Delete an existing CONN NAT application helper port binding E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection clean Clean the connection database by forcing timeouts SYNTAX connection clean where level EXAMPLE gt connection list ID proto state tcp ACTIVE INIT 16 192 168 RESP 17 192 1
40. in kilobytes for rate limiting The default is 2 weight1 A number between 1 and 97 OPTIONAL Represents the weight of queue 1 used for WFO or WRR The default is 25 weight2 A number between 1 and 97 OPTIONAL Represents the weight of queue 2 used for WFO or WRR The default is 25 weight3 A number between 1 and 97 OPTIONAL Represents the weight of queue 3 used for WFO or WRR The default is 25 weight4 A number between 1 and 97 OPTIONAL Represents the weight of queue 4 used for WFO or WRR The default is 25 maxpackets A number between 0 and 250 OPTIONAL Represents the maximum number of packets in all IPQoS queues instantiated for one interface The default is 250 maxbytes A number between 0 and 128 OPTIONAL Represents the maximum size in kilobytes in all IPQ0S queues instantiated for one interface The default is 56 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IPQ0S Commands EXAMIPLE gt 1pgos config dest atm pvc 8 35 state enabled gt ipqos list Name State Discard Priority Size Size Rate Burst Weights Packets KBytes KBytes Weights atm pvc 0 35 disabled early wig 250 56 80 2 25 25 25 25 atm pvc 8 35 enabled early wfq 250 56 80 2 25 25 25 25 gt RELATED COMMANDS ipqos list Display the IPQoS configuration E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IPQ0S Commands ipqos list Display the IPQoS configuration SYNTAX EXAMPLE gt ipgos list Name State Disca
41. ip arpadd Add an entry to the ARP cache of a broadcast Internet Protocol IP interface ip arplist Display the ARP cache E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip arplist Display the ARP cache SYNTAX EXAMPLE gt ip arplist Interface IP address HW address Type 2 etho0 10 0041 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf STATIC etho 10 0 0 2 00 00 00 00 00 00 DYNAMIC 2 2 etho 10 0 0 3 00 a0 24 ae 66 el STATIC gt RELATED COMMANDS ip arpadd Add an entry to the ARP cache of a broadcast Internet Protocol IP interface ip arpdelete Delete an entry from the ARP cache E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip config Show set global IP stack configuration options SYNTAX ip Contig forwarding lt disabled enabled gt redirects lt disabled enabled gt checkoptions lt disabled enabled transparent gt netbroadcasts lt disabled enabled gt ttl lt number 0 255 gt defragmode lt disabled enabled gt addrcheck lt off own static dynamic gt mssclamping lt disabled enabled gt natloopback lt disabled enabled gt loadbalancing lt disabled roundrobin gt bitrate window sec lt number 10 3600 gt acceleration lt disabled enabled gt where forwarding Disable or enable the IP routing functionality OPTIONAL The default is enabled redirects Disable or enable the sending of ICMP redirect m
42. user list user rights E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Add a user Modify a user Delete a user Flush the users Display the users Display the session rights 722 724 726 727 728 730 User Commande user add Add a user CD You can only add a user whose privileges are the same or lower than your own privileges SYNTAX user add name lt quoted string gt password lt password gt role lt string gt hash2 lt string gt descr lt quoted string gt defremadmin lt disabled enabled gt defuser lt disabled enabled gt deflocadmin lt disabled enabled gt where name The new user name REQUIRED Note 1 The maximum number of users is 10 2 The maximum length is 32 characters password The password REQUIRED Note The maximum length is 32 characters role The role name REQUIRED Tip Use the command mlp role list to obtain the role name see mlp role list on page 563 for more informa tion hash2 The MD5 hash OPTIONAL Note The maximum length is 32 characters descr A user description OPTIONAL Note The maximum length is 63 characters defuser Set this user as the default user enabled or not disabled OPTIONAL Note When the Web interface is accessed the account of this user will be used by default The user will not need to authenticate himself with user name or password The default is disabled defremadmin Set this user as the defaul
43. 0 ATM Commandes atm bundle detach Detach a bundle of interfaces SYNTAX atm bundle detach intr lt string gt where ing The name of the bundle to be detached REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS atm bundle attach Attach a bundle of interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm bundle flush Flush all bundles SYNTAX atm bundle flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm bundle ifadd Add an interface on a bundle SP Up to 8 interfaces or sub bundles can be added to one bundle SYNTAX atm bundle ifadd name lt string gt inti lt sScring gt index lt number 0 6 gt where name The name of the bundle to which an ATM interface must be added REQUIRED intf The name of the ATM interface to be added REQUIRED index A number between 0 and 6 OPTIONAL Represents the index of the ATM interface EXAMPLE gt atm bundle ifadd name myBundle intf myATMintf gt atm bundle list myBundle Connection state not connected Retry 15 Policy connection TX requested bytes 0 requested frames O TX bytes 0 frames O RX bytes 0 frames O Interface myATMintf State enabled Selector 0 15 TX bytes 0 frames O RX bytes 0 frames O RX discarded bytes 0 discarded frames 0 Disconnects 0 RELATED COMMANDS atm bundle ifdelete Remove an interface from a bundle E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm bundle ifconfig Configure
44. 0 SNMP Commands snmp get Get from the supplied SNMP Object IDentifier OID For example get Objectld 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 1 0 SYNTAX snmp get Objectiad lt string gt where ObjectlD The Object Identifier Object ID to get from must include the OPTIONAL instance which is 0 for scalar objects for example 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 1 0 sysDescription Note If not specified the sysDescription OID 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 1 0 is assumed Its value is Thomson ST EXAMPLE gt snmp get VB octetStr De e e E K Wel Thomson ST 620 gt RELATED COMMANDS snmp getnext GetNext from the supplied SNMP OID snmp walk Walk from the supplied SNMP OID E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commandes snmp getnext GetNext from the supplied SNMP OID SYNTAX snmp getnext ObJectid lt string gt where ObjectID The Object Identifier OPTIONAL Object ID to getnext from for example 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 system returns sysDescription EXAMPLE gt snmp getnext ObjectId 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 4 0 VB OCtetste A DEE Sascha gt RELATED COMMANDS snmp get Get from the supplied SNMP Object IDentifier OID snmp walk Walk from the supplied SNMP OID E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commandes snmp walk Walk from the supplied SNMP OID SYNTAX snmp walk ObJectid lt string gt where ObjectlD The Object Identifier OPTIONAL Object ID to walk from for example 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 system walks the system group EXAMPLE
45. 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth vian add Add a new VLAN SYNTAX eth vlan add name lt string gt vid lt number 2 4094 gt addrule lt disabled enabled gt where name The new VLAN name REQUIRED vid A number representing the new VLAN ID REQUIRED Note The ID 1 is reserved for the default VLAN addrule Add enabled the default bridge constraint or not disabled OPTIONAL The default is enabled EXAMPLE gt eth vlan list Vid Name default gt eth vlan add name myVLAN vid 2 gt eth vlan list Name default myVLAN RELATED COMMANDS eth vian delete Delete a VLAN eth vian list Display all VLANs E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth vlan delete Delete a VLAN SYNTAX eth vlan delete name lt string gt where name The name of the VLAN to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt eth vlan list Vid Name 1 default 2 myVLAN gt eth vlan delete name myVLAN vid 2 gt eth vlan list Vid Name 1 default RELATED COMMANDS eth vlan add Add a new VLAN eth vlan list Display all VLANs E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth vian flush Flush all VLANs All the VLANs except the default VLAN will be flushed SYNTAX eth vlan flush EXAMPLE gt eth vlan list Vid Name default myVLAN yourVLAN gt eth vlan flush gt eth vlan list Vid Name 1 default E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands et
46. 19 A FP e 20 Chan We e e o aio ECO 21 o A E o 22 oan Me ET 24 e o EE UE N 25 gan NC 0 5 0yg sects epee cies ice stg ss dep ae a satsesvee ange yam oe ee aie reese sees 26 atm ei ee ET Te E 27 al Dunas ataco ea 28 ati DUNale CONO rota 29 atm DUNAC ce asia tn 30 ko A AA 31 atm bundia delat isoissa 32 UCU oundo US tati cialis 33 atm bundle Hada stan 34 atm bundle A o o a 35 atm et ERT E 36 atm bundle EE 37 alicante eee loca 38 Lu Ree Sri acne 39 aM CAC OVE DOOK cue eiaieeaes ease nc esas sete eee ates 40 Contents ippo e Ulea A A A e e 41 hn Be Eet Ke eee ene E ene eee ee E E ee ee eee E 42 len Be ege OI E 43 o nn ta deate tet nn nn bebuesadaesereeteeuien sietecsemensouecs 44 mA A e 45 SEET a 46 Anno qAgueen 48 o A eo PPP o An 49 e o en E A 50 SEKR Eege 51 atm oami o A A oA aeesvenecsesias 52 o A nn ou saiaeeserminseuetetacee 53 alocada olas 54 ali PRoONebOOK Add arranca te 55 atm phonebook autoliSt E 56 atmi ege ee ee EE 57 e A OA o PA 58 ida Map elo OOK MIS EE 59 almi QOSDOOK dd AAPP PP no ceeeeeaecntcueetinees 60 esca PP e A o ete eaten eee ener en rare 61 atn OSDOOK Cla OO praia rita cebada 62 atm qosbook cddelere AAA 64 AM AOS DOORS aaa 65 EREECHEN 66 do A o oes sese esac cents edsescesa eee eesadeneucca 67 almi IOS OOO IST E 68 4 AutoPVC Commande 69 AUTOD V6 COMM Oh EE 70 NOS asomo ion uolea E tunes inate caren tunes 72 5 Coli item Olean
47. 71 zone 72 zone 73 zone 74 zone 75 zone 76 zone 77 zone 78 zone 79 zone 83 zone 84 zone 85 zone 86 zone 87 zone 88 zone 89 zone 90 zone 91 zone 92 traces Administrator gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Abbreviations 42 Abbreviations The table below lists all the abbreviations used in the CLI Reference Guide AAL5 ATM Adaption Layer 5 ACL Access Control List ADSL Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line AES Advanced Encryption System AF Assured Forwarding AP Access Point ARP Address Resolution Protocol ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode BSSID Base Service Set IDentifier CA Certificate Authority CAPI Common ISDN Application Interface CC Continuity Check CEP Certificate Enrollment Protocol CHAP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CIDR Classless Inter Domain Routing CLI Command Line Interface CLP Cell Loss Priority CO Central Office CPE Customer Premises Equipment CRL Certificate Revocation List CTD Conformance Traffic Descriptor CWMIP CPE WAN Management Protocol DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DN Distinguished Name DNS Domain Name System DPD Dead Peer Detection DSCP Differentiated Services Code Point DSD Differentiated Service Delivery DSL Digital Subscriber Line ECN Explicit Congestion Notification EF Expedited Forwarding FCS Frame Check Sequence FTP File Transfer Protocol GRE General Routing Encapsulation GRP Gateway Routing Protocol HDLC High level Data Link
48. ACKs recv 0 NAKs recv 0 Pure BOOTP REPLIES 0 Other message types s 8 DISCOVERs sent gt 253 REQUESTs sent 9 DECLINEs sent 0 RELEASES sent 0 0 S INFORMs sent Number of dynamic interface I Memory usage Table size of dyn leases 19 in use 1 free 94 gt dhcp client debug clear gt dhcp client debug stats DHCP client statistics Corrupted packet recv OFFERS recv ACKs recy NAKs recy Pure BOOTP REPLIES Other message types DISCOVERS sent REQUESTS sent DECLINES sent RELEASES sent INFORMS sent 0 Number of dynamic interfaces 1 O O O CO CO CH CH CH CH CH Memory usage Table size of dyn leases 19 in use 1 free RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client debug stats Print the DHCP client statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client debug stats Print the DHCP client statistics SYNTAX dhcp client debug stats EXAMIPLE gt dhcp client debug stats DHCP client statistics Corrupted packet recv OFFERS recv ACKs recv NAKs recv Pure BOOTP REPLIES Other message types DISCOVERs sent REQUESTS sent DECLINEs sent RELEASEs sent INFORMs sent O k OO vo k CO OO OO k i CH Number of dynamic interfaces Memory usage Table size of dyn leases 19 in use gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client debug clear Clear the DHCP client statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client debug traceconfig Modify the DHCP clie
49. Abbreviations E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 System Logging Messages THOMSON images amp beyond y 43 System Logging Messages Introduction This chapter lists the different System Logging messages Contents This chapter lists the different System Logging messages of the following modules Auto PVC Module 736 Configuration Module 736 DHCP Client Module 736 DHCP Relay Module 737 DHCP Server Module 137 Dyndns Module 738 Firewall Module 738 LOGIN Module 739 Kernel Module 739 Linestate Module 739 NAPT Module 739 PPP Module 740 PPTP Module 740 RIP Module 741 Routing Module 742 Session Module 742 SNTP Module 742 Software Module 743 UPnP Module 743 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 THOMSON System Logging Messages images amp beyond y Auto PVC Module Facility Severity Contents LOCAL5 WARNING AUTOPVC script lt script_name gt failed LOCAL5 WARNING AUTOPVC script lt script_name gt failed LOCAL5 WARNING AUTOPVC script lt script_name gt name1 qosb_name failed LOCAL5 WARNING AUTOPVC script lt script_name gt name1 qosb_name name2 failed LOCAL5 WARNING AUTOPVC script autopvc_change_qos itable i intf name1 qosb_name failed LOCAL5 WARNING AUTOPVC script lt script_name gt name1 name2 failed Configuration Module Facility Severity Contents USER INFO CONFIGURATION saved after running Embedded Setup Wizard USER INFO CONFIGURATION saved by user lt user_id gt USER INFO CONFIGURATION ba
50. DISCOVER REQUEST DECLINE RELEASE INFORM Pure BOOTP REQUESTS Other message types OFFERs sent ACKs sent NAKs sent Relay agent options dropped Lease table got full gt no Ping table got full Em Second dhcp server seen no Total size of lease table 32 in use 16 free gt DESCRIPTION gt DHCP server state the state of the DHCP server gt Corrupted packet reck the number of corrupted packets not complaint to RFC2131 received from the LAN gt DISCOVER the number of DHCP server discovery packets received from the LAN These broadcasts are sent by potential DHCP clients to locate available DHCP servers gt REQUEST the number of DHCP address lease requests received from the Local Area Network LAN gt DECLINE the number of DHCP address lease requests declined gt RELEASE the number of DHCP address release requests received from DHCP clients gt INFORM the number of information requests received from DHCP clients gt Pure BOOTP requests the number of BOOTP requests received from the LAN gt Other message types the number of other messages received from the LAN gt OFFERs sent the number of IP address offers sent in reply to DHCP requests gt ACKs sent the number of ACKnowledgement replies sent to successfully configured DHCP clients gt NAKs sent the number of Not AcKnowledgement replies sent to wrongly configured DHCP clients gt Relay agent options dropped gt Lease tab
51. DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Interface Commands EXAMPLE gt interface list Name Type State Use UL Interfaces ethifl physical connected 1 bridge ethif4 physical connected 1 bridge usbifl physical connected 1 bridge RELAY eth connected I Internet ppp bridge eth connected 1 etho atm 0 35 atm connected 1 ethoa 0 39 atm E atm Connected 1 thoa 0 39 ethoa 0 35 eth connected 0 ethoa 8 35 eth connected 0 Internet ppp ppp not connected 1 Internet Internet ip not connected 0 eth0 ip connected 0 gt gt interface list expand enabled Name Type State Use UL Interfaces ethif1 physical connected 1 bridge Flags INTERNAL PhyS intf O type eth speed 100 Mbps ethif4 physical connected 1 bridge Flags INTERNAL PhyS intf 3 type eth speed 100 Mbps usbif1 physical connected 1 bridge Flags INTERNAL PhyS 1ntf 4 type usb speed 12 Mbps RELAY eth connected 1 Internet ppp Flags INTERNAL DYNAMIC RELAY RE sm porti 605535 ip cid 200 arp cid H bridge eth connected 1 etho Flags DYNAMIC Eau sti Ports 0 ap tidy 10309 arp cide 163806 atm 0 35 atm connected 1 ethoa 0 35 Flags sssi EH 22 Cid 81960 atm cid 8196 lle cid 0 ppp cidi Y atm 8 35 atm connected ethoa 8 35 Flags AtM cid 8198 atm cid 8198 llc cid 0 ppp cid U ethoa 0 35 eth connected 0 PLidS et Eth 1 port 1 ip cid 16387 arp cid 16388 ethoa 8 35 eth connected 0 Flags EE e porti 2 ip cid 10389 arp
52. E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm phonebook delete Delete an existing phonebook entry O This command is only applicable for phonebook entries that are not used in other words not configured for any packet service SYNTAX atm phonebook delete name lt string gt where name The name of the phonebook entry to be deleted REQUIRED Tip Use the command atm phonebook listto check whether the entry is in use Use 7 or not Use 0 EXAMPLE gt atm phonebook list Name Use Address atm pvc 0 35 1 0 35 RtPPPOA 0 8 35 gt atm phonebook delete name RtPPPoA gt atm phonebook list Name Use Address atm pvc 0 35 1 0 35 gt RELATED COMMANDS atm phonebook add Add a new phonebook entry atm phonebook list Display the current phonebook E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm phonebook flush Flush all the phonebook entries CD 1 Phonebook entries that are in use cannot be flushed 2 This command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX atm phonebook flush EXAMPLE gt atm phonebook list Name Use Address atm pvc 0 35 1 0 35 RtPPPOA 0 8 35 gt atm phonebook flush Some phonebook entries are still in use Entries that are in use cannot be deleted gt atm phonebook list Name Use Address atm pvc 0 35 1 0 35 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm phonebook list Display the current phonebook SYNTAX atm phonebo
53. Hw Intf 00 10 a4 33 56 53 0 0 0 0 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf 192 168 RELATED COMMANDS hostmgr delete hostmgr list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Playstation ethifl ethif1 1 64 Generic Device LocalNetwork ethif4 Delete the host device info from the host manager List all the host devices Hostname MyComputer Hostname MyComputer Hostmgr Commands hostmgr clear Remove all the hosts from the list SYNTAX hostmgr clear EXAMPLE gt hostmgr list MAC address IP address Type Intf Hw Intf Hostname 00 10 a4 33 56 53 0 0 0 0 Playstation ethif1 ethif1 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf 192 168 1 64 Generic Device LocalNetwork ethif4 MyComput er gt hostmgr clear gt hostmgr list No hosts found gt RELATED COMMANDS hostmgr delete Delete the host device info from the host manager E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Hostmgr Commands hostmgr config Configure the host manager parameters SYNTAX nostmg contig state lt disabled enabled gt scantime lt number 10 600 gt autosave lt disabled enabled gt trace lt disabled enabled gt where state Enable or disable the host manager daemon OPTIONAL The default is enabled scantime A number between 10 an 600 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the time between two scans The default is 30 seconds autosave Enable or disable automatic saves to flash memory OPTIONAL The default is enabled trace Ena
54. NAT application helpers SYNTAX connection applist EXAMPLE gt connection applist Application Proto DefaultPort Traces Timeout IP6TO4 PPTP ESP IKE SIP JABBER CU SeeMe RAUDIO PNA RTSP ILS H245 H323 IRC LOOSE UDP 6to4 ECO esp udp udp Lap udp EGP ERP LEp cep ESP ECH udp Lop 0 1723 0 500 5060 5222 7648 7070 554 389 0 1720 6667 0 21 enabled enabled unavailable disabled disabled disabled enabled enabled enabled unavailable unavailable enabled enabled enabled enabled unavailable unavailable da 07 15 0 6 0 2 0 unavailable unavailable unavailable a 0 gt 0 unavailable 5t EE Id unavallable FLOATING trace level 1 id For some CONN NAT application helpers either traces or timeout are unavailable RELATED COMMANDS connection appconfig Configure the available CONN NAT application helpers connection appinfo Display CONN NAT application specific info E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection bind Create a new CONN NAT application helper port binding SYNTAX connection bind application lt string gt DOLE lt port f a ge gt where application The name of a CONN NAT application helper REQUIRED Tip Use the command connection applist to obtain a list of CONN NAT application helpers port The port number or port range this application REQUIRED handler should work on EXAMPLE
55. OOO aa T If a value is preceded by a it means NOT For example mac 00 9f aa bb cc dd means for MAC address different from 00 9f aa bb cc dd where name The name of the new DHCP rule REQUIRED type Specify the DHCP rule type REQUIRED Choose between gt ver vendor class identifier gt uci user class identifier gt mac MAC address vCi The vendor class identifier string REQUIRED Note Only required when type vci uci The user class identifier string REQUIRED Note Only required when type uci match The vendor or user class identifier string matching OPTIONAL mac The MAC address REQUIRED Note Only required when type mac RELATED COMMANDS dhcp rule delete Delete a DHCP rule dhcp rule flush Flush all DHCP rules dhcp rule list List all DHCP rules E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp rule debug tracecontig Modify DHCP rule trace configuration SYNTAX dhcp rule debug traceconfig state disabled enabled where state Set tracing to disabled or enabled OPTIONAL The default is disabled E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp rule delete Delete a DHCP rule SYNTAX dhcp rule delete name lt string gt where name The name of the DHCP rule REOUIRED EXAMPLE gt dhcp rule delete name new dhcp rule delete name new gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp rule add Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection dhcp rule fl
56. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL Root Commands EXAMIPLE gt traceroute addr 192 193 195 250 count 3 size 1 interval 1000 maxhops 30 dstport 33433 maxfail 5 type icmp utime yes Traceroute addr 192 193 195 250 ttl 1 192 193 195 250 676 us 1351 us 648 us E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ADSL Commands 2 ADSL Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the adsl command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands adsl config adsl info adsl debug bitloadinginfo adsl debug deltconfig adsl debug deltinfo adsl debug modemoptioninfo adsl debug modemoption adsl debug traceconfig E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Show set the Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line ADSL configuration Display the ADSL statistics and information about the DSL line status Displays the number of bits per tone Enable disable the Dual Ended Line Testing Interface DELT Display Dual Ended Line Testing Interface DELT results Displays the modem options bitmap Configure the modem options bitmap Configure the ADSL tracelevel 11 12 12 14 15 16 ADSL Commands adsl config Show set the Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line ADSL configuration SYNTAX adsl config opermode lt multimode multi ads12 multi _reads1l2 mit adsilZplus gt trace lt disabled enabled gt where op
57. RTT 19 ms TCP Connect RTT 20 ms HTTP transaction RTT 18772 ms Total RTT 18811 ms PageSize 385712 Bytes Download speed 20 54 KByte s gt If the URL of a normal HTML page is used the figures are not so relevant as shown in the example below gt ip httpprobe url http www google be DNS Lookup RTT 19 ms TCP Connect RTT 75 ms HTTP transaction RTT 401 ms Total RTT 495 ms PageSize 3448 Bytes gt DESCRIPTION gt RTT taken to perform domain name lookup gt RIT taken to perform a TCP connect to the HTTP Server gt RIT taken to send a request and get a response back from the HTTP Server the probe retrieves the base HTML page only as body and does not request hyperlinks within this page The SpeedTouch will send the HTTP request receive the reply and report the RTT statistics including the size of the page returned E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip debug sendto Send UDP packets SYNTAX ip debug sendto addr lt ip address gt count lt number 1 1000000 gt size lt number 0 20000 gt interval lt number 1 1000000 gt listen lt disabled enabled gt dffield lt disabled enabled gt srcaddr lt ip address gt srcport lt number i 65535 1 dstport lt number 1 65535 gt dstintf lt string gt where addr The destination IP address REQUIRED count A number between 1 and 1000000 OPTIONAL Represents
58. SYNTAX timeout lt number 1 900 gt retry lt number 0 10 gt ans client config List lt string gt search lt disabled enabled gt trace lt disabled enabled gt where timeout A number between 1 and 900 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the query timeout The default is 5 retry A number between 0 and 10 OPTIONAL Represents the number of query retries before giving up The default is 3 search Use the search list to construct fully qualified domain names OPTIONAL The default is disabled list Specify a search list OPTIONAL This is a slash separated list of domain name suffixes trace Enable or disable verbose logging OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt dns client config timeout 5s retry Ee search on srchlist lt empty gt trace Off gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns client dnsadd Add a DNS server SYNTAX dns client dnsadd addr lt string gt port lt number gt where addr The IP address of the DNS server to be added REQUIRED port The DNS server port number OPTIONAL The default is 53 EXAMPLE gt dns client dnsadd addr 150 150 150 150 gt dns client dnelist Entry State Family Server 1 CONNECTED IP port 53 addr 127 0 0 1 2 CONNECTED iP port 53 addr 150 150 150 150 RELATED COMMANDS dns client dnsdelete Delete a DNS server dns client dnslist List all DNS servers E DOC C
59. Siicht el 602 PPP relay MUSA ee 604 ppp relay E 605 ppp relay ICONO alcances acia 606 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Contents 31 32 33 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ppp relay ifdelete ANNER 607 o E E E E 608 ppp relay A ie CO EC E A O Ie 609 EECHER E 611 PF cca A a cte A 612 di ep Un EE 613 FD A y o e e OA 614 salmo o e ee eee eee 615 o e a e PO OA 617 PSI OSU E 618 Script COMMANASS ccc ccc EE ee eeee eee ee essen RR KENE EE RR ENER 619 E A 620 ENEE 621 gl 0 PA NU eo E ee eee 622 El TEE 623 nn A saseeoce 625 Service COMMAMNGAG ococcccoccncconcnoconnnonnncnnnnnonnnnonannnonancnnanrnnannonas 627 SEEVICE 19051 ASS QIN Ae e A 628 service host config e Ae o 629 lee Te e E 630 o 631 ao A PAP 632 lero Ia MINIS O PPP o Aeon 633 Servico OSE Eege 634 service e 635 Saa ae int E E EOI 636 Service Nose rule AdO era ida 637 Service Nostrule delete senior 638 A cencemevaececsame eageenaucocanx ceed ceupteeanodeaerecese wucneantensoces 639 Service System Mae Stereo ratita 640 Service Stma ara iia 641 service system IDOE CTC airis aia ia rr daa 642 service system list ansia its 643 Service syslen Ee e E E E 645 service System IAP OCI ONG catan dt Ai 646 Contents service system Modify ENN 647 34 SNMP Commands geeasegeenesesu eege 649 COP CONTI AA o e 650 AAA A 651 LP PPP o me ee ee ee eer ener ere 652 Elie TE 653 snmp
60. State O LAN Private TUD Dal LO 040 4254 etho USED gt dhcp server pool config name My Pool poolstart 192 6 11 101 poolend 192 6 11 254 netmask 255 255 255 gateway 192 6 11 100 leasetime 21600 gt dhcp server pool list Pool Start End Intf State O LAN Private Li De Doy LO 04 04254 etho USED 1 My Pool 192 6 11 101 192 6 11 254 etho USED gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server pool delete Delete a DHCP server pool SYNTAX dhcp server pool delete name lt string gt where name The name of the DHCP server pool to be deleted REQUIRED Tip Use the command dhcp server pool listto obtain a list of all current DHCP leases EXAMPLE gt dhcp server pool list Pool Start End H LAN Private 100 01 10 0 0 254 1 My Pool LOZ Ore dde L01 192 60 11 254 gt dhcp server pool delete name My Pool gt dhcp server pool list Pool Start End O LAN Private 10 0 0 1 10 0 0 254 gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server pool add Add a DHCP server pool dhcp server pool list List all DHCP server pools E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server pool flush Flush all DHCP server pools CE The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX dhcp server pool flush EXAMIPLE gt dhcp server pool list Pool Start End O LAN Private 10 0 0 1 10 0 0 254 1 My Pool LA O Lg LOL 192 6 11 254 gt dhcp server pool flush gt dhcp server pool li
61. TKIP ToS TTL UA UDP ULP UPnP URI URL USB VC VCI VCMUX VDSL VLAN E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPP over ATM PPP over Ethernet Point to Point Tunneling Protocol Power Spectral Density Pre Shared Key Permanent Virtual Channel Quality of Service Routing Information Protocol Real Time Clock Round Trip Time Security Associations Secure File Transfer Protocol Single Pair High speed Digital Subscriber Line Session Initiation Protocol Service Level Agreement Simple Mail Transfer Protocol Sub Network Access Protocol Simple Network Management Protocol Signal to Noise Ratio Simple Network Time Protocol Secure SHell Service Set IDentifier Transmission Control Protocol Trivial File Transfer Protocol Temporal Key Integrity Protocol Type of Service Time To Live User Agent User Datagram Protocol Upper Layer Protocol Universal Plug and Play Uniform Resource Identifier Uniform Resource Locator Universal Serial Bus Virtual Channel Virtual Channel Identifier Virtual Channel MUItipleXing Very high speed Digital Subscriber Line Virtual Local Area Network VLSM VP VPI VPN WAN WDS WEP WFQ WINS WLAN WPA WRR Variable Length Subnet Masking Virtual Path Virtual Path Identifier Virtual Private Networking Wide Area Network Wireless Distribution System Wired Equivalent Privacy Weighted Fair Queueing Windows Internet Naming Service Wireless LAN Wi Fi Protected Access Weighted Round Robin
62. The bridge filter to be applied for all Wide Area Network WAN bridge ports Choose between gt no WAN broadcast broadcasts from the Thomson ST itself to the WAN are filtered out broadcasts from the LAN to the WAN are still passed through OPTIONAL OPTIONAL gt none no broadcasts are filtered out The default is no WAN broadcast Enable or disable the use of the VLAN ID of the received VLAN packets The default is enabled OPTIONAL The IP QoS precedence mapping table OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge dynvian actlist Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership SYNTAX eth bridge dynvlan actlist RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge dynvlan add Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry eth bridge dynvlan config Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration eth bridge dynvlan delete Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry eth bridge dynvlan list Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge dynvian add Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry SYNTAX eth bridge dynvlan add id lt number 0 100000 gt hwaddr lt masked hardware address gt vlan lt string gt remvlan lt default gt id A number between 0 and 100000 OPTIONAL Represents the id of the dynamic VLAN membership entry hwaddr The masked ethernet MAC address of the dynamic VLAN REQUIRED membership entry vlan The VLAN
63. Type 2 etho 10 001 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf STATIC gt 1p arpadd intf eth0 ip 10 0 0 2 gt ip arplist Interface IP address HW address Type 2 etho OO 0 1 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf STATIC 2 etho A a2 00 00 00 00 00 00 DYNAMIC gt ip arpadd intf eth0 ip 10 0 0 3 hwaddr 00 a0 24 ae 66 el gt ip arplist Interface IP address HW address Type 2 etho LOO Od 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf STATIC 2 etho0 EAR RE BE 00 00 00 00 00 00 DYNAMIC 2 etho0 Ls Usa 00 a0 24 ae 66 el STATIC gt RELATED COMMANDS ip arpdelete Delete an entry from the ARP cache ip arplist Display the ARP cache E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL IP Commands ip arpdelete Delete an entry from the ARP cache SYNTAX ip arpdelete intf lt string gt ip lt ip range gt hwaddr lt hardware address gt where intf The IP interface name REQUIRED ip The IP address or range of the entry to be deleted REQUIRED hwaddr The hardware address for example the Ethernet MAC address of the OPTIONAL entry to be deleted EXAMPLE gt 1p arplist Interface IP address HW address Type 2 etho0 1040 ES Del 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf STATIC 2 etho De 00 00 00 00 00 00 DYNAMIC 2 etho ER ER at 00 a0 24 ae 66 el STATIC gt ip arpdelete intf eth0 ip 10 0 0 3 hwaddr 00 a0 24 ae 66 el gt ip arplist Interface IP address HW address Type 2 eth0 10 0051 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf STATIC 2 etho L00052 00 00 00 00 00 00 DYNAMIC gt RELATED COMMANDS
64. United States and or other countries V gt Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Incorporated registered in the United States and other countries gt UNIX is a registered trademark of UNIX System Laboratories Incorporated gt Adobe the Adobe logo Acrobat and Acrobat Reader are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incor porated registered in the United States and or other countries Other brands and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders Document Information Status v2 0 May 2007 Reference E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 Short Title CLI Reference Guide ST516 536 546 R6 2 Software Build R 6 2 H 5 Contents E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 About this CLI Reference Guide cocooooccccconccccnonccnonnnnaronnnanoos 1 o e APA een ee alee ee ee 3 eil EE 4 MAC CS FOU Gc contains 5 ADSL COMMANOS oncccoccnccnccncnnocncnnnnononnnoronanaronnnaronanarernnnrnrnanrrenanas 7 AA mM e 8 e E le ue PP PP eo a 9 lee oedo is o o A e E E 11 adsl debug go e ola o AAA PP e A e E E EE 12 dadas Ke GI SUNT re EE 13 adsl debug modemopttoninfo ENEE 14 SSI COI TOC o A N 15 adsl debug TrACCCOMT G acu nsivis sancansdsectusssetewnresetasecedusnvetancenstnsiacevasneshanessadecteeddessesteceeasenetandcusnesdencadanesteas 16 ATM Command cccccccesececenneeceneeceeneecesnessceneesoeneesseneesees 17 PAP PP
65. add Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry eth bridge dynvlan config Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration eth bridge dynvlan list Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge dynvlan flush Flush all dynamic VLAN membership entries SYNTAX eth bridge dynvlan flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge dynvian list Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry SYNTAX eth bridge dynvlan list RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge dynvlan actlist Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership eth bridge dynvlan add Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry eth bridge dynvlan config Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration eth bridge dynvlan delete Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge flush Flush bridge interfaces and parameters The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX eth bridge flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge ifadd Add a new bridge interface SYNTAX eth bridge ifadd brname lt bridge gt intf lt string gt where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL intf The name of the new bridge interface REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge ifdelete Delete a bridge interface eth bridge iflist Display the current bridge interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0
66. add name lt quoted string gt protocol lt any tcp udp or number gt baseport lt supported UDP port number gt DOLL Lance lt porl range triggerport lt supported UDP port number gt triggerprotocol lt any tcp udp or number gt where name protocol baseport portrange triggerport triggerprotocol RELATED COMMANDS service host rule delete E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 The name of the host service REQUIRED The IP protocol type OPTIONAL Choose between gt any gt tcp gt udp gt anumber The inbound base port OPTIONAL Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number Note If not specified baseport is equal to the first port of portrange The outbound port range REQUIRED The outbound trigger port OPTIONAL Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number Protocol of the trigger port OPTIONAL Choose between gt any gt tcp gt udp gt anumber Note If not specified triggerprotocol is equal to protocol Delete a host service portmap Service Commands service host rule delete Delete a host service portmap SYNTAX service host rule delete name lt quoted string gt protocol lt any tcp udp or number gt baseport lt supp
67. allowed to lease IP REQUIRED addresses index A number between 0 highest priority and the highest number OPTIONAL lowest priority found in the list of existing DHCP server pools Represents a higher priority for the DHCP server pool Tip Use the command dhcp server pool listto obtain a list of the index numbers of all current DHCP server pools poolstart The lowest IP address in the DHCP address range to use for OPTIONAL leasing The default value of this parameter is 0 0 0 0 not specified which means that the lowest IP address of the pool will be defined by the remote server via Internet Protocol Control Protocol IPCP as soon as the Point to Point Protocol PPP IPCP subnetmasking connection is established poolend The highest IP address in the DHCP address range to use for OPTIONAL leasing The default value of this parameter is 0 0 0 0 not specified which means that the highest IP address of the pool will be defined by the remote server via IPCP as soon as the PPP IPCP subnetmasking connection is established netmask The applicable netmask for the DHCP leases OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands gateway The IP address of the default gateway for the DHCP clients OPTIONAL The default value of this parameter is 0 not specified which means that the gateway IP address will be communicated by the remote server as soon as the PPP IPCP subnetmasking connection is established or that the Thomson
68. an Ethernet interface 301 eth device iflist Show status of Ethernet interfaces 303 eth switch group flush Set all the ports to the default settings 304 eth switch group list List all the configured switch groups 305 eth switch group move Move a specified port to a specified switch group 306 eth switch mirror capture Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture 307 Port eth switch mirror egress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror 308 Egress Port eth switch mirror ingress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror 309 Ingress Port eth switch share add Add a port to be shared 310 eth switch share delete Delete a shared port 311 eth switch share list Display shared ports 312 eth switch info Display switch capabilities 313 eth switch qos config Configure common qos parameters 314 eth switch oos ifconfig Configure per port QoS parameters 315 eth switch qos list Display QoS configuration 316 eth switch qos weights Configure the queue weights 317 eth switch shaper config Configure common ingress shaper parameters 318 eth switch shaper ifconfig Configure per port shaper parameters 319 eth switch shaper iflist Display shaper configuration per port 320 eth switch storm ifconfig Configure per port storm control parameters 321 eth switch storm iflist Display storm control configuration per port 322 eth vlan add Add a new VLAN 323 eth vlan delete Delete a VLAN 324 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth
69. an interface from a bundle The interface to be configured must not be connected at the time of configuration If this should be CE the case use the command atm bundle ifdetach before using the command atm bundle ifconfig SYNTAX atm bundle ifconfig name lt string gt inti lt string gt state lt disabled enabled gt low lt number 0 15 gt high lt number 0 15 gt where name The name of the bundle from which an ATM interface must be configured REQUIRED intf The name of the ATM interface to be configured REQUIRED state Enable or disable the ATM interface OPTIONAL The default is enabled low A number between 0 and 15 OPTIONAL Represents the low selector value Note This parameter must only be configured when the policy of the bundle is set to priority see atm bundle config on page 29 high A number between 0 and 15 OPTIONAL Represents the high selector value Note This parameter must only be configured when the policy of the bundle is set to priority see atm bundle config on page 29 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm bundle ifdelete Remove an interface from a bundle SYNTAX atm bundle ifdelete name lt string gt intf lt string gt where name The name of the bundle from which an ATM interface must be removed REQUIRED intf The name of the ATM interface to be removed REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt atm bundle iflist Test dest non
70. chapter describes the commands of the software command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands software upgrade Reboot the modem to initiate the SW upgrade 672 software version Display the software version 673 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Software Commands software upgrade Reboot the modem to initiate the SW upgrade New software available on a remote LAN host will be uploaded to the modem SYNTAX software upgrade E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Software Commands software version Display the software version SYNTAX software version E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Software Commands E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 system Commands 37 System Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the system command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands system config Set change the system configuration parameters 676 system flush Flush the current system configuration 678 system locale Set get the regional settings 679 system reboot Reboot the Thomson ST 681 system reset Reset the Thomson ST to its factory or ISP defaults and reboot the 682 device system timedreboot Set or change a timed reboot for the Thomson ST 684 system debug Autosave debugging commands 685 autosave system debug stats Show the Thomson ST CPU and memory statistics 686 system ra config Configure Remote management access parameters 687 system rtc Do a
71. community add WE 654 snmp COMMIT CY delete EE 655 Aa O o O E o CO o 656 SNMP community modify ENEE 657 lio ea CC APA A e 658 samp eege 659 A no o y 660 SAMP e Een reno diateci 661 ee AAA PR II cneee ee heemecas cece mone 662 e A PA A CO In A 663 ideo PP 665 o Rio PAE NU o ouceaahe pad aan S E E E perenne 666 EVEL CONI AAA o A 667 HA oo O E eE io o araia 668 A e on Poo o iene EE E 669 mn toaniedseneseiceacenesaneoare 670 36 Software COMMANAS 0cccoocccccnccnccnconononononanononnnnnrnnnnnrenanarenannnns 671 O A PP E ten teeuenddaecs 672 o E 673 37 System Commands ccccccccseseceeeeneesenneeseeeeeceeneeseenensonsenes 675 System Confg EEN 676 Sn A E E ace 678 SUSTO OC oia 679 SST mn Te DIO rr sn 681 SA A PA AA o A 682 SYSTEM timedreboot ccceeccccesecceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeseseeeesaeeeseeesaeesaeessaeessneeseenenes 684 Aes Colnago re KEN e 685 Ree E ocios 686 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Contents 39 39 40 41 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 e Eo o E A 687 SV Ste mi ME SYNC ONI tee 688 A RP o O veined E ne EA 689 SysStemlog Commands EE 691 SaL e TUS E 692 SYS ENOT e e 693 Re eO cove sc ccaseteoncssaeneecenascemteaieotucesdcsaatateeweie afueoseuteaneieoueiacsessavutsaneiesscreasesmseinedsete seaeeeoetoeceveess 695 systemlog DBG ee Ee e DE 696 systemiog DBG dbg long MESS isis ta 697 systemlog DBG dbo buret ENEE 698
72. connected atm 8 35 dest RtPPPOA Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vcmux Fcs disabled Ulp ppp Connection State not connected E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commandes atm ifdelete Delete an ATM interface SYNTAX atm ifdelete inti lt string gt where intf The name of the ATM interface to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt atm iflist atm 0 35 dest atm pvc 0 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vomux Fes Connection State connected REPPPOA atm dest RtPPPOA Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vcmux Fcs Connection State connected gt atm iflist atm 0 35 dest atm pvc 0 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vcmux Fcs Connection State connected RELATED COMMANDS atm ifadd Create a new ATM interface atm iflist Display the ATM interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm ifdetach Detach an ATM interface SYNTAX atm ifdetach inti lt string gt where intf The name of the ATM interface to be detached REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt atm iflist atm 0 35 dest atm pvc 0 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vomux Fes Connection State connected REPPPOA atm dest RtPPPOA Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vcmux Fcs Connection State connected gt atm iflist atm 0 35 dest atm pvc 0 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vcmux Fcs Connection State connected RUPPPOA atm dest REPPPOA Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vcmux Fcs Connect
73. connection modules Module FW holds private data F 10264 S 6592 Module IDS holds private data F 0 S 0 Module NAT holds private data F 0 S 0 Registered stream modules Module ROUTING holds private data F 10199 S 6657 Module LABEL holds private data F 22546 S 19870 Module TPOOS holds private data F 10202 5 6653 Module TRIGGER holds private data F 10202 S 6659 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection list Display the currently known connections SYNTAX connection list nr lt number 1 2048 gt string lt string gt beginstring lt string gt where nr A number between 1 and 2048 OPTIONAL Represents the number of connections to be displayed Note If not specified all the connections will be displayed string string matching condition OPTIONAL beginstring beginstring matching condition OPTITONAL EXAMPLE gt connection list ID proto state substate flags timeout ACTIVE TCPS ESTABLISHED TCPS ESTABLISHED Lar 7 INIT 116 LOs Uy 1 1106 10 0 0 138 23 eth0 331 tcp RESP 117 10 0 138 23 10 0 0 1 1106 R loop 229 tcp E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection refresh Invalidate all the cached decisions SYNTAX connection refresh E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection stats Display the connection and stream statistics SYNTAX con
74. connectionReqPsswd lt string gt s maxEnvelopes lt number gt connectionRegAuth lt none basic digest gt The state of the cwmp daemon OPTIONAL Choose between gt enabled gt disabled The default is disabled Set the operation mode of the cwmp daemon OPTIONAL Choose between gt readonly gt full The default is readonly Set the periodiclnform flag of the cwmp daemon OPTIONAL Choose between gt enabled gt disabled The default is enabled A number of seconds OPTIONAL Represents the interval between two periodiclnform messages The default is 3600 Set HTTP session timeout in seconds OPTIONAL The default is 60 Set time in seconds ip may be 0 after uploading new OPTIONAL config file The default is 10 Set the maximum number of SOAP envelopes sent OPTIONAL within one HTTP message The default is 2 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 CWMP Commands connectionRequest connectionReqPath connectionReqUserName connectionReqPsswd connectionReqAuth EXAMPLE gt cwmp config State Mode Max Envelopes Session Timeout No Ip Timeout Connection Request Port Periodic Inform Periodic Inform Interval Connection Request Set the connection request flag of the cwmp daemon Choose between gt enabled gt disabled The default is enabled Set the path where the cwmp daemon can be reached Set the username the ACS must use to lo
75. disabledlenabled gt multicast lt disabledlenabled gt broadcast lt disabled enabled gt control lt disabled enabled gt unknown lt disabledlenabled gt discard lt disabledlenabled gt where shaper The shaper instance REQUIRED unicast Shape unicast traffic OPTIONAL multicast Shape multicast traffic OPTIONAL broadcast Shape broadcast traffic OPTIONAL control Shape MAC control traffic OPTIONAL unknown Shape traffic with unknown destination address OPTIONAL discard Discard frame at overflow else attempt for flow control OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS eth switch shaper ifconfig Configure per port shaper parameters eth switch shaper iflist Display shaper configuration per port E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch shaper ifconfig Configure per port shaper parameters SYNTAX eth switch shaper ifconfig port lt number 1 4 gt ingress lt disabled enabled gt shaper lt number 0 1 gt state lt disabled enabled gt speed lt number 64000 100000000 gt burstsize lt number 6 126 gt where port Port number REQUIRED ingress Enabled port is ingress port REQUIRED Disabled port is egress port shaper Shaper instance REQUIRED state Enable disable shaping OPTIONAL speed Speed in bits sec OPTIONAL burstsize Burst size in KBytes OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS eth switch shaper config Configure common ingress shaper parameters eth switch shaper
76. dmz gt guest Note Only for expression type ntf bridgeport The bridge port number OPTIONAL Note Only for expression type intf tos A number between 0 and 255 OPTIONAL Represents the ToS specification in the IP packet Note The parameters tos precedence and dscp are mutually exclusive precedence The precedence in the IP packet part of tos OPTIONAL Select an IP precedence see IP Precedence on page 752 or alternatively specify the number Note The parameters tos precedence and dscp are mutually exclusive dscp The DSCP in the IP packet part of tos OPTIONAL Select a DSCP see Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP on page 753 Note The parameters tos precedence and dscp are mutually exclusive proto The protocol name or number expected in the IP packet OPTIONAL Select one of the following protocols icmp igmp ipinip tcp udp ah esp ipcomp or alternatively specify the protocol number srcport The TCP UDP port or beginning of range the packet is coming OPTIONAL from Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the protocol number srcportend The source TCP UDP port range end inclusive OPTIONAL Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the protocol number dstport The TCP UDP port or beginning of range the pa
77. dsd urlfilter rule list Display the list of current rules 223 dsd urlfilter rule modify Modify an existing rule 224 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd contig Display modify the Differentiated Service Delivery DSD framework configuration SYNTAX dsd config state lt disabled enabled automatic gt where state Choose between OPTIONAL gt automatic default By default DSD config state is automatic the DSD framework is not active for example no URL filtering or web site filtering is applied Only in case the state of the default WAN IP interface goes down DSD framework will be activated for example in case the PPP link goes down implying HTTP intercept active gt enabled If DSD config state is enabled the DSD framework is always active gt disabled If you do not provide any parameters the current configuration will be shown EXAMPLE gt dsd config State automatic gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd debug config Display modify DSD debug settings SYNTAX config turbomode lt disabled enabled gt where turbomode Enable disable turbomode OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd debug connection list Display the internal connection pool usage SYNTAX dsd debug connection list expand lt disabled enabled gt where expand Enable or disable the expanded listing optional The defau
78. dynvlan delete kk 268 eth bridge dynvlan flUSh ANNER 269 cin TOES CIV S att 270 EE 271 eos AAA o A Eg E OO EA 272 eth bridge ifattach ssrisnainia daa 273 olas An A e auacertnensvametecese 274 eth bridge ifdelete EEN 276 eth bridge ifdetach EE 277 SP o e 278 medios MUS AA A Oo E OE A 279 eth bridge IGNIPSNOOPING CONTO scisoroseriica ninia coin 280 Cth bridge IOTMPSNOODING ISt isso ainia torcida 281 eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig essa daran 282 eth bridge igmpsnooping BC 283 eth bridge igmpsnooping clear ENEE 284 oo o E 285 STM PIO de ETS eG teta coo E 287 Contents UOT OMS WANA EE 289 cin TOE CGS STN Cl e WEE 290 o se 291 bado o A 292 ein bridge rule add AAPP A nea 293 es EE Om ees tenses teen asta cece ben eeece esta nee eee 294 SE OG TUIG TIUS A e o Eo ne 295 th bridge nn e Po A 296 eta Brage Via Mad ME 297 eth bridge vilan Ao AA 298 eth bridge vlan ifdelete ANNER 299 eth bridge vlan let 300 APP e vatsc vite eeoee panacea tues daneeoes 301 o i SUI USE E 303 eth switch group fluSh WEE 304 EE eebe 305 Er SWIECA O OUI ee 306 eth SUC Tn POI EE 307 eth switch mirror Le 308 Use A Pee A ieeeseee sie deseceseeee esse 309 o PAP A 310 eth switch share delete E 311 EE 1 Cc Wy a E E 312 e o A A e EE O 313 Ein GOS CONTIG dente sccssccetsenesoncrecccarsecateseacimwnscaeecocansbeccnneweenate nio Oise osclbscea 314 eth switch qos ifconfig miosina 315 BU SWVC GOS WISI E 316
79. enabled keep disabled tcpchecks exact icmpchecks enabled logdefault di sabled logthreshold enabled tcpwindow 65536 firewall debug traceconfig tcpchecks disabled icmpchecks disabled sink none forward none source none E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall chain add Add a chain SYNTAX firewall chain add chain lt string gt where chain The name of the chain to be added REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 EXAMIPLE gt firewall chain list Chains forward source sink fire forward fire source fire forward host service forward level sink system service forward level BlockAll forward level Standard forward level Disabled gt firewall chain add chain myCHAIN gt firewall chain list Chains forward source sink fire forward fire source tire forward host service forward level sink system service forward level BlockAll forward level Standard forward level Disabled myCHAIN Description system system system system system system system system system system system Description system system system system system system system system system system System system user Firewall Commands RELATED COMMANDS firewall chain delete Delete a chain firewall chain list List all chains E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall chain delete Delete a chain SYNTAX firewall chain delete chain
80. eth iflist eth flush eth bridge clear eth bridge list eth bridge add eth bridge delete eth bridge select eth bridge config eth bridge dynvlan actlist eth bridge dynvlan add eth bridge dynvlan config eth bridge dynvlan delete eth bridge dynvlan flush eth bridge dynvlan list eth bridge flush eth bridge ifadd eth bridge ifattach eth bridge ifconfig eth bridge ifdelete eth bridge ifdetach eth bridge iflist eth bridge ifflush eth bridge igmpsnooping config eth bridge igmpsnooping list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 This chapter describes the commands of the eth command group This chapter covers the following commands Create a new ETH interface Attach an ETH interface Modify an ETH interface Delete an ETH interface Detach an ETH interface Display the ETH interfaces Flush all the ETH interfaces Clear the bridge statistics Display the current bridge instances Add a new bridge instance Delete a bridge instance Select the default bridge to configure interfaces Modify display the bridge configuration settings Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry Flush all dynamic VLAN membership entries Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry Flush bridge interfaces and parameters Add a new bridge interface Attach a bridge interface Mod
81. eth switch e EA Te CHE 317 eth switch shaper config D 318 eth Switch shaper ht ei e D 319 eth switch shaper Po e Un BEE E oueiessuscaeceteoece macesvecacucteenacdenaast 320 ets Witch STONI CONTO eege 321 ets Witc STO NT IIIS esas norton 322 e q 323 PP o nn 324 MA A A E E za 325 A Pee ere A E eerre eshte cee me er eee ere en aren E rer eee 326 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Contents E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 15 16 17 Expr Commands scracamtascnr iodo 327 o A E PC ES O O O PL O E TT 328 DASE dro 332 PAP o oa 334 e El E A E T 335 e too OO O 339 Firewall COMMANdOS occococconccccncccononnnonononannnnnnaronnnrnnnnnnnanarnnnanos 343 A A na 344 EW E e E aora 346 le EE 347 Mowal CPI e NOA APA 349 firewall thalnde leave nannan eanne 351 as enan E 353 EELER Eegeregie 354 firewall debug Le eege e o o A 355 dee Ee Er E tica 356 firewall debug Taco ee e BEE 357 firewall level add osa 358 firewall level ET 359 PTE AUN E E 360 gl RER TE A 361 firewall level modify ENNEN 362 Tre TR E dis aceateee 363 cu AAA Aa 364 trewalbrule d CIC UG italia ocular isla 365 o O A 366 yo o eecaatesaatetaceore Jee siseeeayeaxeaue nedescuuies 367 firewall rule en e e EE 369 firewall rule debug clear EEN 370 firewall r le debug stats enla leon io ne 372 firewall rule debug traceconfig viana ia 374 GRP Commande ANNE 375 ono nn o 376 A o y E O y ce iets ee teaeaiee eaencee eo deec pak ocemerameacee
82. fa fa J loopback successful sequence 2 3 4 5 loopback successful sequence 6 7 8 9 1 loopback successful sequence loopback statistics 10 loopbacks transmitted 10 successful 0 loss time 1390 ms rtt min avg max 37890 38803 39187 gt RELATED COMMANDS atm oam config Modify the ATM Operation and Maintenance OAM settings atm oam list Display the ATM OAM settings atm oam modify Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm oam cc list Display Continuity Check CC configuration SYNTAX atm oam cc list EXAMIPLE gt atm oam cclist PORT 0 VPI 15 VCI 16 End2End Mode Auto Segment Mode Auto PORT O VPI 0 VCI 35 End2End Mode Auto Segment Mode Auto PORT O VPI 8 VCI 35 End2End Mode Auto Segment Mode Auto PORT 0 VPI O VCI 16 End2End Mode Auto Segment Mode Auto gt RELATED COMMANDS atm oam cc modify Modify CC on the connection atm oam cc send Send CC activate deactivate to connection E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm oam cc modify Modify CC on the connection SYNTAX atm oam modify port lt fdsl0 ds11 atm2 atm3l aal5 atm5j or number gt Vol lt number 0 15 gt lt number 0 511 gt transmit lt disabled enabled gt receive lt disabled enabled gt auto lt disabled enabled gt span lt segment end2end gt where port The
83. for the dynamic VLAN membership entry REQUIRED remvlan The VLAN that will be removed from the bridge interface OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge dynvlan actlist Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership eth bridge dynvlan config Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration eth bridge dynvlan delete Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry eth bridge dynvlan list Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge dynvlan config Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration SYNTAX eth bridge dynvlan config timeout lt number 0 100000 gt where timeout A number between 0 and 100000 seconds OPTIONAL Represents timeout for the dynamic entries RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge dynvlan actlist Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership eth bridge dynvlan add Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry eth bridge dynvlan delete Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry eth bridge dynvlan list Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge dynvian delete Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry SYNTAX eth bridge dynvlan delete id lt number 0 100000 gt where id A number between 0 and 100000 REQUIRED Represents the id of a dynamic VLAN membership RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge dynvlan actlist Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership eth bridge dynvlan
84. getflags dns server debug spoof getflags 196 grouplist igmp proxy grouplist 420 grp config 376 flush 377 rip config 379 flush 382 ifconfig 383 show 385 rtlist 378 gstats atm debug gstats 42 H hostmgr add 388 clear 390 config 391 delete 392 flush 393 list 394 httpprobe ip debug httpprobe 467 ids clear 396 config 397 list 398 parser config 399 pattern clear 401 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 list 402 stats 403 signature list 404 modify 405 threshold clear 406 list 407 modify 408 ifadd atm bundle ifadd 34 atm ifadd 20 dhcp client ifadd 110 eth bridge ifadd 272 eth bridge vlan ifadd 297 eth ifadd 252 ip auto ifadd 460 ip ifadd 439 ppp ifadd 585 ppp relay ifadd 605 pptp ifadd 612 service system ifadd 639 snmp ifadd 658 ifattach atm ifattach 21 dhcp client ifattach 111 eth bridge ifattach 273 eth ifattach 253 ip auto ifattach 461 ip ifattach 440 ppp ifattach 587 snmp ifattach 660 ifconfig atm bundle ifconfig 35 atm ifconfig 22 dhcp client ifconfig 112 dhcp relay ifconfig 136 eth bridge ifconfig 274 eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig 282 eth bridge vlan ifconfig 298 eth device ifconfig 301 eth ifconfig 254 eth switch qos ifconfig 315 eth switch shaper ifconfig 319 eth switch storm ifconfig 321 grp rip ifconfig 383 igmp host ifconfig 413 igmp proxy ifconfig 421 ip auto ifconfig 462 ip ifconfig 441 nat ifconfig 568 ppp ifconfig 58
85. gt where reset ResettheCPUstatistics OPTIONAL The default is disabled DESCRIPTION gt CHIP memory Memory used by the CPU first MB from the RAM not cached since it has to be realtime gt Application memory Memory used by the applications gt min The least amount of free memory detected during the uptime of the Thomson ST E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 system Commands system ra contig Configure Remote management access parameters SYNTAX system ra config secure lt disabled enabled gt port lt number gt timeout lt number gt where secure Enable or disable https OPTIONAL The default is enabled port Set the destination port for remote access OPTIONAL The default is 51003 timeout Set the connection timeout in minutes OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt system ra config Remote management access configuration Remote access port 51003 Secure remote access enabled gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 system Commands system rtc synchronize Do a SNTP update and synchronize the realtime clock SYNTAX system rtc synchro nize E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 system Commands system rtc settime Set get date time timezone daylight savings time uptime When synchronization with an external NTP server via the Thomson ST SNTP client fails this command allows to manually configure its internal clock GD In cases without regular synchronization accur
86. iflist Display shaper configuration per port E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch shaper iflist Display shaper configuration per port SYNTAX eth switch shaper iflist RELATED COMMANDS eth switch shaper config Configure common ingress shaper parameters eth switch shaper ifconfig Configure per port shaper parameters E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch storm ifconfig Configure per port storm control parameters SYNTAX eth switch storm ifconfig po lt number 1 4 gt Sg lt disabledlenabled gt lt 133 50 100 12007 gt burstsize lt number 2 8 gt broadcast lt disabledlenabled gt multicast lt disabledlenabled gt unknown lt disabledlenabled gt where port Port number REQUIRED state Enable disable storm control OPTIONAL rate Rate in 10ths of percent OPTIONAL burstsize Burst size in KBytes OPTIONAL broadcast Storm control for broadcast traffic OPTIONAL multicast Storm control for multicast traffic OPTIONAL unknown Storm control for traffic with unknown destination address OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS eth switch storm iflist Display storm control configuration per port E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch storm let Display storm control configuration per port SYNTAX eth switch storm iflist RELATED COMMANDS eth switch storm ifconfig Configure per port storm control parameters E DOC CTC 2006
87. in full duplex mode or enter a number between 0 auto and 5 100BaseTFD The default is auto Note This value should never be changed except in case of communication problems state Enable or disable the interface OPTIONAL The default is enabled E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands EXAMIPLE gt eth device iflist Interface Type Result State ethifl auto 100BaseTFD UP forwarding ethif2 auto 100BaseTFD UP forwarding ethif3 auto 100BaseTFD forwarding ethif4 auto 100BaseTFD UP forwarding usbifl UP forwarding gt eth device ifconfig intf ethif4 state disabled gt eth device iflist Interface Type Result State ethifl auto 100BaseTFD UP forwarding ethif2 auto 100BaseTFD UP forwarding ethif3 auto 100BaseTFD UP forwarding ethif4 auto 100BaseTFD DOWN disabled usbifl UP forwarding RELATED COMMANDS eth device iflist Show status of Ethernet interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth device let Show status of Ethernet interfaces SYNTAX eth device 111186 EXAMPLE gt eth device iflist Interface Type Result State ethifl auto 100BaseTFD UP forwarding ethif2 auto 100BaseTFD UP forwarding ethif3 auto 100BaseTFD UP forwardin ethif4 auto 100BaseTFD UP forwarding usbifl UP forwarding 1ifl UP forwarding lif2 UP forwarding lif3 UP forwarding 1if4 UP forwarding LES UP forwarding g
88. interface to be added to the PPP relay agent list REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPTP Commands 31 PPTP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the pptp command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands pptp ifadd pptp flush pptp list pptp profadd pptp profdelete pptp proflist E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Add a Point to Point Tunneling Protocol PPTP profile Flush the complete PPTP configuration Show the current PPTP configuration Define a new PPTP profile Delete a PPTP profile Display all the current PPTP profiles 612 613 614 615 617 618 PPTP Commands pptp ifadd Add a Point to Point Tunneling Protocol PPTP profile CE Backwards compatible with previous release use profiles instead SYNTAX pptp ifadd dest lt string gt rate lt number 10 10000 gt encaps lt vcmux nlpid gt ac lt never always keep gt where dest The WAN destination for this PPTP tunnel REQUIRED Typically a phonebook entry rate A number between 10 and 10000 OPTIONAL Represents the transmission speed in bits s for the WAN link encaps The type of WAN encapsulation to be used with this PPTP profile OPTIONAL Choose between gt VC_MUX gt Network Layer Protocol IDentifiers NLPID The default is vemux ac The High level Data Link Control HDLC framing option
89. ip mcast rtlist Display the multicast routing table 453 ip mcast flush Flush the multicast routing table 454 ip rtadd Add a route to the routing table 455 ip rtdelete Delete a route from the routing table 457 ip rtlist Display the routing table 458 ip auto flush Flush the autolP interfaces 459 ip auto ifadd Create an autolP interface 460 ip auto ifattach Select and assign a link local address to an autolP interface 461 ip auto ifconfig Configure an autolP interface 462 ip auto ifdelete Delete an existing autolP interface 464 ip auto ifdetach Release the link local address for the given autolP interface 465 ip auto iflist Display the autolP interfaces 466 ip debug httpprobe Send a HTTP probe 467 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip debug sendto Send UDP packets 468 ip debug stats Display IP statistics 470 ip debug traceconfig Display modify the IP stack trace configuration 471 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip arpadd Add an entry to the ARP cache of a broadcast Internet Protocol IP interface SYNTAX ip arpadd intf lt string gt ip lt ip range gt hwaddr lt hardware address gt intf The IP interface name ip The IP address or range of the entry to be added to the Address Resolution Protocol ARP cache hwaddr The hardware address for example the Ethernet MAC address of the entry to be added EXAMPLE gt ip arplist Interface IP address HW address
90. labels O The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX label flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes label list Display the labels SYNTAX label list where name EXAMIPLE gt label list Name DSCP Interactive Management Video VoIP default gt Class overwrite increase increase increase overwrite increase name lt string gt The name of the label to be displayed Note Def dscp 8 12 10 14 default gt abel list name Interactive Name Class Interactive increase gt RELATED COMMANDS label add label delete E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Def 8 If not specified all the labels will be displayed Ack defclass 8 12 10 14 prioritize Bud rect disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled disabled Bidirect disabled Inherit disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled disabled Inherit disabled Create a new label Delete a label Tosmark disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Tosmark disabled Type tos Value Value 0 Ttlover disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Ttlover disabled OPTIONAL Use Trace disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Trace disabled Label Commands label modify Modify a label configuration SYNTAX label modify name lt string gt classif
91. local or remote syslog server host E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 systemlog Commands systemlog flush Flush all messages in the internal Syslog message buffer SYNTAX systemlog flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 systemlog Commands systemlog show Show messages in the internal Syslog message buffer SYNTAX systemlog show fac lt supported facility name gt sev lt supported severity name gt hist lt disabled enabled gt where fac Specify the facility name of the syslog messages to be shown OPTIONAL Use one of the supported facility names see Supported Facilities on page 751 Note If not specified the messages of all the facilities will be shown sev Specify the lowest priority severity of the syslog messages to be OPTIONAL shown All the syslog messages with severity as specified or higher will be shown Use one of the supported severity names see Supported Severities on page 752 Note lf not specified the messages of all the severities will be shown hist Show messages over several Thomson ST reboots enabled or show OPTIONAL only messages since latest startup disabled Note lf not specified only the recent messages will be shown E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 systemlog Commands EXAMPLE gt syslog msgbuf show fac kern sev emerg hist enabled lt 0 gt SysUpTime 14 45 43 KERNEL Controlled restart after internal error or explicit
92. magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason acname service Rt PPPoA dest RtPPPOA atm 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 route dst 0 0 0 0 0 src 10 0 0 0 1 metric 1 auth auto user johndoe ISP password x xx admin state up oper state down link state connected LCP state reqsent retransm 5 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason gt ppp ppp ifdetach intf Rt PPPoA gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason acname service Rt PPPoA dest REPPPOA atm local disconnect 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 route dst 0 0 0 0 0 src 10 0 0 0 1 metric 1 auth auto user johndoe ISP password xx xx admi
93. mbus Llist O O mbus dynstr Us Oy strings buffer mbus client 0 0 Se mbus cmddata OF 0 e mbus objecttype O O mbus paramtype Us Oy mbus Ob eCt 0 0 ES mbus objectindex O 0 upnp dynstr 0 Oy strings buffer upnp handles Os Oy upnp devices 0 0 a upnp services O 0 upnp subscriptions 0 Oy upnp firstdeviceevents O 0 mous cliclient 0 Cwmp 0 cwmp 0 0 elem pool 0 attr pool O e cwmp let pool 0 0 E cwmp dynstr pool 0 0 strings buffer cwmp event pool 0 0 Sp cwmp cmddata pool Total usage 2135307 110732 gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands 28 MLP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the mlp command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands mlp flush Flush all the Multi Level access Policies MLP 544 structures mlp import Import all the scores 545 mlp debug export Export all the scores 546 mlp debug stats Display MLP statistics 547 mlp debug traceconfig Modify the MLP trace settings 548 mlp privilege add Add a privilege 549 mlp privilege addzone Add a zone to a privilege 551 mlp privilege config Modify a privilege 552 mlp privilege delete Delete a privilege 553 mlp privilege list Display the privileges 555 mlp privilege removezone Remove a zone from a privilege 557 mlp role add Add a role 558 mlp role addpriv Add a privilege to a role 560 mlp role confi
94. number gt mous client config lt quoted string gt wlidletimeout lt number gt lt idpath keypath gt where writelock Enable or disable mbus writelock OPTIONAL The default is enabled wlgetimeout Writelock get timeout in seconds OPTIONAL lt forever 1 default nowait 0 gt wlidletimeout Writelock idle timeout in seconds OPTIONAL lt forever 1 default nowait 30 gt path Fully qualified mbus path OPTIONAL type Path type OPTIONAL The default is idpath RELATED COMMANDS mbus client exec Execute mbus command mbus client register Register cli client to mbus mbus debug stats Display mbus statistics E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commandes mbus client exec Execute mbus command SYNTAX mbus client exec where cmd param value gettype depth processcmd readcommitted onerrorrollback E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 cmd lt addobject deleteobject getparamattributes getparamcount getparamnames getparamvalues getpath setparamvalue gt param lt quoted string gt value lt quoted string gt gettype lt object parameter path gt processcmd lt disabled enabled gt readcommitted lt disabled enabled gt depth lt number gt onerrorrollback lt disabled enabled gt Mbus command name Choose between gt addobject deleteobject getparamattributes getparamcount getparamnam
95. option instdelete 163 instlist dhcp server option instlist 164 interface list 428 ip arpadd 433 arpdelete 434 arplist 435 auto flush 459 ifadd 460 ifattach 461 ifconfig 462 ifdelete 464 ifdetach 465 iflist 466 config 436 debug httpprobe 467 sendto 468 stats 470 traceconfig 471 flush 438 ifadd 439 ifattach 440 ifconfig 441 ifdelete 443 ifdetach 444 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Index iflist 445 ifwait 446 ipadd 447 ipconfig 448 ipdelete 449 iplist 450 mcast flush 454 rtadd 451 rtdelete 452 rtlist 453 rtadd 455 rtdelete 457 rtlist 458 lpadd ip ipadd 447 service system ipadd 641 ipconfig ip ipconfig 448 ipdelete ip ipdelete 449 service system ipdelete 642 iplist ip iplist 450 Ipqos config 474 ef config 478 list 479 stats 480 list 477 queue clear 481 config 482 list 484 stats 485 K Key names DSCP 753 ICMP type 750 IP precedence 752 IP protocols 746 Syslog facilities 751 Syslog severities 752 TCP UDP port 747 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 L label add 488 chain add 495 delete 496 flush 497 list 498 delete 489 flush 490 list 491 modify 492 rule add 499 debug clear 508 stats 510 traceconfig 511 delete 502 flush 504 list 505 modify 507 language list config 514 delete 515 list 516 atm bundle list 37 atm cac list 39 atm oam cc config 49 atm oam list 45 atm oam vclb list 54 atm phonebook list 59 atm qosbook list 68 config
96. packets that will be traced OPTIONAL The default is none drop Define the packet drops that will be traced OPTIONAL The default is all path Define the packet that will be path traced OPTIONAL The default is none mode Select the packet dump method OPTIONAL Choose between gt line gt dump The default is ine arp Define the ARP packets that will be traced OPTIONAL The default is none E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands EXAMIPLE gt ip debug traceconfig Input traces none Forward traces none Output traces none Drop traces all Path traces none Trace mode line ARP traces none EXAMPLE gt ip debug traceroute addr 192 193 195 250 count 3 size 1 interval 1000 maxhops 30 dstport 33433 maxfail 5 type icmp utime yes ip debug traceroute addr 192 193 195 250 ttl 1 192 193 195 250 676 us 1351 Ue 648 us E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IPQ0S Commands 23 IPQoS Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the 1pqos command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands ipqos config ipqos list ipqos ef config ipqos ef list ipqos ef stats ipqos queue clear ipqos queue config ipqos queue list ipqos queue stats E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Configure IPOoS for a given destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation Display the IPOoS configuration Configure the IPOoS Expedited Forwarding EF timer f
97. parameters 39 atm cac overbooking Configure ATM overbooking parameters 40 atm debug aal5stats Display ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 port specific ATM statistics 41 atm debug gstats Display ATM global statistics 42 atm debug portstats Display port specific ATM statistics 43 atm oam config Modify the ATM Operation and Maintenance OAM settings 44 atm oam list Display the ATM OAM settings 45 atm oam modify Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode 46 atm oam ping Send ATM loopback cells 48 atm oam cc list Display Continuity Check CC configuration 49 atm oam cc modify Modify CC on the connection 50 atm oam cc send Send CC activate deactivate to connection 51 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 atm oam vclb add atm oam vclb del atm oam vclb list atm phonebook add atm phonebook autolist atm phonebook delete atm phonebook flush atm phonebook list atm qosbook add atm qosbook config atm qosbook ctdadd atm qosbook ctddelete atm gosbook ctdlist atm qosbook delete atm qosbook flush atm qosbook list Create a loopback connection for VC Delete a loopback connection for VC List all VC loopback connections Add a new phonebook entry Show the auto PVCs Delete an existing phonebook entry Flush all the phonebook entries Display the current phonebook Add a new QoS book entry Modify the QoS book configuration Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor CTD Delete a CTD Display all CTDs Delete a QoS book entry Flus
98. peak rate gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 passive unknown unknown disabled linerate AutoPVC Commands autopve list Show the retrieved information SYNTAX autopve List table lt Port AtmLayer Vpc Vcc Address AddressRegistrationAdmin AtmServiceType AtmServiceConnectioninfo AAL1Profile AAL34Profile AAL5Profile AAL2CommonProfile AAL2TrunkingProfile AAL2LESProfile AtmServiceConnIinfoExtension AtmServiceTypeExtension AAL5SProfilekxtension gt where table Select the autopvc table for which the information must be shown OPTIONAL Choose between gt Port gt AtmLayer gt Vpc gt Vcc gt Address gt AddressRegistrationAdmin gt AtmServicelype gt AtmServiceConnectionInfo gt AAL1Profile gt AAL34Profile gt AAL5Profile gt AAL2CommonProfile gt AAL2TrunkingProfile gt AAL2LESProfile gt AtmServiceConnIinfoExtension gt AtmServiceTypeExtension gt AAL5ProfileExtension EXAMPLE gt autopve list Address Type BestEff Parl Par2 Par3 Par4 Par5 8 35 ubr Enabled Tx 451 0 0 0 0 Rx 7923 0 0 0 0 gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Config Commands 5 Config Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the config command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands config delete config dump config flush config list config load config save E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Delete a us
99. poolend 169 254 254 254 netmask 255 255 0 0 claim 10 defence 5 probe interval 2 sec probes sent 0 collisions 0 RELATED COMMANDS ip auto ifattach Select and assign a link local address to an autolP interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip auto iflist Display the autolP interfaces SYNTAX ip auto iflist inti lt string gt where intf The name of the autolP interface to be listed OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the autolP interfaces are shown EXAMPLE gt ip auto iflist eth0 CLAIMED 169 254 138 1 poolstart 169 254 1 1 poolend 169 254 254 254 netmask 255 255 0 0 claim 10 defence 5 probe 4 interval 2 sec probes sent 2 collisions 0 RELATED COMMANDS ip auto ifadd Create an autolP interface ip auto ifdelete Delete an existing autolP interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip debug httpprobe Send a HTTP probe This HTTP probe will measure the Round Trip Time RIT taken to connect and access data from a HTTP server SYNTAX ip debug httpprobe uri lt string gt version lt 1 0 1 1 gt where url The Uniform Resource Locator URL identifying the HTTP server REQUIRED version The version of the HTTP server OPTIONAL The default is 1 0 EXAMPLE The first example shows the measured time for a file that was downloaded gt ip httpprobe url http download winzip com wzipse22 exe DNS Lookup
100. port lt number 1 4 gt mode lt 802 1p diffserv high none tos gt flowcontrol lt disabledlenabled gt where Port Port to be configured REQUIRED Mode QoS Classifier for the port REQUIRED Fowcontrol Enable or disable flow control OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS eth switch gos config Configure common qos parameters eth switch qos list Display QoS configuration eth switch qos weights Configure the queue weights E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch qos list Display QoS configuration SYNTAX eth switch gos list RELATED COMMANDS eth switch gos config Configure common qos parameters eth switch qos ifconfig Configure per port QoS parameters eth switch qos weights Configure the queue weights E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch gos weights Configure the queue weights SYNTAX eth switch qos weights lt number 0 100 gt lt number 0 100 gt lt number 0 100 gt lt number 0 100 gt where QueueX The weight of queue X in WFO percentage REQUIRED X 1 through 4 RELATED COMMANDS eth switch oos config Configure common qos parameters eth switch qos ifconfig Configure per port QoS parameters eth switch oos list Display QoS configuration E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch shaper config Configure common ingress shaper parameters SYNTAX eth switch shaper config shaper lt number 0 1 gt unicast lt
101. references even when the label is still in use enabled or not disabled The default is disabled Def dscp 8 12 10 14 default 0 Ack defclass 8 12 TO 14 prioritize 0 gt label delete name myLABEL force yes gt label list Name Class DSCP overwrite Interactive increase Management increase Video increase VoIP overwrite default increase gt RELATED COMMANDS label add label list E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Def dscp 8 12 10 14 default Ack defclass 8 12 10 14 Bidirect disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled disabled disabled Bidirect disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled prioritize disabled Inherit disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled disabled disabled Inherit disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled disabled Create a new label Display the labels Tosmark disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Tosmark disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Value Ttlover disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Ttlover disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 REQUIRED OPTIONAL tl Use Trace 0 disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Trace disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Label Commands label flush Flush all
102. rule to the DHCP server pool Delete a selection rule from the DHCP server pool 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 154 155 157 158 159 160 161 163 164 165 166 167 168 170 172 173 174 175 176 178 179 180 181 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client flush Delete all the DHCP leases CE The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX dhcp client flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client fadd Create a DHCP client SYNTAX dhcp client ifadd DEE lt string gt defrgoptions lt disabled enabled gt where intf The name of the dynamic interface for which a DHCP lease REQUIRED must be created defrgoptions Enable Disable the creation of the default Parameter Request OPTIONAL List EXAMPLE gt dhcp client iflist No dynamic interfaces defined gt dhcp client ifadd intf myPPP ppp dhcp client gt iflist DHCP Client Info Interface myPPP ppp DHCP Client State e INIT HW address DUDE 5303S ils7 62 5a Client ID IP Address p t p IP Default Gateway Number of leases 1 Total size of table 68 in use 1 RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client ifdelete Delete a DHCP client dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces interface list Display interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client ifattach Activate a DHC
103. s1ds Signature modify Signature 1p protocol scan state disabled gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids threshold clear Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values SYNTAX ids threshold clear EXAMPLE gt ids threshold list index name window enabled flood disabled tcp rate enabled udp rate disabled icmp rate disabled ip rate disable gt ids threshold clear gt ids threshold list index name enabled flood disabled tcp rate disabled udp rate disabled icmp rate disabled ip rate disabled RELATED COMMANDS ids threshold list Display the IDS thresholds ids threshold modify Modify the IDS thresholds E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids threshold list Display the IDS thresholds SYNTAX ids threshold list EXAMPLE gt ids threshold list index name enabled flood disabled tcp rate disabled udp rate disabled icmp rate disabled ip rate disabled RELATED COMMANDS ids threshold clear Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values ids threshold modify Modify the IDS thresholds E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids threshold modify Modify the IDS thresholds SYNTAX ids threshold modify index lt number gt window lt number gt limit lt number gt scaling lt disabled enabled gt where index The index of the IDS threshold to be modified REQUIRED Tip Use the command ids thresh
104. server The service is defined for server purposes gt client The service is defined for client purposes gt custom The service is a user created service in other words a customized service The default is custom EXAMPLE S gt service host Service Name User Defined Mode Age of Empires unassigned server AIM Talk unassigned client MSN Messenger unassigned Server gt service host add name myService gt service host Service Name User Defined Mode Age of Empires unassigned server AIM Talk unassigned client MSN Messenger unassigned Server myService unassigned RELATED COMMANDS service host delete Delete a host service service host list Display a list of host services E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service host delete Delete a host service SYNTAX service host delete name lt quoted string gt where name The name of the host service to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt service host Service Name User Defined Mode Age of Empires unassigned server AIM Talk unassigned client MSN Messenger unassigned server myService unassigned gt service host delete name myService gt service host Service Name User Defined Mode Age of Empires unassigned server AIM Talk unassigned client MSN Messenger unassigned server RELATED COMMANDS service host add Add a host service service host list Display a list of host services E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service C
105. settings Connectivity with the ISP network might be lost lt factory no gt deletes user specific settings only factory yes no yes proceed no yes yes system reset factory yes no yes proceed no yes yes E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 system Commands RELATED COMMANDS sntp config Modify display the SNTP client configuration E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 system Commands system timedreboot Set or change a timed reboot for the Thomson ST SYNTAX timedreboot state lt disabled enabled gt time lt number 0 16384 gt date lt string gt where state Enable Disable timed reboot OPTIONAL The default is disabled time Change default countdown time Min OPTIONAL A number between 0 and 16384 The default is 60 date Set date time to reboot DD MM YYYY HH MM OPTIONAL The default is the current day and time EXAMPLE gt system timedreboot state enabled time 60 input timeout min 60 gt RELATED COMMANDS system reboot Reboot the Thomson ST E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 system Commands system debug autosave Autosave debugging commands SYNTAX system debug trace lt disabled enabled gt autosave where trace Enable or disable autosave traces OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 system Commands system debug stats Show the Thomson ST CPU and memory statistics SYNTAX system debug stats reset lt disabled enabled
106. string gt where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL string String matching condition OPTIONAL beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge add Add a new bridge instance Syntax where bmame Thenameofthenew bridge instance REQUIRED E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge delete Delete a bridge instance Syntax eth bridge delete brname lt bridge gt where brn ame Thenameofthe bridge instance to be deleted REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge select Select the default bridge to configure interfaces when not setting a bridge name for legacy purposes Syntax eth bridge select brname lt bridge gt where brn ame Thenameofa bridge instance REQUIRED E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge contig Modify display the bridge configuration settings SYNTAX eth bridge config brname lt bridge gt lt number 10 100000 gt filter lt no WAN broadcast none gt lt disabled enabled gt lt string gt vlan precedencemap where brname age filter vlan precedencemap The name of a bridge instance A number between 10 and 100000 seconds Represents the lifetime of a dynamically learned Medium Access Control MAC address The default is 300
107. string gt lt string gt backmx lt disabled enabled gt wildcard lt disabled enabled gt OrrtlLine lt disabled enabled gt service lt dyndns statdns custom No IP gnudip gt status lt disabled enabled gt trace lt disabled enabled gt where name The name of the dynamic DNS client to be modified REQUIRED intf The dynamic DNS client interface OPTIONAL Note This parameter must be defined to enable the dynamic DNS client user The username for dynamic DNS authentication OPTIONAL password The password for dynamic DNS authentication OPTIONAL group The dynamic DNS host group OPTIONAL mx The mail exchanger OPTIONAL backmx Set up the mail exchanger as a backup mail exchanger enabled or OPTIONAL not disabled The default is disabled wildcard Allow the use of hostname wildcards enabled or not disabled OPTIONAL The default is disabled offline Set the host to offline mode enabled or not disabled OPTIONAL The default is disabled service The dynamic DNS service Choose between OPTIONAL gt dyndns gt statdns gt custom gt No IP gt DtDNS gt gnudip E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands status Enable or disable the dynamic DNS client OPTIONAL The default is disabled trace Enable or disable the verbose console logging for the dynamic DNS OPTIONAL client The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt dyndns list WAN INIT user p
108. system re boot lt 0 gt SysUpTime 02 58 18 KERNEL Controlled restart after internal error or explicit system re boot lt 0 gt SysUpTime 04 days 04 52 37 KERNEL Controlled restart after internal error or explicit s ystem reboot lt 0 gt SysUpTime 00 00 41 KERNEL Controlled restart after internal error or explicit system re boot gt syslog msgbuf show fac kern sev warning hist enabled lt 4 gt SysUpTime 00 00 00 KERNEL Cold restart lt 0 gt SysUpTime 14 45 43 KERNEL Controlled restart after internal error or explicit system re boot lt 4 gt SysUpTime 00 00 00 KERNEL Warm restart lt 0 gt SysUpTime 02 58 18 KERNEL Controlled restart after internal error or explicit system re boot lt 4 gt SysUpTime 00 00 00 KERNEL Warm restart lt 0 gt SysUpTime 04 days 04 52 37 KERNEL Controlled restart after internal error or explicit s ystem reboot lt 4 gt SysUpTime 00 00 00 KERNEL Warm restart lt 0 gt SysUpTime 00 00 41 KERNEL Controlled restart after internal error or explicit system re boot E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 systemlog Commands systemlog send Send messages from the internal Syslog message buffer to a specified local or remote syslog server host CD There will be no notification on whether the host has received the messages or not SYNTAX systemlog send fac lt supported facility name gt sev lt supported severity name gt hist lt disabled enabled gt
109. systemlog DBG dbg_contents E 699 Upgrade COMMAN S ccccsscccceseeeceeeeeceeneescenensceneeseeneesees 701 upgrade COMM A e o EE EEC rnnr rtnn nnen nenn nnnn nenen n ennnen 702 We elaela EE 703 parade debug tracecon Oia 704 upgrade adenda E srania E E E aA 705 upgrade profile ad WE 706 pgrade prat le e e e EE 707 upgrade profile delete ANEREN 708 upgrade profile let 709 UpParade Mad Alessandro isso 710 parade Mata emoticonos 711 upgrade INC oa lo AE o A e A a 712 upgrade fdelete ANEREN ENEE 713 parade IN CGC p ricerca cis entes 714 Ao eo o A ee 715 ato AAA PPP en 117 Tei e Beie e EE 718 eier eh AA o oo en e En e e e teens naaseteses 719 e e O EEE E TO 720 A PA 721 SEN 19 ClO animas 722 Ze e A on O 724 A or feaueetn ces A A 726 Contents A Pen e er 727 UE tege 728 TC de e E RE E send teeesns2segussens ceaeesinnseaaeaeeosssxo sesecesaccecwecanesseosseedyss 730 Al ARDE ON Saa 731 43 System Logging WMessages occcoonccccoccccococcnocnnonononanononanonnnans 735 PURO FYC lee E PO AA IA oo ER AP ae 736 Conta utation ole ll E 736 DACP Client INOS aria 736 A nn PP o A 737 Riegel e e LTE 737 BAY oie gs ee TEE 738 FSW alll AiO Emme 738 bo IE OCI AE 0 E0E05E gt 739 a UROCI AE o o seas eacaneasmaiades cecansmipesasoncie rete neaecsee 739 Limestate e e E TE 739 IA Lo UL e AAA o aectaseasies dans stqsssanessueunsacntsreseneesancnetesaeesonseeescoce 739 PPP A gu e 740 A a Sse ta setest are
110. tcp 1723 enabled unavailable ESP esp 0 unavailable 15 0 IKE udp 500 disabled Lat qe FLOATING SIP udp 5060 disabled 6 0 trace level 1 LOOSE UDP udp 0 enabled 5r 07 FTP tcp 21 enabled unavailable gt connection appconfig application SIP trace enabled gt connection applist Application Proto DefaultPort Traces Timeout IP6TO4 6to4 0 enabled unavailable PPTP tcp 1723 enabled unavailable ESP esp 0 unavailable 15 0 IKE udp 500 disabled Lo Q7 FLOAATING SIP udp 5060 enabled 6 0 trace level 1 LOOSE UDP udp enabled rh Q tcp enabled unavailable RELATED COMMANDS connection appinfo Display CONN NAT application specific info connection applist List the available CONN NAT application helpers E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection appinfo Display CONN NAT application specific info SYNTAX connection appinfo application lt string gt where application The name of a CONN NAT application helper REQUIRED Tip Use the command connection app list to obtain a list of CONN NAT application helpers EXAMPLE gt connection appinfo application SIP SIP ALG session SIPALG pool 138 in use 0 bottom 138 gt RELATED COMMANDS connection appconfig Configure the available CONN NAT application helpers connection applist List the available CONN NAT application helpers E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection applist List the available CONN
111. tftp gt ftp gt http gt https The default is tftp EXAMPLE gt upgrade config Upgrade daemon state disabled Upgrade daemon transfer protocol tftp Upgrade daemon option 66 Upgrade daemon option 67 gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands upgrade start Start a new upgrade SYNTAX upgrade start protocol lt tftp ftp http https gt server lt string gt filename lt string gt where protocol The protocol to be used for the download Choose between gt tftp gt ftp gt http gt https The default is disabled server The server name or IP address filename The file to be downloaded E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL Upgrade Commands upgrade debug traceconfig Enable disable upgrade daemon tracing SYNTAX upgrade debug traceconfig state lt disabled enabled gt where state Set the upgared daemon state to enabled or disabled REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands upgrade debug sesslist Display the list of sessions SYNTAX upgrade debug sesslist EXAMIPLE gt upgrade debug sesslist Session 0 Sessionld e 0x80c25850 State IDLE Protocol TFTP ServerName FileName DestFile ServerIP Error Session 1 Sessionld 0x80c25c20 State IDLE Protocol TFTP ServerName FileName DestFile ServerIP Error gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Upg
112. the PPP connection is terminated on the Access Concentrator here the Thomson ST itself gt disabled the Thomson ST is PPP client The default is disabled auth Select the authentication protocol OPTIONAL Choose between gt pap Password Authentication Protocol PAP authentication will be forced gt chap Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP authentication will be forced gt auto CHAP authentication will be used If CHAP authentication is not successful PAP authentication will be used instead The default is auto restart Automatically restart the connection when Link Control OPTIONAL Protocol LCP link goes down enabled or not disabled The default is disabled retryinterval A number between 0 and 65535 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the intermediate interval between two retries to establish the connection on ATM level The default is 70 passive Put the link in listening state in case LCP times out enabled or not OPTIONAL disabled This parameter allows to determine whether the link should be left open to wait for incoming messages from the remote side after 10 unsuccessful tries to establish the connection or not The default is disabled EH E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands silent echo mru laddr raddr netmask format pool savepwd demanddial doddelay primdns secdns E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Do not send anything at startup and just
113. the following commands env flush env get env list env set env unset E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Flush all the non system environment variables Get the current value of an environment variable Show all the currently available environment variables Set an environment variable Delete a environment variable 244 245 246 247 248 Env Commands env flush Flush all the non system environment variables SYNTAX E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Env Commands env get Get the current value of an environment variable SYNTAX env get Val lt string gt where var The name of the environment variable REQUIRED Tip Use the command env list to obtain a list of all environ ment variables RELATED COMMANDS env list List all current environment variables E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Env Commands env list Show all the currently available environment variables SYNTAX RELATED COMMANDS env get Get the current value of an environment variable E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Env Commands env set Set an environment variable SYNTAX env set var lt string gt value lt translated string gt where var The name of the environment variable REQUIRED Tip When creating an environment variable any name is allowed However spaces are NOT allowed and the name may NOT start with gt CONF gt HOST gt an underscore _ gt the dollar
114. the preferred address for that subnet enabled or OPTIONAL not disabled The default is disabled primary Make this IP address the primary address for the interface enabled or OPTIONAL not disabled The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt ip iplist Interface Type IP address Point to point Mask 1 etho Ethernet EE ER EEN 1 etho Ethernet 169 254 141 LL 255 255 0 0 0 loop Ethernet 127050 L 25904040 gt ip ipconfig addr 169 254 141 11 preferred enabled primary enabled gt ip iplist Interface Type IP address Point to point Mask 1 etho0 Ethernet 10 0 0 138 2554299429540 1 etho Ethernet x 169 254 141 11 255 255 0 0 0 loop Ethernet E2 Ta Oe Oak 200 0 0 0 gt The primary IP address is marked with in the list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip ipdelete Remove an IP address from an IP interface SYNTAX ip ipdelete addr lt ip address gt where addr The IP address to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt ip iplist Interface Type IP address Point to point Mask 1 etho Ethernet AAA 52 2592992990 1 etho Ethernet LOs Ee 295929929940 1 eth0 Ethernet 169 254 141 11 2554255400 0 loop Ethernet 1 EE Ory 25504040 gt ip ipdelete addr 10 0 0 gt ip iplist Interface Type IP address Point to point Mask 1 etho Ethernet EE Ee ch 1 etho Ethernet 169 254 141 11 255255040 0 loop Ethernet Le Usa OL EE gt RELATED COMMANDS ip ipadd Assign an IP address to an IP inte
115. traffic is sent and or received during OPTIONAL the idle time Choose between gt RxTx The idle time period restarts when a packet is transmitted or received gt Rx The idle time period restarts when a packet is received Transmitted packets are ignored gt Tx The idle time period restarts when a packet Is transmitted Received packets are ignored The default is RxTx unnumbered Takes the local IP address from the addr field and remote IP address OPTIONAL from the IP address pool assigned to the incoming PPP link In case the unnumbered parameter is disabled the same IP address is used for each connection on the server side thus reducing the number of used IP addresses E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands EXAMPLE gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm 0 term reason acname service 1 Rt PPPoA dest 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason
116. tule add ciain gqos derault labels label Interactive Label rule add chain qos detault labels label Interaccive Label rule ada chain Gqos default labels label Management l rule add chai gos default labels Management rule add chain qos default labels Management rule add chain qos default labels 1 Video l rule add chain qos default labels Video label rule add chain qos default labels state enabled label default gt RELATED COMMANDS index 1 index 2 index 3 index 4 index 5 index 6 index 7 index 8 index 9 index 10 index 11 index 12 index 13 index 14 index 15 index 16 index 17 index 18 index 19 index 20 index 21 index 22 label rule add Add a label rule label rule delete Delete a label rule serv sip log disabled state enabled serv h323 log disabled state enabled serv telnet log disabled state enabled serv smtp log disabled state enabled serv imap4 ssl log disabled state enabled serv imap3 log disabled state enabled serv imap log disabled state enabled serv imaps log disabled state enabled serv pop3s log disabled state enabled serv pop3 log disabled state enabled serv pop2 log disabled state enabled serv httpproxy log disabled state enabled serv http log disabled state enabled serv https log disabled state enabled
117. v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client rgoptions list List all DHCP Option Codes in the Parameter Request List SYNTAX dhcp client rgoptions list intti lt string gt where intf The name of the dynamic interface OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client rqoptions Delete a DHCP Option Code from the Parameter Request List delete E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client rgoptions optionlist List all DHCP Option Codes that can be used in the Parameter Request List SYNTAX dhcp client rgoptions optionlist RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client rqoptions Add a DHCP Option Code to the Parameter Request List add dhcp client rqoptions List all DHCP Option Codes in the Parameter Request List list E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client txoptions add Add an option SYNTAX dhcp client txoptions add intf lt string gt option lt string or number gt value lt Value type value type being 8 bit LOo bit 32 p1t addr ascil Dyte array eclientid gt index lt number 0 255 gt where intf The name of the dynamic interface REQUIRED option The name or number of the option REQUIRED value The value of the option REQUIRED index The index of the option OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt dhcp client txoptions add intf wanl option ien116 name servers value 8 bit 5 RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interf
118. v2 0 PPP Commands ppp relay ifdelete Delete an Ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list SYNTAX ppp relay ifdelete intf lt string gt where mt The Ethernet interface to be deleted from the PPP relay agent list REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt ppp relay iflist Interface HWaddr Status ethoa 0 35 00 0e 50 0f fc 2d connected ethoa 8 35 00 0e 50 0f fc 2d connected gt ppp relay ifdelete intr ethoa 8 35 gt ppp relay iflist Interface HWaddr Status 1 ethoa 0 35 O0 Ue 50 0r re 2d Connecled gt RELATED COMMANDS ppp relay ifadd Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list ppp relay iflist Display all Ethernet interfaces added to the PPP relay agent list E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp relay iflist Display all Ethernet interfaces added to the PPP relay agent list SYNTAX ppp relay iflist where intf The Ethernet interface to be added to the PPP relay agent list REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt ppp relay iflist Interface HWaddr Status ethoa 0 35 00 0e 50 0f fc 2d connected ethoa 8 35 00 0e 50 0f fc 2d connected gt RELATED COMMANDS ppp relay ifadd Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list ppp relay ifdelete Delete an Ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp relay sesslist Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list SYNTAX ppp relay ifadd intf lt string gt where ing The Ethernet
119. verbose all service service MLP Admin CLI mngt Interface only service CGI mngt Interface only service FTP mngt Interface only SPS service Cooperative cigs r ipsec norm r ipsec adv r certificates w_frwl_norm w _frwl_ adv w ipsec w certificates RELATED COMMANDS mlp privilege delete Add a privilege mlp privilege delete Delete a privilege E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip privilege removezone Remove a zone from a privilege CD Only one zone can be removed at a time from a privilege If multiple zones need to be removed the command mlp privilege removezone must be executed for each zone to be removed SYNTAX mlp privilege removezone name lt string gt zone lt string gt where name The name of the privilege in which a zone must be removed REQUIRED zone The name of the zone to be removed REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt mlp privilege list name myPrivilege verbose all myPrivilege access My access privilege channel http channel serial gt mlp privilege removezone name myPrivilege zone channel serial gt mlp privilege list name myPrivilege verbose all myPrivilege access My access privilege channel http RELATED COMMANDS mlp privilege addzone Add a zone to a privilege E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip role add Add a role SYNTAX mlp role add lt quoted string gt lt string gt lt quoted string gt
120. 0 00 00 echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial 1492 password 1200s left Os Tx inactivity link state reason down not connected 10 0 oper state retransm term retransm term reason 00 00 00 echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial 1492 password 1200s left Os Tx inactivity link state reason down not connected 10 0 oper state retransm term retransm term reason 00 00 00 mru addr savepwd 1500 password link state reason down not connected 10 0 oper state retransm term retransm term reason REQUIRED PPP Commands RELATED COMMANDS ppp ifdelete Delete a PPP interface ppp iflist Display the PPP interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp ifattach Attach a PPP interface SYNTAX ppp ifattach intf lt string gt where mg The name of the PPP interface to be attached REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands EXAMIPLE gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason acname service Rt PPPoA dest
121. 0 defence 5 probe 4 interval 2 sec probes sent 0 collisions 0 RELATED COMMANDS ip auto ifdelete Delete an existing autolP interface ip auto iflist Display the autolP interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip auto ifattach Select and assign a link local address to an autolP interface SYNTAX ip auto ifattach intf lt string gt where intf The name of the autolP interface for which a link local address has to be REQUIRED attached EXAMPLE gt ip auto iflist ipsecO INIT 0 0 0 0 poolstart 169 254 1 1 poolend 169 254 254 254 netmask 255 255 0 0 claim 10 defence 5 probe interval 2 sec probes sent 0 collisions 0 gt 1p auto ifattach intf ipsec0 gt ip auto iflist ipsecO SELECTING 169 254 802 236 poolstart 169 254 1 1 poolend 169 254 254 254 netmask 255 255 0 0 claim 10 defence 5 probe interval 2 sec probes sent 2 collisions 0 RELATED COMMANDS ip auto ifdetach Release the link local address for the given autolP interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ip auto ifconfig Configure an autolP interface SYNTAX ip auto ifconfig intf lt string gt addr lt ip address gt poolstart lt ip address gt poolend lt ip address gt netmask lt ip mask dotted or cidr gt claim lt number 0 65535 gt defence lt number 0 65535 gt probe lt number 0 65535 gt interval lt number 1 65
122. 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server pool rtadd Add a route to the DHCP server pool SYNTAX dhcp server pool rtadd name lt string gt dst lt ip address gt dstmsk lt ip mask dotted or cidr gt gateway lt ipaddress 0 gt where name The name of the DHCP server pool to which a route must be REQUIRED added dst The IP destination address of the route for DHCP clients REQUIRED dstmsk The destination IP address mask OPTIONAL gateway The IP address of the next hop Must be directly connected to OPTIONAL the DHCP client RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server pool rtdelete Delete a route from the DHCP server pool E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server pool rtdelete Delete a route from the DHCP server pool SYNTAX dhcp server pool rtdelete name lt string gt dst lt ip address gt dstmsk lt ip mask dotted or cidr gt where name dst dstmsk gateway RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server pool rtadd E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 gateway lt ipaddress 0 gt The name of the DHCP server pool from which a route must be REQUIRED deleted The IP destination address of the route for DHCP clients REQUIRED The destination IP address mask OPTIONAL The IP address of the next hop Must be directly connected to OPTIONAL the DHCP client Add a route to the DHCP server pool DHCP Commands dhcp server pool ruleadd Add a selection rule t
123. 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd urlfilter rule delete Delete a rule SYNTAX dsd urlfilter rule delete index lt number gt url lt string gt where index Insertion position in the list REQUIRED Tip Use the command dsd urlfilter rule list to obtain the index number of the rule to be deleted url Definition of the URL filter OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt dsd urlfilter rule Index Action url Redirect redirect www speedtouch com www speedtouch be accept baen com Rule list statistics 2 present 128 total 0 0 used gt dsd urlfilter rule delete index 1 gt dsd urlfilter rule list Index Action Url Redirect redirect www speedtouch com www speedtouch be Rule list statistics 1 present 128 total 0 0 used gt RELATED COMMANDS dsd urlfilter rule add Add a rule dsd urlfilter rule list Display the list of current rules E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd urlfilter rule flush Remove all current rules SYNTAX dsd urlfilter rule flush EXAMPLE gt dsd urlfilter rule Index Action Url Redirect redirect www speedtouch com www speedtouch be accept baen com Rule list statistics 2 present 128 total 0 0 used gt dsd urlfilter rule flush gt dsd urlfilter rule list Index Action Url Redirect O present 128 total 0 0 used E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd urlfilter rule list Display the list of current rules SYNTA
124. 003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge ifattach Attach a bridge interface SYNTAX eth bridge ifattach brname lt bridge gt intf lt string gt where brn ame Thenameof a bridge instance OPTIONAL mg The name of the bridge interface to be attached REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge ifdetach Detach a bridge interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge ifconfig Modify a bridge interface configuration SYNTAX eth bridge ifconfig brname lt bridge gt intf lt string gt dest lt string gt portstate lt disabled learning forwarding gt retry lt number 0 65535 gt prioconfig lt disabled over EE an lt string gt ipprec lt disabled precedence dscp gt v priority lt number 0 7 gt regenprio lt string gt ingressfiltering lt disabled enabled gt acceptvlanonly lt disabled enabled gt mcastfilter lt disabled enabled gt dynvlan lt disabled enabled gt igmpsnooping lt disabled enabled gt where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL intf The name of the bridge interface to be configured REQUIRED dest The destination for this interface OPTIONAL Typically an ATM or a physical interface name portstate The bridge portstate for this interface OPTIONAL Choose between gt disabled gt learning gt forwarding The default is
125. 003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip privilege list Display the privileges SYNTAX mlp privilege list name lt string gt type lt access service gt verbose lt minimal medium all gt where name The name of the privilege to be listed Note If not specified all the privileges will be shown type Select the privilege type to be shown Choose between gt access only the access privileges will be shown gt service only the service privileges will be shown Note If not specified all the privilege types will be shown verbose Limit the output list Choose between gt minimal gt medium gt all The default is minimal E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL MLP Commands EXAMPLE gt mlp privilege list type service Privilege type Description anyservice service All service privileges granted SP1 SP2 1 SP3 SP4 SP5 service service Limited Read detailed Read Write to LAN Write FWD RT normal FW cfgs service service service cooperative cigs SP6 SP7 SP8 SP9 SP10 service SP11 SP12 SP13 SP14 service service Advanced sink amp source FW service service Remote Configurations Write to U Connection service Write to Local Simple network debugging service Advance Network debugging service User admin Backup Restore SP15 SP16 SP17 gt mlp privilege list name SP5
126. 006 1027 0003 v2 0 1 free 94 REQUIRED DHCP Commands EXAMPLE 2 The Thomson ST is configured as DHCP client disabled its Ethernet interface erh gt dhcp client stats DHCP client Statistics Corrupted packet recv OFFERS recy ACKs recv NAKs recy Pure BOOTP REPLIES Other message types DISCOVERS sent REQUESTS sent DECLINES sent RELEASES sent INFORMS sent Number of dynamic interfaces 1 CO k CO CO CO CO CH CH CO CH CH Memory usage Table size of dyn leases 18 in use gt dhcp client ifrenew intf eth0 gt dhcp client stats DHCP client statistics Corrupted packet recv OFFERS recv ACKs recv NAKs recy Pure BOOTP REPLIES Other message types DISCOVERS sent REQUESTS sent DECLINES sent RELEASES sent INFORMS Sent Number of dynamic interfaces 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 dl 0 Memory usage Table size of dyn leases 18 in use gt CTRL Q IDLE ACTIVATE intf 1 renews lease 10 0 0 3 met 1 requests 10 0 0 3 from 10 10 1 1 10 10 1 1 acks 10 0 0 3 to intf La lease 10 0 0 3 bound to intf 1 IDLE ACTIVATE gt CTRL S RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client ifattach Activate a DHCP client E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client debug clear Clear the DHCP client statistics SYNTAX dhcp client debug clear EXAMIPLE gt dhcp client debug stats DHCP client statistics Corrupted packet recv 0 OFFERS recv 0
127. 04 permanent c2 00 00 05 permanent c2 00 00 06 permanent c2 00 00 07 permanent c2 00 00 08 permanent c2 00 00 09 permanent c2 00 00 0a permanent E SEI EES DU permanent C237 00700700 permanent c2 00 00 0d permanent c2 00 00 0e permanent c2 00 00 0f permanent c2 00 00 10 permanent BEE EE ET permanent RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge macadd Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface eth bridge macdelete Remove a MAC address from the filtering database E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge mcdadd Add a multicast group to be dropped to the database SYNTAX brname lt bridge gt srcintis lt string or combination of strings separated by ET eth bridge mcdadd astintis lt string or combination of strings separated by Eaa where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL srcports The source bridge interfaces from which multicast packets must REQUIRED be dropped dstports The destination bridge interfaces for which the multicast packets REQUIRED must be dropped RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge mcddelete Delete a multicast group to be dropped from the database eth bridge mcdlist Display the multicast group to be dropped from the database E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge mcddelete Delete a multicast group to be dropped from the database SYNTAX eth bridge mcddelete brname lt bridge gt where brn ame Thenameof a b
128. 040 0778 myDNS 0 etho UP gt RELATED COMMANDS dns server route delete Delete a DNS forwarding route dns server route list List all the DNS forwarding routes E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server route delete Deletes a DNS forwarding entry or template SYNTAX dns server route delete dns lt ip address gt domain lt string gt intf lt loop Internet LocalNetwork gt where dns The IP address of the DNS server for which the forwarding route must REQUIRED be deleted domain The DNS domain string OPTIONAL intf The interface associated with the DNS entry or DNS Template OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt dns server route list DNS Server Source Domain Metric Intf 150 150 150 150 10 0 0 0 8 myDNS 0 etho gt dns server route delete dns 150 150 150 150 gt dns server route list gt RELATED COMMANDS dns server route add Adds a DNS forwarding route dns server route list List all the DNS forwarding routes E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server route flush Removes all DNS forwarding entries and templates SYNTAX dns server route flush EXAMIPLE gt dns server route list DNS Server Source Domain Metric Intf State 150 150 150 150 EK EE EK myDNS 0 etho UP gt dns server route flush gt d s server route list gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server route list List all the DNS forwarding entries or t
129. 106 mbus client exec 519 export mlp debug export 546 SAPI dhcp server pool flush 173 add 328 dns client flush 188 delete 332 dns server flush 191 flush 334 dns server host flush 201 list 335 dns server route flush 206 modify 339 dsd urlfilter rule flush 222 E firewall eth flush 258 eth switch group flush 304 chain eth vlan flush 325 add 349 expr flush 334 delete 351 firewall chain flush 353 flush 353 firewall flush 346 list 354 fia 344 firewall level flush 360 Ge firewall rule flush 366 debug grp flush 377 clear 355 grp rip flush 382 stats 356 hostmgr flush 393 traceconfig 357 i igmp host flush 411 flush 346 i igmp proxy flush 419 level ip auto flush 459 add 358 ip flush 438 delete 359 i flush 360 ip mcast flush 454 Se label chain flush 497 list 361 modify 362 label flush 490 Y label rule flush 504 set 363 list 347 mlp flush 544 nat flush 567 deg ppp flush 584 add 364 ppp relay flush 604 debug pptp flush 613 clear 370 script flush 622 stats 372 service host flush 633 traceconfig 374 sntp flush 669 delete 365 system flush 678 flush 366 systemlog flush 692 E upnp flush 719 modify 369 dyndns flush 230 dyndns host flush 236 env flush 244 eth bridge dynvlan flush 269 eth bridge flush 271 eth bridge rule flush 295 user flush 727 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Index G get env get 245 snmp get 651 snmp getnext 652 getaddress dns server debug spoof getaddress 195
130. 2 0 GRP Commands grp rip config Configure the RIP settings SYNTAX Qrp Lip config state lt disabled enabled gt versi n lt 1p unspec rip vl tap v2 gt defmetric lt number 1 16 gt updatetime lt number 1 3600 gt timeouttime lt number 1 3600 gt garbagetime lt number 1 3600 gt impcrt lt disabled enabled gt impkrt lt disabled enabled gt impsrt lt disabled enabled gt impdefkrt lt disabled enabled gt impdefsrt lt disabled enabled gt exprt lt disabled enabled gt expdefrt lt disabled enabled gt txdefrt lt disabled enabled gt trace lt disabled enabled gt where state Enable or disable the RIP daemon REQUIRED The default is enabled version Configure the RIP version to be applied OPTIONAL Choose between gt rip_unspec No RIP version is specified as such The actual RIP version to be used is negotiated with the remote side gt rip_vT RIP version 1 is used gt rip_v2 RIP version 2 is used The default is rip_v2 defmetric A number between 1 and 16 hops OPTIONAL Represents the default RIP metric for imported routes The default is 7 updatetime A number between 1 and 3600 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the update timer value of the RIP routing table The default is 30 timeouttime A number between 1 and 3600 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the timeout timer value of the RI
131. 3 v2 0 ATM Commands IMPORTANT NOTE The Thomson ST always rounds up specified burst sizes to a multiple of 48 bytes a multiple of ATM cells Example In the example below a burst size of 100 bytes is specified maxburst 100 The Thomson ST will round up the burst size to the closest matching multiple of 48 bytes as can be seen when displaying the profile via the command atm qosbook ctdlist burst 144 gt atm gosbook ctdadd name Medium conformance VBR peakrate 27786 sustrate 20000 maxburst 100 gt atm gosbook ctdlist Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Burst Minrate Frame Cdvt RT FD Kbits Kbits bytes Kbits bytes default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 disabled disabled Medium 0 VBR 21180 20000 0 disabled disabled gt RELATED COMMANDS atm qosbook ctddelete Delete a CTD atm qosbook ctdlist Display all CTDs E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm qosbook ctddelete Delete a CTD SYNTAX atm qosbook ctddelete name lt string gt force lt disabled enabled gt where name The name of the CTD entry to be deleted REQUIRED force Enable or disable to force delete the entry even when it is still in use OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt atm gosbook ctdlist Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Minrate Frame Kbits Kbits Kbits bytes default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 disabled led High CBR 27786 disabled led gt atm gqosbook ctddelete name High gt atm gosbook ctdlist Name Ref
132. 3 v2 0 NAT Commande nat maplist Display the address mapping for a NAT enabled interface SYNTAX nat maplist inti lt string gt expand lt disabled enabled gt string lt string gt beginstring lt string gt where intf The IP interface name OPTIONAL Note If not specified the address mapping for all the NAT enabled interfaces will be shown expand Enable or disable expanded listing OPTIONAL The default is disabled string string matching condition OPTIONAL beginstring beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt nat maplist Type Interface Outside Address Inside Address NAPT myPPP ppp 100 100 100 1 unmapped NAPT ethO any 80 1270018080 NAPT ethoO any 1080 127 0 0 1 8080 NAPT ethO any 8080 127 0 0 1 8080 gt maplist intf myPPP ppp expand enabled Idx Type Interface Outside Address Inside Address 1 NAPT myPPP ppp 100 100100 1 unmapped Access List 10 0 0 0 24 Foreign Address Protocol Static Outbound NAPT without defserver RELATED COMMANDS nat mapadd Add an address mapping to a Network Address Translation NAT enabled interface nat mapdelete Delete an address mapping from a NAT enabled interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commands nat tmpladd Add an address mapping template SYNTAX nat tmpladd inti lt string gt group lt wan local lan tunnel dmz guest or number gt timeout lt number 0 65535 gt type lt napt nat gt EE E
133. 35 flush 236 list 237 list 231 modify 232 service list 238 modify 240 E egress eth switch mirror egress 308 env flush 244 get 245 list 246 set 247 unset 248 eth bridge add 261 clear 259 config 264 delete 262 dynvlan actlist 265 add 266 config 267 delete 268 flush 269 list 270 flush 271 ifadd 272 ifattach 273 ifconfig 274 ifdelete 276 ifdetach 277 ifflush 279 iflist 278 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 igmpsnooping clear 284 config 280 ifconfig 282 iflist 283 list 281 list 260 macadd 285 macdelete 287 maclist 289 mcdadd 290 mcddelete 291 medlist 292 rule add 293 delete 294 flush 295 list 296 select 263 vian ifadd 297 ifconfig 298 ifdelete 299 iflist 300 device ifconfig 301 iflist 303 flush 258 ifadd 252 ifattach 253 ifconfig 254 ifdelete 255 ifdetach 256 iflist 257 switch group flush 304 list 305 move 306 info 313 mirror capture 307 egress 308 ingress 309 qos config 314 ifconfig 315 list 316 weights 317 shaper config 318 ifconfig 319 iflist 320 share add 310 delete 311 list 312 storm ifconfig 321 Index iflist 322 flush vlan atm bundle flush 33 add 323 atm flush 19 delete 324 atm phonebook flush 58 flush 325 atm qosbook flush 67 list 326 config flush 76 exec connection flush 93 dhcp client flush 109 dhcp relay flush 135 dhcp rule flush 146 dhcp server flush 149 dhcp server lease flush 158 dhcp server option flush 160 debug exec
134. 535 gt IP Commands where intf addr poolstart poolend netmask claim defence probe interval The name of the autolP interface to be configured The preferred link local IP address The start IP address of the link local address pool The default is 169 254 1 1 The end IP address of the link local address pool The default is 169 254 254 254 The netmask of the link local IP address pool The default is 16 A number between 0 and 65535 Represents the number of link local address selection retries before giving up The default is 70 A number between 0 and 65535 Represents the number of times the link local address is defended before releasing the address The default is 5 A number between 0 and 65535 Represents the number of ARP probes to be sent before accepting a link local address The default is 4 A number between 1 and 65535 seconds Represents the time interval between two ARP probe transmissions The default is 2 E DOC C REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL TC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands EXAMPLE gt ip auto iflist eth0 INIT 0 0 0 0 poolstart 169 254 1 1 poolend 169 254 254 254 netmask 255 255 0 0 claim 10 defence 5 probe 4 interval 2 sec probes sent 0 collisions 0 gt 1p auto ifconfig intf ipsecO claim 5 probe 5 gt ip aut
135. 68 34 tcp ACTIVE INIT 68 192 168 RESP 69 192 168 gt connection clean gt connection list proto state Lop ACTIVE INIT 16 192 168 RESP 17 192 168 level lt number 0 9 gt A number between 0 and 9 OPTIONAL Represents the desired scrubbing level substate flags timeout TCPS ESTABLISHED TCPS ESTABLISHED La e 64 1377 192 168 1 254 23 LocalNetwork 1390 tcp s254 23 192 168 1 64 1377 Bus loop 951 tcp 0 TCPS CLOSE WAIT TCPS FIN WAIT 1 STE Zen 64 1417 192 168 1 254 21 LocalNetwork 11 tcp 21 192 168 1 64 1417 R loop 10 tcp 0 substate flags timeout TCPS _ ESTABLISHED TCPS ESTABLISHED 14 59 1 64 1377 192 168 1 254 23 LocalNetwork 1417 tcp 1 254 23 192 168 1 64 1377 D loop 967 tcp 0 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection clear Kill all the connections SYNTAX connection clear EXAMPLE gt connection clear Connection to host lost E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection contig Configure the connection handling SYNTAX connection config configchangemode lt immediate delayed gt probes lt disabled enabled gt udptrackmode lt strict loose gt where configchangemode Select how configuration changes are handled OPTIONAL Choose between gt immediate gt delayed The default is immediate probes Enable or disable live probes on idl
136. 7 0 0 1 32 1270 01 loop RELATED COMMANDS ip rtdelete Delete a route from the routing table ip rtlist Display the routing table E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip rtdelete Delete a route from the routing table SYNTAX ip rtdelete dst lt ip address gt dstmsk lt ip mask dotted or cidr gt label lt string gt gateway lt ip address gt intt lt string gt where dst The destination IP address es for this route Note Supports cidr notation dstmsk The destination IP address mask label The name of the label gateway The IP address of the next hop The next hop must be directly connected Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive intf Only for special interface routes the outgoing IP interface name Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive EXAMPLE gt ip rtlist Destination Label Gateway Intf Mtre Status 10 0 0 0 24 10 0 0 140 eth0 10 10 0 0 24 Interactive 10 0 0 140 eth0 10 00 140 32 10 0 0 140 etho tati 051 22 127 0 0 1 loop O UP O UP O UP O UP gt ip rtdelete dst 10 10 0 0 24 label Interactive gateway 10 0 0 140 gt ip rtlist Destination Label Gateway Intf Mtrc Status 10 0 0 0 24 10 0 0 140 eth0 10 0 0 140 32 10 0 0 140 eth0 LAT E SZ LOT UL loop RELATED COMMANDS ip rtadd Add a route to the routing table ip rtlist Display the routing table E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 O UB O UP
137. 9 ppp relay ifconfig 606 snmp ifconfig 662 ifdelete atm bundle ifdelete 36 atm ifdelete 24 dhcp client ifdelete 113 eth bridge ifdelete 276 eth bridge vlan ifdelete 299 eth ifdelete 255 ip auto ifdelete 464 ip ifdelete 443 ppp ifdelete 594 ppp relay ifdelete 607 service system ifdelete 640 snmp ifdelete 659 ifdetach atm ifdetach 25 dhcp client ifdetach 114 eth bridge ifdetach 277 eth ifdetach 256 ip auto ifdetach 465 ip ifdetach 444 ppp ifdetach 596 snmp ifdetach 661 ifflush eth bridge ifflush 279 iflist atm iflist 26 dhep client iflist 115 dhcp relay iflist 138 eth bridge iflist 278 eth bridge igmpsnooping iflist 283 eth bridge vlan iflist 300 eth device iflist 303 eth iflist 257 eth switch shaper iflist 320 eth switch storm iflist 322 igmp host iflist 414 igmp proxy iflist 422 ip auto iflist 466 ip iflist 445 nat iflist 569 ppp iflist 598 ppp relay iflist 608 snmp iflist 663 ifrenew dhcp client ifrenew 117 ifscan ppp ifscan 599 ifwait ip ifwait 446 igmp host config 410 debug clear 415 stats 416 flush 411 Index ifconfig 413 iflist 414 list 412 proxy config 417 debug clear 424 flush 419 grouplist 420 ifconfig 421 iflist 422 mbslist 423 import mlp import 545 info adsl info 9 autopvc info 72 connection info 94 eth switch info 313 ingress eth switch mirror ingress 309 instadd dhcp server option instadd 161 instdelete dhcp server
138. ADSL Commands adsl debug traceconfig Configure the ADSL tracelevel Syntax adsl debug traceconfig level lt number 0 2 gt where REQUIRED Trace Level gt O disable tracing gt 1 enable del manager tracing gt 2 enable dsl driver tracing level E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands 3 ATM Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the atm command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands atm flush Flush all Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM interfaces 19 atm ifadd Create a new AIM interface 20 atm ifattach Attach a ATM interface 21 atm ifconfig Configure an ATM interface 22 atm ifdelete Delete an ATM interface 24 atm ifdetach Detach an ATM interface 25 atm iflist Display the ATM interfaces 26 atm bundle add Add a new bundle of interfaces 27 atm bundle attach Attach a bundle of interfaces 28 atm bundle config Modify a bundle of interfaces 29 atm bundle clear Clear the bundle statistics 30 atm bundle delete Delete a bundle of interfaces 31 atm bundle detach Detach a bundle of interfaces 32 atm bundle flush Flush all bundles 33 atm bundle ifadd Add an interface on a bundle 34 atm bundle ifconfig Configure an interface from a bundle 35 atm bundle ifdelete Remove an interface from a bundle 36 atm bundle list Display the current bundles 37 atm cac config Configure the ATM connection admission control 38 atm cac list Display all the CAC
139. AL Note If not specified all the relay interfaces will be shown EXAMIPLE gt dhcp relay iflist etho0 admin state up oper state max hops 4 trusted disabled remote id Internet trigger admin state up oper state max hops 4 trusted enabled remote id Internet admin state down oper state down max hops trusted disabled remote id E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay list List the DHCP forward list SYNTAX dhcp relay list name lt string gt where name The forward entry name OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt dhcp relay list DHCP server 10 0 0 138 RELATED COMMANDS dhcp relay add Add an entry to the DHCP forward list dhcp relay delete Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list dhcp relay modify Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay modify Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list SYNTAX dhcp relay modify name lt string gt addr lt ip address gt intf lt None guestl dmzl wanl lanl Internet gt giaddr lt ip address gt script lt gt where name The forward entry name REQUIRED addr The DHCP server IP address OPTIONAL intf The name of the relay interface None to indicate no interface OPTIONAL is specified The standard is None giaddr The giaddr field to be used in relayed DHCP packets OPTIONAL script Script to be run when the fo
140. AMPLE gt grp config Distance of the connected route type 0 Distance of the kernel route type 1 Distance of the RIP route type 120 Tracing disabled gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 GRP Commande grp flush Flush the GRP interface settings and parameters SYNTAX grp flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 GRP Commands grp rtlist Show the current routes in the GRP interfaces routing table SYNTAX gro relist dst lt ip address gt dstmask lt ip mask dotted or cidr gt where dst The destination IP address of the route OPTIONAL Supports IP mask notation Note If no destination IP address is specified all the current routes will be shown dstmask The destination IP address mask either in dotted or in numerical cidr OPTIONAL notation EXAMPLE gt grp rtlist Codes K kernel C connected S static R rip FIB route destination 10 0 0 0 24 Route type CH distance O Nexthop LocalNetwork destination 10 0 0 0 24 Route type K distance 1 Nexthop 10 0 0 138 destination 127 0 0 0 8 Route type C distance O Nexthop loop destination 192 168 1 0 24 Route type C distance O Nexthop LocalNetwork destination 192 168 1 0 24 Route type K distance 1 Nexthop 192 168 1 204 destination 255 755 2755 255 32 Route type K distance 1 Nexthop 127 0 0 1 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v
141. ATED COMMANDS atm oam vclb del Delete a loopback connection for VC atm oam vclb list List all VC loopback connections E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm oam vclb del Delete a loopback connection for VC SYNTAX atm oam vclb del port lt dsl0O or number gt Vol lt number 0 15 gt vei lt number 0 511 gt where port The ATM port number REQUIRED Choose between gt DSLO Or specify a port number dslO has port number 0 vpi A number between 0 and 15 REQUIRED Represents the VPI vci A number between 0 and 511 OPTIONAL Represents the VCI Note For a VP cross connection use 0 or do not specify EXAMPLE gt atm oam vclb list PORT 0 VPI 0 VCI 36 PORT 1 VPI 0 VCI 37 gt atm oam vclb del port dsll vpi 0 vci 37 gt atm oam valb list PORT 0 VPI 0 VCI gt RELATED COMMANDS atm oam vclb add Create a loopback connection for VC atm oam vclb list List all VC loopback connections E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commandes atm oam velb list List all VC loopback connections SYNTAX atm oam velo list EXAMIPLE gt atm oam vclb list PORT 0 VPI 0 VCI PORT 1 VPI 0 VCI gt RELATED COMMANDS atm oam vclb add Create a loopback connection for VC atm oam vclb del Delete a loopback connection for VC E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm phonebook add Add a new phonebook entry SYNTAX atm phonebo
142. ATM port number REQUIRED Choose between gt DSLO gt DSL1 gt ATM2 gt ATM3 gt AAL5 gt ATM5 Or specify a port number dslO has port number 0 vpi A number between 0 and 15 REQUIRED Represents the VPI vel A number between 0 and 511 OPTIONAL Represents the VCI Note Fora Virtual Path VP cross connection use 0 or do not specify transmit Enable or disable transmission of CC cells OPTIONAL receive Enable or disable loss of continuity OPTIONAL auto Enable or disable remote CC activation deactivation OPTIONAL span Select the CC span OPTIONAL Choose between gt end2end monitoring occurs on the entire VC between two ATM end stations gt segment monitoring occurs on a VC segment between the Thomson ST and a first hop ATM switch RELATED COMMANDS atm oam cc list Display Continuity Check CC configuration atm oam cc send Send CC activate deactivate to connection E E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm oam cc send Send CC activate deactivate to connection SYNTAX atm oam cc send port lt dsl0O or number gt vpi lt number 0 15 gt vci lt number 0 511 gt span lt segment end2end gt action lt activate deactivate gt direction lt source sink both gt where port The ATM port number REQUIRED Choose between gt DSLO Or specify a port number dslO has port number 0 vpi A number between 0 and 15 REQUIRED Represents the VPI vci A number betw
143. C CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commande firewall rule debug stats Show the firewall rule statistics SYNTAX firewall rule debug stats chain lt chain name gt index lt number gt where chain The name of the chain for which the statistics must be shown OPTIONAL Note If not specified the statistics for all the chains will be shown index The number of the rule in the chain OPTIONAL Note If not specified the statistics for all the rules in the chain are shown E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands EXAMIPLE gt firewall rule debug stats forward source sink fire Source Tire forward level sink system service 1 2 d 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 8 here DU S WHE OW Hs LA J W forward level BlockAll forward level Standard OO0OODNNOOPPOOOOOOOOOOOOOoOrOoOoOoOoOoOoOoOXd s O CO CO CH Oo CO CH Oo CH CO CH CH CO CO CO CH CH CH CH LA Hs CO forward level Disabled gt RELATED COMMANDS firewall rule debug clear Clear the firewall rule statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall rule debug traceconfig Display or modify the rule trace configuration SYNTAX firewall rule debug traceconfig trace lt disabled enabled gt where trace Enable or disable rule traces OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt firewall rule debug traceconfig firewall rule debug traceconfig state d
144. COMMANDS nat mapdelete nat maplist E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Outside Address LOO LOO LOO L any 80 any L080 any 8080 expand enabled Outside Address 100 100 100 1 Access List Foreign Address Protocol Inside Address Use unmapped 127 0 0 1 8080 127 0 0 1 8080 127 0 0 1 8080 Inside Address unmapped 10 0 0 0 24 Static Outbound NAPT without defserver Delete an address mapping from a NAT enabled interface Display the address mapping for a NAT enabled interface NAT Commands nat mapdelete Delete an address mapping from a NAT enabled interface SYNTAX nat mapdelete intf lt string gt index lt number gt where intf The IP interface name REQUIRED index The map index REQUIRED Tip Use the command nat maplist to obtain a list of the mapindexes EXAMPLE gt nat maplist Idx Type Interface Outside Address Inside Address NAPT myPPP ppp 100 100 100 1 unmapped NAPT erh any 80 12 yO Oe EEN NAPT ethO any 1080 127 0 0 1 8080 NAPT ethO any 8080 LA Oe De 1L18080 gt nat mapdelete intf myPPP ppp index 1 gt nat maplist Idx Type Interface Outside Address Inside Address NAPT ethoO any 80 127 040 180 080 NAPT ethO any 1080 127 0 0 1 8080 NAPT ethO any 8080 127 0 0 1 8080 RELATED COMMANDS nat mapadd Add an address mapping to a Network Address Translation NAT enabled interface nat maplist Display the address mapping for a NAT enabled interface E DOC CTC 20061027 000
145. Class Selector 3 Class Selector 2 Class Selector 1 Class Selector 0 THOMSON images amp beyond oi Binary value 101110 100110 100100 100010 011110 011100 011010 010110 010110 010010 001110 001100 001010 111000 110000 101000 100000 011000 010000 001000 000000 THOMSON supported Key Names images amp beyond I g y y E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Index A aal5stats atm debug aalbstats 41 actlist eth bridge dynvlan actlist 265 add atm bundle add 27 atm oam vclb add 52 atm phonebook add 55 atm qosbook add 60 dhcp client rqoptions add 122 dhcp client txoptions add 126 dhcp relay add 130 dhcp rule add 143 dhcp server lease add 155 dhcp server pool add 168 dns server host add 199 dns server route add 203 dsd urlfilter rule add 220 dyndns add 228 dyndns host add 234 eth bridge add 261 eth bridge dynvlan add 266 eth bridge rule add 293 eth switch share add 310 eth vlan add 323 expradd 328 firewall chain add 349 firewall level add 358 firewall rule add 364 hostmgr add 388 label add 488 label chain add 495 label rule add 499 mlp privilege add 549 mlp role add 558 script add 620 service host add 630 service host rule add 637 snmp community add 654 sntp add 666 upgrade profile add 706 useradd 722 addpriv mlp role addpriv 560 addzone mlp privilege addzone 551 adsl config 8 info 9 appconfig connection appconfig 82 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003
146. Commands eth vlan flush Flush all VLANs 325 eth vian list Display all VLANs 326 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth ifadd Create a new ETH interface SYNTAX eth ifadd inti lt string gt where inf The name of the new ETH interface REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS eth ifdelete Delete an ETH interface eth iflist Display the ETH interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth ifattach Attach an ETH interface SYNTAX eth ifattach inti lt string gt where ing The name of the ETH interface to be attached REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS eth ifdetach Detach an ETH interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 eth ifconfig Modify an ETH interface SYNTAX eth ifconfig intf dest retry vlan lt string gt lt string gt lt number 0 65535 gt lt string gt Eth Commands where intf dest retry vlan The name of the ETH interface to be configured The destination interface for this ETH interface A number between 0 and 65535 Represents the number of times the ETH connection setup should retry before giving up The default is 10 The Virtual Local Area Network VLAN for this ETH interface REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth ifdelete Delete an ETH interface SYNTAX eth ifdelete inti lt string gt where ing The name of the ETH interfac
147. Conf Peak Sust Minrate Kbits Kbits Kbits default 2 UBR linerate 0 disabled gt RELATED COMMANDS atm qosbook ctdadd Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor CTD atm qosbook ctdlist Display all CTDs E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm qosbook ctdlist Display all CTDs SYNTAX atm gosbook ctdlist EXAMIPLE gt atm gosbook ctdlist Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Burst Minrate Frame Kbits Kbits bytes Kbits bytes default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 0 disabled disab led High 0 CBR 27186 0 0 0 0 disabled disab led gt RELATED COMMANDS atm qosbook ctdadd Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor CTD atm qosbook ctddelete Delete a CTD E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm qosbook delete Delete a OoS book entry SYNTAX atm gqosbook delete name lt string gt force lt disabled enabled gt where name The name of the QoS book entry to be deleted REQUIRED force Enable or disable to force delete the entry even when it is still in use OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt atm gqosbook list Name Ref Type TX peak sust RX peak framediscard Kbits Kbits Kbits default 3 ubr linerate 0 linerate disabled TestVBR 0 vbr nrt 1500 1000 1500 enabled gt atm qosbook delete name TestVBR gt atm qosbook list Name Ref Type TX peak sust RX peak sust framediscard Kbits Kbits Kbits Kbits default 3 ubr linerate 0 linerate 0 disa
148. Control E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 HTTP ICMP IDS IGD IGMP IKE IP oA IPCP IPSec ISDN ISI KB Kbps LAN LCP LDAP LLC MAC MC MD5 MGCP MLP MPLS MTU NAPT NAT NLPID NTP OAM OBC OID PAP PBX PFS PKCS PKI POTS PPP Abbreviations HyperText Transfer Protocol Internet Control Message Protocol Intrusion Detection System Internet Gateway Device Internet Group Management Protocol Internet Key Exchange Internet Protocol IP over ATM Internet Protocol Control Protocol IP Security Integrated Services Digital Network Independent Set ID Kilobytes Kilobits per second Local Area Network Link Control Protocol Light weight Directory Access Protocol Logical Link Control Medium Access Control MultiCast Message Digest 5 Media Gateway Control Protocol Multi Level access Policy Multiprotocol Label Switching Maximum Transmission Unit Network Address and Port Translation Network Address Translation Network Layer Protocol IDentifiers Network Time Protocol Operation and Maintenance On Board Controller Object IDentifier Password Authentication Protocol Private Branch Exchange Perfect Forward Secrecy Public Key Cryptography Standard Public Key Infrastructure Plain Old Telephone Service Point to Point Protocol E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Abbreviations PPPoA PPPoE PPTP PSD PSK PVC QoS RIP RTC RTT SAs SFTP SHDSL SIP SLA SMTP SNAP SNMP SNR SNTP SSH SSID TCP TFTP
149. DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm cac list Display all the CAC parameters SYNTAX EXAMIPLE Administrator l latm cac gt list CAC port dslO state enabled CAC port dsll state enabled CAC port atm2 state enabled CAC port aal5 state disabled CAC port atm5 state disabled Overbooking realtime 0 non realtime 0 Administrator atm cac gt RELATED COMMANDS atm cac config Configure the ATM connection admission control atm cac overbooking Configure ATM overbooking parameters E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm cac overbooking Configure ATM overbooking parameters SYNTAX atm cac overbooking rt lt number 0 1000 gt nrt lt number 0 1000 gt where rt A number between 0 and 1000 REQUIRED The realtime overbooking percentage nrt A number between 0 and 1000 REQUIRED The non realtime overbooking percentage EXAMPLE Administrator atm cac gt overbooking rt 20 nrt 500 Administrator atm cac gt list CAC port dslO state enabled CAC port dall state enabled CAC port atm2 state enabled CAC port aal5 state disabled CAC port atm5 state disabled Overbooking realtime 20 non realtime 500 Administrator atm cac gt RELATED COMMANDS atm cac config Configure the ATM connection admission control atm cac list Display all the CAC parameters E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm debu
150. DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 service host stats 635 system debug stats 686 synchronize system rtc synchronize 688 Syslog messages Auto PVC 736 Configuration 736 DHCP client 736 DHCP relay 737 DHCP server 737 Dyndns 738 Firewall 738 Kernel 739 Linestate 739 LOGIN 739 NAPT 739 PPP 740 PPTP 740 RIP 741 Routing 742 Session 742 SNTP 742 Software 743 UPnP 743 system config 676 debug autosave 685 stats 686 flush 678 locale 679 ra config 687 reboot 681 reset 682 rtc settime 689 synchronize 688 systemlog flush 692 send 695 show 693 T timerclear connection timerclear 98 timerconfig connection timerconfig 99 tmpladd dhcp server option tmpladd 165 Index nattmpladd 576 update tmpldelete dns server debug spoof update 198 dhcp server option tmpldelete 166 upgrade nat tmpldelete 580 config 702 tmplinst debug nattmplinst 582 sesslist 705 traceconfig 704 tmpllist profile dhcp server option tmpllist 167 add 706 nattmpllist 581 delete 708 traceconfig modify 707 software upgrade 672 dhcp client debug traceconfig 121 start 703 dhcp relay debug traceconfig 132 dhcp rule debug traceconfig 144 SECH dhcp server debug traceconfig 154 config 718 firewall debug traceconfig 357 flush 719 firewall rule debug traceconfig 374 list 720 ip debug traceconfig 471 ear label rule debug traceconfig 511 mbus debug traceconfig 524 add 722 memm debug lock traceconfig 536 config 724 memm deb
151. DP Description echo Y Echo discard Y Discard systat Y Active Users daytime 1 Y Daytime qotd 17 Y Quote of the Day chargen 9 Y Character Generator ftp data 20 Y File Transfer Default data ftp 2 Y File Transfer Control telnet 23 Y Telnet smtp 25 Y Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP time 37 Y Time nicname 43 Y Who ls 53 Y Domain Name System DNS domain 53 Y Domain Name System DNS sql net Y Oracle SOL NET bootps 7 Y Bootstrap Protocol Server bootpc Y Bootstrap Protocol Client tftp Y Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP gopher 70 Gopher finger 79 Y Finger www http Y World Wide Web WWW HTTP kerberos 8 Y Kerberos wech Ww wech rtelnet 107 Y Remote Telnet Service pop2 109 Y Post Office Protocol POP Version 2 pop3 110 Y Post Office Protocol POP Version 3 sunrpc 111 SUN Remote Procedure Call auth 113 Authentication Service sqlserver 118 SOL Services nntp 119 Network News Transfer Protocol NNTP ntp 123 Network Time Protocol NTP E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 THOMSON supported Key Names images amp beyond y Port name Number TCP UDP Description machines on a local net and the load average of the machine Syslog Like Tenex link but across machine syslog 514 printer talk 517 S NN geiegidegei egedf received who 513 Y Maintains data bases showing who s logged in to E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 supported Key Names EEN
152. Delete an option 127 dhcp client txoptions list List all options 128 dhcp client txoptions optionlist Lists all DHCP Option Codes that can be used 129 dhcp relay add Add an entry to the DHCP forward list 130 dhcp relay debug stats Show the DHCP relay statistics 131 dhcp relay debug traceconfig Modify the DHCP relay trace configuration 132 dhcp relay config Set the DHCP relay configuration settings 133 dhcp relay delete Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list 134 dhcp relay flush Flush the DHCP relay settings 135 dhcp relay ifconfig Configure a DHCP relay interface 136 dhcp relay iflist Show the configuration of the relay interfaces 138 dhcp relay list List the DHCP forward list 139 dhcp relay modify Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list 140 dhcp relay ruleadd Add a selection rule to a DHCP forward entry 141 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 dhcp relay ruledelete dhcp rule add dhcp rule debug traceconfig dhcp rule delete dhcp rule flush dhcp rule list dhcp server config dhcp server flush dhcp server policy dhcp server debug clear dhcp server debug stats dhcp server debug traceconfig dhcp server lease add dhcp server lease delete dhcp server lease flush dhcp server lease list dhcp server option flush dhcp server option instadd dhcp server option instdelete dhcp server option instlist dhcp server option tmpladd dhcp server option tmpldelete dhcp server option tmpllist dhcp server pool add dhcp server pool
153. E EE 73 EE EE 74 soil AA OA E E seal 75 CONTO MUS donada odiosa 76 CONTO USI ato 77 eo OA WE 78 CONO Sa VO cairo E 80 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Contents E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Connection COMMANOS occccoccnccncnccncccnnnnnonnnnonanaronanronanrnnannnnnnns 81 CONNECTION appconfg ANN 82 exe Uer Bee o 116 EE 84 CONTEO ION ADDI ST E 85 connection DINA sonitono coso potosi acoso pal 86 connection e e EE 87 el leede a CIOT as 88 COMECON CIO A PP e 89 sao e o e e A 90 COMME cOn E e odie 91 COTS COTO CSC lo APM e mE EE EEE EE E E E A 92 co 93 CONMECUON NANO encia dcslc lectoras dea 94 EE 95 CONNECTION CTIE 96 EE 97 connection merci is 98 connection terco O erario nic 99 connection te Lal e E 100 CWIMP Commande ANNE 101 CNP A E E E O CO A 102 CWIMP server CONTIG EAR 104 Dy COMMADA CN 105 A en RO E o E O nieis in aieiai Tiai 106 DHCP Commande NNN 107 Ane clero ecatepec 109 dhep chent AAA o PP o a E iaon ae 110 algo CIENCIA A A 111 dhcp eleni CONTO AA EE O E A 112 dhcp client delete sesion 113 anep ENCOR WE 114 e E Un sac steak atta a ne shenc oe cectienteanietes tdueaeuans 115 UPVC CNS AE A Po PA 117 dhcp client debug clear miriam ii 119 dhcp cleni debug SS E 120 Contents dhcp client debug traceconfig NEEN 121 dhcp client e Lee ONS Le anadir 122 dhep client rqoptions e EE einige une eimsrdns tian ue ontccinesa wencdborcius taint cajuneiooreinntiaindawaneiiac mua batae
154. ED dynamic_addr The dynamic address to substitute the index key with REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt nat tmplinst intf myPPP ppp addr index 100 100 100 1 dynamic addr 200 200 200 1 gt nat tmpllist Idx Type Interface Ifgroup Outside Address Inside Address Use 1 NAPT myPPP ppp any 100 100 100 1 unmapped 1 gt RELATED COMMANDS nat tmpladd Add an address mapping template nat tmpldelete Delete an address mapping template nat tmpllist Display the address mapping templates E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands 30 PPP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the ppp command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands ppp flush Flush all PPP interfaces 584 ppp ifadd Create a new PPP interface 585 ppp ifattach Attach a PPP interface 587 ppp ifconfig Configure a PPP interface 589 ppp ifdelete Delete a PPP interface 594 ppp ifdetach Detach a PPP interface 596 ppp iflist Display the PPP interfaces 598 ppp ifscan Scan a PPPoE interface for available Access Concentrator and 599 Service names ppp rtadd Add a route to the routing table when the PPP link comes up 600 ppp rtdelete Delete the route for a PPP link 602 ppp relay flush Remove all Ethernet interfaces from the PPP relay agent list and 604 terminate all sessions ppp relay ifadd Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list 605 ppp relay ifconfig Modify an ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list 606
155. EXAMPLE gt service system list name SIPPBX expand enabled Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group 1 SIPPBX disabled Description SIP PBX registrar and proxy Properties server Managed parameters state port acl map log Source Ip Selection Interface Access List Ip Access List NAT Port List gt service system ifadd name SIPPBX group lan gt service system list name SIPPBX expand enabled Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group 1 SIPPBX disabled Description SIP PBX registrar and proxy Properties server Managed parameters state port acl map log Source Ip Selection Interface Access List Ip Access List NAT Port List RELATED COMMANDS service system ifdelete Delete an interface group from the access list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service system ifdelete Delete an interface group from the access list SYNTAX service system ifdelete name lt string gt group lt wan local lan tunnel dmz guest or number gt where name The name of the system service for this access list REQUIRED group The interface group for this access list REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt service system list name SIPPBX expand enabled Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group 1 SIPPBX disabled Description SIP PBX registrar and proxy Properties server Managed parameters state port acl map log Source Ip Selection Interface Access List Ip Access List NAT Port List gt service system ifdelete name SIPPBX group l
156. HCP server leases E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server lease delete Delete a DHCP server lease SYNTAX dhcp server lease delete clientid lt clientid none gt index lt number gt where clientid The DHCP client identification string of the DHCP lease Note If not specified all DHCP clients are deleted index The DHCP server lease table index Tip Use the command dhcp server lease listto obtain a list of the index numbers of all current DHCP leases EXAMPLE gt dhcp server lease list Lease Pool TTL O 0 0 0 0 dhcp pool 1 00 26 40 1 10 0 0 1 local pool 00 59 22 gt dhcp server lease delete index 0 gt dhcp server lease list Lease Pool TTL 1 10 0 0 1 local pool 00 59 22 gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server lease add dhcp server lease list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Add a DHCP server lease List all the DHCP server leases Clientid 00 90 D0 01 23 45 Clientid 01 23 45 12 34 56 67 89 AB 67 89 AB OPTIONAL OPTIONAL DHCP Commands dhcp server lease flush Flush all the DHCP server leases CE The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX dhcp server lease flush pool lt string gt where pool The name of the DHCP server pool to be flushed OPTIONAL Only the leases belonging to this pool will be deleted Note If not specified all the DHCP server leases will be flushed EXAMPLE gt dhcp se
157. HCS server went down THOMSON System Logging Messages images amp beyond y Dyndns Module Facility Severity Contents DYNDNS WARNING lt DYNDNS_ STR_ID gt Connection failed to lt dyndns_service gt for client lt dyndns_client gt DYNDNS WARNING lt DYNDNS_ STR_ID gt Failed to resolve host name lt dyndns_service gt for client lt dyndns_client gt DYNDNS WARNING lt DYNDNS_ STR_ID gt Server Timeout lt dyndns_service gt for client lt dyndns_client gt DYNDNS WARNING lt DYNDNS_ STR_ID gt Update failed to server lt dyndns_service gt for client lt dyndns_client gt DYNDNS NOTICE lt DYNDNS_ STR_ID gt client lt dyndns_client gt lt started II stopped gt DYNDNS WARNING lt DYNDNS_ STR_ID gt Update failed for client lt dyndns_client gt incomplete configuration DYNDNS WARNING lt DYNDNS_ STR_ID gt Update failed for client lt dyndns_client gt lt message gt host lt hostname gt has not been updated DYNDNS WARNING lt DYNDNS_ STR_ID gt Update failed for client lt dyndns_client gt DYNDNS NOTICE lt DYNDNS_ STR_ID gt Host lt hostname gt has been updated successfully by lt dyndns_service gt DYNDNS WARNING lt DYNDNS_ STR_ID gt Authentication failed to server lt dyndns_service gt Firewall Module Facility Severity Contents AUTH WARNING FIREWALL Hook lt hookname gt Rule ID lt rule_id gt Protocol ICMP Src_ip lt ip_address gt Det mp lt ip_address gt ICMP message type l
158. IPCP state initial retransm 0 term reason gt ppp ifconfig intf Rt PPPoA dest RtPPPoA atm user johndoe ISP password johndoe ppp gt iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason acname service Rt PPPoA dest REPPPOA atm 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 auth auto user johndoe ISP password x xx admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm 0 term reason E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp ifdelete Delete a PPP interface SYNTAX ppp ifdelete Incr lt inttiname gt where inte The name of the PPP interface to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMIPLE gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retran
159. L This parameter permits to modify the TCP window for fast TCP checks The default is 65536 EXAMPLE gt firewall config firewall config state enabled keep disabled tcpchecks none udpchecks enabled icmpchecks enabled logdefault disabled logthreshold enabled tcpwindow 65536 gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall clear Flush the firewall configuration SYNTAX firewall clear E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall list List the firewall configuration SYNTAX firewall list format lt pretty cli gt where format Select the output format in which the configuration must be OPTIONAL shown Choose between gt pretty the configuration is shown as intuitive output in clear text gt cli the configuration is shown via the CLI commands configuration The default is pretty E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands EXAMPLE of output in text mode gt firewall list enabled disabled TcpChecks exact TcpWindow 65536 IcmpChecks enabled LogDefault disabled LogThreshold enabled Modules enabled Firewall Administration Module sink forward source host service enabled Firewall Host Service Module forward level enabled Firewall Level Module forward system service enabled Firewall System Service Module sink gt EXAMPLE of output in CLI mode gt firewall list format cli firewall config state
160. LE gt pptp proflist Profile Qos Encaps Relay PPP1 default nlpid PPTPLink default vcmux gt pptp profdelete name PPTPLink gt pptp proflist Profile Qos Encaps Relay PPP1 default nlpid gt RELATED COMMANDS pptp profadd Define a new PPTP profile pptp proflist Display all the current PPTP profiles E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPTP Commands pptp proflist Display all the current PPTP profiles SYNTAX poto proflist EXAMPLE gt pptp proflist Profile Qos Encaps Relay PPP1 default nlpid PPTPLink default vcmux gt RELATED COMMANDS pptp profadd Define a new PPTP profile pptp profdelete Delete a PPTP profile E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Script Commands 32 Script Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the script command group Scripting is not a general purpose mechanism but is only used in the autoPVC ILMI mechanism CID It is recommended not to change the default scripts Contents This chapter covers the following commands script add script delete script flush script list script run E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Add a line to a script Delete a complete script or a line from a script Flush all scripts Display a script or all scripts Run a script 620 621 622 623 625 Script Commands script add Add a line to a script SYNTAX script add name lt string gt index lt number gt command
161. LOCAL1 INFO RIP Simple password authentication failed on interface lt intf name gt LOCAL1 INFO RIP No authentication in RIP packet LOCAL1 RIP Obsolete command lt command name gt received LOCAL1 RIP Unknown RIP command received LOCAL1 RIP Response does not come from default RIP port LOCAL1 RIP Datagram doesn t come from a valid neighbor lt ip address gt LOCAL RIP Unsupported family from lt ip address gt LOCAL1 RIP Network is net 127 class D or class E network LOCAL RIP Address lt ip address gt is my own address net 0 or not unicast LOCAL1 RIP RIPv1 packet with incorrect must be zero fields LOCAL1 RIP Route metric is not in the 1 16 range LOCAL1 RIP Nexthop address is not directly reachable lt ip address gt LOCAL1 RIP RIPv2 address lt ip address gt is not correct mask lt mask gt applied LOCAL1 RIP Not configured for sending RIPv1 packet on interface lt intf name gt LOCAL1 INFO RIP RIP routing table is full LOCAL1 INFO RIP Neighbor lt ip address gt is not connected to direct network LOCAL1 INFO RIP Interface lt intf name gt has not any valid local IP address for sending RIPv2 packets LOCAL1 INFO RIP Interface lt intf name gt has not any valid s address for sending RIPv lt version_nr gt packets E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 System Logging Messages THOMSON images amp beyond g y d Facility Severity Contents LOCAL1 INFO RIP IP Address lt ip address gt not found in RIP table Routing Modul
162. Ls Se et EE EECH RS E E 10 0 0 140 32 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 140 T270 US 132 0 0 0 0 127 0 0 1 172 16 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 172 116 0 5 gt config load flush ip no o gt ip rtlist Destination Source Gateway 10 0 0 0 24 LO 0 200724 10 0 0 140 10 0 0 140 32 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 140 127 0 0 1 32 0 0 0 0 0 127 0 0 1 gt config load flush yes gt ip rtlist Destination Source Gateway 10 0 0 0 24 10 0 0 0 24 10 0 0 140 10 0 0 140 32 0 0 10 0 0 140 172 16 0 5 32 0 0 1772 16 05 127 0 0 1 32 0 0 127 0 0 1 172 16 0 0 24 0 0 E72 L605 Oi Os BEER BEER 0 0 0 RELATED COMMANDS config list Show the current configuration set config save Store the current configuration in a backup file E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Config Commands config save Store the current configuration in a backup file All the existing configurations and modifications entered by the user are saved The backup file is saved in the Thomson ST permanent storage This file can be downloaded via the Thomson ST web pages or via an FTP session SYNTAX config save filename lt string gt where filename The filename for the backup file of the current configuration REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS config list Show the current configuration set config load Load complete saved backup or default configuration file E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands 6 Connection Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the connectio
163. MP community string to allow SNMP access over IP snmp community delete Delete an SNMP community string to prevent SNMP access over IP E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commands snmp community modify Modify an SNMP community string to allow SNMP access over IP SYNTAX snmp community modify securityname lt RWCommunity ROCommunity gt communityname lt password gt where securityname Configure access rights restrictions control for the community REQUIRED name Choose between gt RWCommunity read write access rights gt ROCommunity read only access rights communityname Configure the SNMP community name REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commandes snmp ifadd Create a new SNMP interface SYNTAX snmp ifadd intf lt string gt dest lt string gt where intf The name for the new SNMP interface REQUIRED dest The destination interface for this SNMP interface REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt snmp ifadd intf new dest Internet snmp ifadd intf new dest Internet gt RELATED COMMANDS snmp ifdelete Delete an SNMP interface snmp ifattach Attach an SNMP interface snmp ifdetach Detach an SNMP interface snmp ifconfig Modify an SNMP interface snmp iflist Display the SNMP interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commandes snmp Ifdelete Delete an SNMP interface SYNTAX snmp ifdelete intf lt string gt where intf The name of the SNMP interface
164. MP statistics SYNTAX IGMP Commands igmp host debug stats EXAMIPLE gt igmp host debug stats Total IGMP messages received Too small IGMP messages received Too long IGMP IGMP messages IGMP messages IGMP messages messages received with bad checksum received with bad TTL received with no router alert IP option received IGMPv1 membership queries received IGMPv2 membership queries received IGMPv3 membership queries received IGMP bad queries received IGMP failing membership queries IGMPv1 v2 membership reports received IGMPv1 v2 invalid membership reports received IGMPv1 v2 membership reports received for our groups IGMPv1 v2 membership reports transmitted IGMPv3 membership reports transmitted RELATED COMMANDS igmp host debug clear Clear IGMP statistics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp proxy config Configure the IGMP proxy SYNTAX igmp proxy config lt disabled where state Imqi rv requirera localgroup E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 enabled gt lt number 1 86400 gt lt number 1 86400 gt lt number 1 86400 gt lt number 2 10 gt requirera lt disabled localgroup lt disabled enabled gt Enable or disable the IGMP proxy The default is enabled A number between 1 and 86400 Represents the interval in seconds between general queries sent by the que
165. MPLE Administrator gt dns server debug spoof update Administrator gt RELATED COMMANDS dns server debug spoof clear Clear the intercept cache table dns server debug spoof getaddress Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip dns server debug spoof getflags Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip dns server debug spoof list List the intercept cache table E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server host add Add a local DNS host SYNTAX dns server host add name lt string gt addr lt ip address gt ttl lt number 0 2147483647 gt where name The name of the IP host to be added REQUIRED addr The IP address of the host OPTIONAL ttl A number between 0 and 2147483647 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the lifetime of the host The default is 0 in other words no limit on the lifetime EXAMPLE gt dns server host add name myDNS addr 150 150 150 150 tt1 3600 gt dns server host list Address Hostname TTL s 150 150 150 150 myDNS 3600 local gt speedtouch 0 lt local gt dsldevice 0 gt RELATED COMMANDS dns server host delete Delete a local DNS host dns server host list List all the local DNS hosts E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server host delete Delete a local DNS host SYNTAX dns server host delete name lt string gt where name The name of the DNS host to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt dns server host list Address Host
166. NAPT myPPP ppp 0 gt RELATED COMMANDS nat tmpladd nat tmpllist nat tmplinst Ifgroup lan any Ifgroup any Add an address mapping template Display the address mapping templates Outside 100 200 100 100 Outside 100 100 Address 100 1 100 1 Address 100 1 Inside Address unmapped unmapped Inside Address unmapped Instantiate address mapping templates for a given dynamic address E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commande nat tmpllist Display the address mapping templates SYNTAX nat tmpllist expand lt disabled enabled gt where expand Enable or disable expanded listing OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt nat tmpllist Idx Type Interface Ifgroup Outside Address Inside Address Use 1 NAPT any lan 100 200 100 1 unmapped 0 2 NAPT myPPP ppp any 100 100 100 1 unmapped 0 RELATED COMMANDS nat tmpladd Add an address mapping template nat tmpldelete Delete an address mapping template nat tmplinst Instantiate address mapping templates for a given dynamic address E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commands nat tmplinst Instantiate address mapping templates for a given dynamic address SYNTAX nat tmplinst intf lt string gt addr index lt ip address gt dynamic addr lt ip address gt where intf The IP interface name REQUIRED addr_index The outside IP address index key to instantiate for REQUIR
167. NDTO LISTEN sv 0 gt 4 D ICMP LISTEN accept ICMP LISTEN sv 0 gt 5 CD SRAS accept SRAS sv 0 gt 6 CD RAS accept BAS sv 0 gt 7 CDE MDAP 2 HECepE IMDAP sv 0 eg gt Zeg 8 CDE SNMP_AGENT accept SNMP AGENT sv 0 SNMP AGENT Lr Ug a AN 9 CD DHCP S accept DHCP S sv 0 gt 10 CDE DHCP R accept DHCP R sv 0 DHCP R if 0 gt 11 CDE DNS S accept DNS S sv 0 DNS S if 0 gt 12 CD RIP Query accept RIP Query sv 0 gt erg 13 CDE RIP accept RIP sv 0 A gt SAS 14 CDE TELNET accept TELNET sv 0 TELNET if 0 gt 15 CDE FTP gt accept FTP sv 0 FTP 1f 0 2 16 CDE HTTPs 2 accept EE Sy E VEER 1 0 7 Fon 17 CDE HTTP accept HTTP sv 0 HTTP if 0 gt s forward 1 CDE link forward fire 2 CDE link forward host service 3 CDE link forward level forward level 1 CDE link forward level Disabled forward level Disabled 1 C E AnyTraffic accept gt E source 1 CDE E Link source fire source fire 1 C E AnyTraffic accept gt gt gt firewall rule list format cli firewall rule add chain sink fire index 1 name SSDP sreintf lan dstip ssdp ip serv ssdp serv log disabled state enabled action accept firewall rule add chain source fire index 1 name AnyTraffic log disabled state enableqd action accept stirewall rule add chain forward level BLOCKALLI index 1 na ame AnyIraific log disabled state en abled action drop firewall rule add chain forw
168. Note This parameter never needs to be specified encaps The type of WAN protocol encapsulation to be used with this PPTP OPTIONAL profile Choose between gt VC MUX gt NLPID The default is vemux ac The HDLC framing option applicable to PPTP interfaces using this OPTIONAL PPTP profile Choose between gt always Before relaying the encapsulated PPP frames over the PPPoA link make sure that the address and control field OxFFO3 is always in front of the frames gt never Before relaying the encapsulated PPP frames over the PPPoA link make sure the address and control field will never be found in front of the frames gt keep Do not change the frames arriving via the PPTP tunnel The default is never Note The default setting is compliant to RFC2364 therefore it is recommended to keep this setting EXAMPLE gt pptp proflist Profile Qos Encaps AC Relay PPP1 default nlpid always gt pptp profadd name PPTPLink encaps vcmux ac never gt pptp proflist Profile Qos Encaps AC Relay PPP1 default nlpid always PPTPLink default vcmux never gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPTP Commands RELATED COMMANDS pptp profdelete Define a new PPTP profile pptp proflist Display all the current PPTP profiles E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPTP Commands pptp profdelete Delete a PPTP profile SYNTAX pptp profdelete name lt string gt where name The name of the PPTP profile to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMP
169. OMSON System Logging Messages images amp beyond I g y y E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 supported Key Names EE amp b d images amp beyond 44 Supported Key Names Contents This chapter lists all the key names supported by the Thomson ST that can be used for completing CLI command parameters Supported IP Protocols 746 Supported TCP UDP Port Names 747 Supported ICMP Type Names 750 Supported Facilities 751 Supported Severities 752 IP Precedence 752 Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP 753 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 THOMSON images amp beyond y supported Key Names Supported IP Protocols For more information on the listed IP protocols see RFC1340 or www iana org Protocol name Number 1 Description Authentication Header AH Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP Encapsulating Security Payload ESP Gateway Gateway Protocol GGP General Routing Encapsulation GRE Host Monitoring Protocol HMP Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP PUP Protocol Reliable Data Protocol RDP Resource Reservation Protocol RSVP Transmission Control Protocol TCP User Datagram Protocol UDP Vines Xerox NS IDP E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 supported Key Names EEN images amp beyond Supported TCP UDP Port Names For more information on the listed TCP UDP port assignments see RFC1340 or www iana org Port name Number TCP U
170. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL Expr Commands icmpcode A number between 0 and 15 OPTIONAL Represents the ICMP code or beginning of range of the packet icmpcodeend A number between 0 and 15 OPTIONAL Represents the ICMP code range end inclusive E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Expr Commands EXAMPLE gt expr list flags expression intf myPPP ppp intf eth0 intfgroup 0 _myPPP ppp eri wan lan intfgroup 2 local intfgroup 1 notwan intfgroup 2 intfgroup 1 addr 10 0 0 138 addr 192 168 1 254 TOs 004138 A kA M FA A k PB EP _192 168 1 254 DiffServ dscp 0 Sip proto 17 dst prt 5060 proto 6 dst prt 5060 h323 proto 6 dst prt 1720 proto 17 dst prt 1718 proto 17 dst prt 1719 gt expr add name myEXPR type intf intf Internet intfgroup lan gt expr list type use flags expression intf myPPP ppp intf eth0 intfgroup 0 _myPPP ppp _etho wan lan intfgroup 2 Local intfgroup 1 notwan intfgroup 2 intfgroup 1 myEXPR 10 0 0 138 _192 168 1 254 intf Internet intfgroup 2 addr 10 2 040 136 addr 192 168 1 254 GO k ka h A k L k HE BE Diffserv dscp 0 Sip proto 17 dst prt 5060 proto 6 dst prt 5060 h323 proto 6 dst prt 1720 proto 17 dst prt 1718 proto 17 dst prt 1719 RELATED COMMANDS expr delete Delete an expression expr list List the expressions E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Expr Commands expr delete Delete an expression SYNTAX expr d
171. P client SYNTAX dhcp client ifattach intf lt string gt where intf The name of the dynamic interface for which a DHCP client was created EXAMPLE gt dhcp client iflist myPPP ppp INIT flags be dns rt IP address 0 0 0 0 HW address SpeedTouch 00 DHCP server 255 255 255 255 metric rt 1 DNS 1 Number of leases 1 Total size of table 36 in use 1 free gt dhcp client ifattach intf myPPP ppp gt dhcp client iflist myPPP ppp SELECTING flags be dns rt IP address 0 0 0 0 HW address SpeedTouch 00 DHCP server 255 255 255 255 metric rt 1 DNS 1 trying to get a lease for 1 sec transmission of DISCOVER in 0 sec retransmission timeout 4 nbr of retransmissions 2 Number of leases 1 Total size of table 36 in use 1 free 97 5 RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client ifadd Create a DHCP client dhcp client ifdetach De activate a DHCP client and releases its lease dhcp client ifrenew Renew the DHCP lease interface list Display interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 REQUIRED DHCP Commands dhcp client ifconfig Configure a DHCP client To Use the command dhcp client ifrelease before configuring the dhcp client SYNTAX qhncp client ZEN E intf lt string gt label lt label name gt metric lt number 0 255 gt dnsmetric lt number 0 100 gt broadcast lt disabledlenabled gt serverroute lt disabled enabled gt w
172. P queries received Global RIP route changes 3 Default version send rip v2 receive rip v2 Default redistribution metric is 1 Sending routing table updates every 30 seconds with 5 Route timeout after 180 seconds Route garbage collect after 120 seconds Import of connected routes is enabled Import of kernel routes is enabled Import of static routes is enabled Import of default kernel route is enabled Import of default static route is enabled Export of RIP routes is enabled Export of default RIP route is enabled Transmission of default RIP route is enabled Intf Send Recv AuthMode Passive SplitHorizon BadPackets BadRoutes SentUpd rip unspec rip unspec none 62 RIP route table dump K Kernel C connected S Static R RIP FIB route Network Metric 0 0 0070 192 6 11 150 L92 6541 3150 10 0 0 0 8 129 132 2 21 32 138 203 7 146 133 203 4407 22 Ta LOs Laa E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 GRP Commande E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Hostmgr Commands 18 Hostmgr Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the hostmgr command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands hostmgr add hostmgr clear hostmgr config hostmgr delete hostmgr flush hostmgr list E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Add host device info to the host manager Remove all the hosts from the list Configure the host manager parameters Delete the host device info from the
173. P routing info The default is 180 garbagetime A number between 1 and 3600 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the garbage collection timer value The default is 120 impcrt Enable or disable the import of connected routes OPTIONAL The default is enabled impkrt Enable or disable the import of kernel routes OPTIONAL The default is enabled E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 impsrt impdefkrt impdefsrt exprt expdefrt txrt trace Enable or disable the import of static routes The default is enabled Enable or disable the import of the default kernel route The default is enabled Enable or disable the import of the default static route The default is enabled Enable or disable the export of received RIP routes The default is enabled Enable or disable the export of the received RIP default route The default is enabled Enable or disable the transmission of the RIP default route The default is enabled Enable or disable verbose console messaging The default is disabled GRP Commands OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 GRP Commands EXAMIPLE gt grp rip show RIP routing protocol config dump RIP daemon is enabled Global RIP queries received Global RIP route changes O Default version send rip v2 receive rip v2 Default redistribution metric is 1 Sending routing table updates every 30 seconds with
174. Ps myPrivilege access My access privilege RELATED COMMANDS mlp privilege delete Delete a privilege mlp privilege list Display the privileges E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip privilege addzone Add a zone to a privilege Sp Only one zone can be added at a time to a privilege If multiple zones need to be added the command mlp privilege addzone must be executed for each zone to be added SYNTAX mlp privilege addzone lt string gt lt string gt where name The name of the privilege in which a zone must be added REQUIRED zone The name of the new zone REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt mlp privilege list type access name myPrivilege verbose all myPrivilege access My access privilege gt mlp privilege addzone name myPrivilege zone channel http gt mlp privilege list type access name myPrivilege verbose all myPrivilege access My access privilege channel Http RELATED COMMANDS mlp privilege Remove a zone from a privilege removezone E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip privilege config Modify a privilege SYNTAX mlp privilege config name lt string gt descr lt quoted string gt score lt hex word hex word ex ea Co ic T where name The name of the privilege to be modified REQUIRED descr Set the privilege description OPTIONAL Note The maximum length is 63 characters score Set the score of the privilege OPTIONAL Note This i
175. RELATED COMMANDS ppp rtadd Add a route to the routing table when the PPP link comes up E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp relay flush Remove all Ethernet interfaces from the PPP relay agent list and terminate all sessions O The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX ppp relay flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp relay ifadd Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list SYNTAX ppp relay ifadd intf lt string gt where mg TheEthernetinterface to be added to the PPP relay agent list REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt ppp relay iflist Interface HWaddr Status I ethoa U 33 KEE d connected gt ppp relay ifadd intf ethoa 8 35 gt ppp relay iflist Interface HWaddr Status ethoa 0 35 00 0e 50 0f fc 2d connected ethoa 8 35 00 0e 50 0f fc 2d connected gt RELATED COMMANDS ppp relay ifdelete Delete an Ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list ppp relay iflist Display all Ethernet interfaces added to the PPP relay agent list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp relay ifconfig Modify an ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list SYNTAX ppp relay ifconfig intf lt string gt hwaddr lt hardware address gt where inft The ethernet intf to be added to the PPP relay agent list REQUIRED hwaddr The hardware address e g Ethernet MAC address of this interface REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003
176. REOUIRED EXAMPLE gt snmp ifdelete intf new snmp ifdelete intf new gt RELATED COMMANDS snmp ifadd Create a new SNMP interface snmp ifattach Attach an SNMP interface snmp ifdetach Detach an SNMP interface snmp ifconfig Modify an SNMP interface snmp iflist Display the SNMP interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commandes snmp ifattach Attach an SNMP interface SYNTAX snmp ifattach intf lt string gt where intf The name of the SNMP interface REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt snmp ifattach intf Internet snmp ifattach intf Internet gt RELATED COMMANDS snmp ifadd Create a new SNMP interface snmp ifdelete Delete an SNMP interface snmp ifdetach Detach an SNMP interface snmp ifconfig Modify an SNMP interface snmp iflist Display the SNMP interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commandes snmp ifdetach Detach an SNMP interface SYNTAX snmp ifdetach intf lt string gt where intf The name of the SNMP interface REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt snmp ifdetach intf Internet snmp ifdetach intf Internet gt RELATED COMMANDS snmp ifadd Create a new SNMP interface snmp ifdelete Delete an SNMP interface snmp ifattach Attach an SNMP interface snmp ifconfig Modify an SNMP interface snmp iflist Display the SNMP interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 SNMP Commands snmp ifconfig Modify an SNMP interface SYNTAX Simp 1LCOnirg intf
177. S 1 lease renewal in 5 days 1 h 26 min 45 sec lease rebinding in 8 days 20 A 34 min 15 sec lease expires in 10 days 2 h 56 min 45 sec Number of leases 1 Total size of table 36 in use 1 free E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client ifadd Create a DHCP client dhcp client ifdelete Delete a DHCP client E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client tfrenew Renew the DHCP lease SYNTAX dhcp client ifrenew where intf The name of the dynamic interface for which the DHCP lease must be renewed EXAMPLE 1 gt dhcp client iflist NewETHOA BOUND flags uc IP address 10 0 0 10 HW address 00 90 d q0 DHCP server AID hostname NewLease req leasetime 10800 s intf lt string gt 01 47 lt f1 55 0255 lease renewal in 5 days 58 min 48 sec lease rebinding in 8 days 20 h 6 min 18 sec lease expires in 10 days 2 h 28 min 48 sec Number of leases 1 Total size of table 19 in use 1 gt dhcp client ifrenew intf NewETHoA gt dhcp client iflist NewETHoA S SELECTING flags uc IP address 10 0 0 HW address DHCP server E hostname NewLeas req leasetime 10800 s trying to get a lease for transmission of DISCOVER i free 94 10 00 90 d0 01 47 de ste IO e 12 sec n 24 sec retransmission timeout 64 nbr of retransmissions 1 Number of leases 1 Total size of table 19 in use 1 E DOC CTC 2
178. S 0 Value gt 32 bit 64 RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server option Delete a DHCP server option instance instdelete dhcp server option List all the DHCP server option instances instlist E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server option instdelete Delete a DHCP server option instance SYNTAX dhcp server option instdelete name lt string gt where name The name of the DHCP server option instance to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt dhcp server option instlist yourinstance Tmpl name yourTmpl Use 0 Value ascii amp 33 myInstance Tmpl name myTmpl Use S 0 Value 32 bit 64 gt dhcp server option instdelete name yourInstance gt dhcp server option instlist mylnstance Tmpl name myTmpl 1 Use a Value 32 510 64 RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server option est Add a DHCP server option instance dhcp server option List all the DHCP server option instances instlist E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server option instlist List all the DHCP server option instances SYNTAX dhcp server option instlist EXAMIPLE gt dhcp server option instlist yourinstance Tmpl name yourTmpl Use 0 Value ascii 8433 myiInstance Tmpl name myTmpl Use x 0 Value 32 bit 64 RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server option atada Add a DHCP server option instance dhcp server option Delete a DHCP server option instance i
179. S server 185 dns client dnsdelete Delete a DNS server 186 dns client dnslist List all DNS servers 187 dns client flush Remove all DNS servers 188 dns client nslookup DNS lookup for a domain name or an address 189 dns server config Modify the DNS resolver configuration 190 dns server flush Flush all local DNS hosts and routes 191 dns server debug clear Clear the DNS server forwarder statistics 192 dns server debug stats Print the DNS server forwarder statistics 193 dns server debug spoof clear Clear the intercept cache table 194 dns server debug spoof getaddress Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip 195 dns server debug spoof getflags Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip 196 dns server debug spoof list List the intercept cache table 197 dns server debug spoof update Update the intercept cache table 198 dns server host add Add a local DNS host 199 dns server host delete Delete a local DNS host 200 dns server host flush Flush all the local DNS hosts 201 dns server host list List all the local DNS hosts 202 dns server route add Creates a DNS forwarding entry or template 203 dns server route delete Deletes a DNS forwarding entry or template 205 dns server route flush Removes all DNS forwarding entries and templates 206 dns server route list List all the DNS forwarding entries or templates 207 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns client config Modify the Domain Name System DNS resolver configuration
180. SNTP update and synchronize the realtime clock 688 synchronize system rtc settime Set get date time timezone daylight savings time uptime 689 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 system Commands system config Set change the system configuration parameters CLD For a good operation of UPnP and the discovery mechanism it is highly recommended not to change the system configuration settings SYNTAX upnp lt disabled enabled gt trol lt disabled enabled gt mdap lt disabled enabled gt drst lt disabled enabled gt led lt green red orange flash off gt system config resetbutton lt disabled enabled gt digestauth lt disabled enabled gt defaultconnection lt string gt rtc lt disabled enabled gt autosave lt disabled enabled gt autosavedelay lt number 0 600 gt where upnp Enable or disable UPnP discovery OPTIONAL The default is enabled tr64 Enable or disable TR 64 discovery OPTIONAL The default is disabled mdap Enable or disable proprietary discovery protocol OPTIONAL The default is enabled drst Enable or disable DrSpeedTouch access OPTIONAL The default is disabled led Set the system LED colour OPTIONAL Choose between gt green solid green gt red solid red gt orange solid orange gt flash toggle between green and orange gt off LED is off The default is green resetbu
181. ST acts as the LAN default gateway server The IP address of the DHCP server for DHCP clients OPTIONAL primdns The IP address of the primary DNS server for the DHCP clients OPTIONAL The default value of this parameter is 0 not specified which means that the IP address of the DNS server will be communicated by the remote server as soon as the PPP IPCP subnetmasking connection is established or that the Thomson ST acts as the LAN DNS server secdns The IP address of the optional secondary DNS server for DHCP OPTIONAL clients The default value of this parameter is 0 not specified which means that the gateway IP address will be communicated by the remote server as soon as the PPP IPCP subnetmasking connection is established dnsmetric The DHCP server pool DNS route metric OPTIONAL primwins The IP address of the primary Windows Internet Naming OPTIONAL Service WINS server for DHCP clients secwins The IP address of the secondary WINS server for DHCP clients OPTIONAL leasetime A number of seconds OPTIONAL Represents the time in seconds a client is allowed to use an address Note Specifying 0 makes the lease permanent unnumbered Assign an IP address from this pool to the DHCP server OPTIONAL enabled or not disabled Note For dynamic pools only localgw Proxy for a virtual default gateway residing in same subnet of OPTIONAL DHCP client instead of the remote peer address gt dhcp server pool list Pool Start End Intf
182. Severity WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING DHCP Server Module Severity WARNING E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 System Logging Messages THOMSON images amp beyond a Contents DHCR relay Dropping boot rqs on interface lt intf_id gt due to invalid giaddr for server lt ip address gt DHCR relay Dropping boot reply with invalid relay agent option from lt intf_id gt DHCR relay Dropping boot request containing the relay agent option from lt intf_id gt DHCR relay Dropping boot reply to unknown interface from lt intf_id gt DHCR relay Dropping boot reply to inactive interface lt intf_id gt DHCR relay Dropping boot reply to inactive interface lt intf_id gt DHCR relay Dropping boot request packet with spoofed giaddr field from lt intf_id gt DHCR relay Dropping boot request received on unknown interface from lt intf_id gt DHCR relay Dropping boot request on inactive interface lt intf_id gt DHCR relay Dropping boot request with invalid hops field on interface lt intf_id gt DHCR relay Dropping boot request with invalid giaddr on interface lt intf_id gt Contents DHCS server lt DHCP Offer DHCP ACK gt cannot be send due to invalid server identifier DHCS server DHCPACK cannot be send due to invalid server identifier DHCS server DHCPNAK cannot be send due to invalid server identifier DHCS server up D
183. T The inside typically private IP address gt Inbound Represents the address es to be used as destination address after translation gt Outbound This map will only apply if the source IP address is part of the inside address es Allowed values are gt An IP address A B C D or A D meaning A 0 0 D gt A range of IP addresses A B C D El only for NAT gt An IP subnet A B C D M only for NAT M1 Mf Default value is meaning unmapped Note If specified the number of inside addresses must be equal to the number of outside addresses The range of inside addresses to which the mapping is restricted This parameter is used for outbound traffic only Represents the list of inside IP addresses LAN devices allowed to make use of this map Allowed values are gt An IP address A B C D or A D meaning A 0 0 D gt A range of IP addresses A B C D E gt An IP subnet A B C D M gt all addresses The default is the inside_addr The range of destination addresses to which the mapping is restricted This parameter is used as filter for inbound outbound traffic gt Inbound This map only applies if the source IP address is part of the foreign address es gt Outbound This map only applies if the destination IP address is part of the foreign address es Allowed values are gt An IP address A B C D or A D meaning A 0 0 D gt A range of IP addresses A B C D E
184. TAX user delete name lt string gt where name The name of the user to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE Administrator gt user list User Flags Role Administrator Administrator tech TechnicalSupport JohnDoe Administrator Administrator gt user delete name JohnDoe Administrator gt user list User Flags Role Administrator Administrator tech TechnicalSupport Administrator gt RELATED COMMANDS user add Add a user user list Display the users E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 User Commands user flush Flush the users password The first user that logs on after initiating a new Telnet session will have the same administrative rights as a user with the role root cP After execution of this command the access to the Thomson ST will no longer be protected by a SYNTAX EXAMPLE Administrator gt user list User Flags Role Administrator Administrator tech TechnicalSupport JohnDoe Administrator Administrator gt user flush Administrator gt user list Administrator gt When this Telnet session is terminated and a new Telnet session is initiated the following welcome screen will appear Username SpeedTouch 620 EN Version 5 3 0 10 o PON Copyright c 1999 2004 ee THOMSON l AF The user will not have to authenticate himself to gain access to the Thomson ST E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 User Commande user list Display the users
185. TC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge vlan ifadd Add a bridge interface to a VLAN SYNTAX eth bridge vlan ifadd name lt string gt inti lt string gt untagged lt disabled enabled gt where name The VLAN name to which a bridge interface must be added REQUIRED intf The name of the bridge interface to be added to the VLAN REQUIRED untagged Enable or disable the interface as untagged for this VLAN OPTIONAL The default is disabled RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge vlan ifconfig Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN eth bridge vlan ifdelete Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN eth bridge vlan iflist Display all VLANs E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge vlan ifconfig Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN SYNTAX eth bridge vlan ifconfig name lt string gt inti lt string gt untagged lt disabled enabled gt where name The VLAN name for which a bridge interface must be modified REQUIRED intf The name of the bridge interface to be modified REQUIRED untagged Enable or disable the interface as untagged for this VLAN REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge vlan ifadd Add a bridge interface to a VLAN eth bridge vlan ifdelete Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN eth bridge vlan iflist Display all VLANs E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge vlan ifdelete Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN SYNTAX eth b
186. TC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns client dnsdelete Delete a DNS server SYNTAX dns client dnsdelete index lt number 1 99 gt where REQUIRED index A number between 1 and 99 Represents the index number of the DNS server to be deleted Use the command dns client dnslistto obtain a list of Tip DNS servers EXAMPLE client dnslist Family Server IP port 53 IP port 53 addr 127 0 0 1 Lo L50 s130 L50 State CONNECTED CONNECTED addr client dnsdelete index 2 client dnslist Server Family port 53 IP State addr 127 0 0 1 CONNECTED RELATED COMMANDS Add a DNS server dns client dnsadd List all DNS servers dns client dnslist E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns client dnslist List all DNS servers SYNTAX dans client dnslist EXAMPLE gt dns client dnslist Entry State 1 CONNECTED 2 CONNECTED RELATED COMMANDS dns client dnsadd dns client dnsdelete E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Family ER IP Server port port 539 53 12405031 150 150 150 150 addr addr Add a DNS server Delete a DNS server DNS Commands dns client flush Remove all DNS servers SYNTAX dns client flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns client nslookup DNS lookup for a domain name or an address SYNTAX dns client nslookup host lt string gt where
187. TCP UDP ports to be for NAPT used as dynamic port range during the NAPT process map gt Fora port shifting map Represents the source port s to be REQUIRED translated shifted into inside_port for port Allowed values are shifting map gt TCP UDP port range P Q with O gt P gt TCP UDP port number only for port shifting maps Inside port The inside port number or range only for maps of type napt REQUIRED If this parameter is specified for a map of type napt then this map is for port a port shifting map shifting map Represents the target TCP UDP ports to which the traffic has to be shifted Allowed values are gt TCP UDP port range P Q with O gt P gt TCP UDP port number only for port shifting maps Note The size of inside_port must be identical to the size of outside port mode The mode to create the portmap OPTIONAL Choose between gt auto gt inbound gt outbound The standard is auto E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commande EXAMIPLE gt nat maplist Idx Type Interface 1 NAPT ethO 2 NAPT eth0 3 NAPT eth0 Outside Address any 80 any 1080 any 8080 Inside Address 127 0 0 1 8080 127 0 0 1 8080 127 0 0 1 8080 0 gt nat mapadd intf myPPP ppp type napt outside addr 100 100 100 1 access list 10 0 0 0 24 gt nat maplist Type Interface NAPT myPPP ppp NAPT ethO NAPT ethO NAPT ethO gt maplist intf myPPP ppp Idx Type Interface 1 NAPT myPPP ppp RELATED
188. THOMSON images amp beyond e Thomson ST516 536 546 CLI Reference Guide images amp beyond Thomson 1516 536 546 CLI Reference Guide R6 2 THOMSON J images amp beyond y Copyright Copyright 1999 2007 THOMSON All rights reserved Distribution and copying of this document use and communication of its contents is not permitted without written authorization from THOMSON The content of this document is furnished for informational use only may be subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by THOMSON THOMSON assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in this document Thomson Telecom Belgium Prins Boudewijnlaan 47 B 2650 Edegem Belgium http wvww thomson broadband com Trademarks The following trademarks are used in this document gt DECT is a trademark of ETSI gt Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG Inc gt Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation gt Wi Fi and the Wi Fi logo are registered trademarks of the Wi Fi Alliance Wi Fi CERTIFIED Wi Fi ZONE Wi Fi Alli ance their respective logos and Wi Fi Protected Access are trademarks of the Wi Fi Alliance V UPnP is a certification mark of the UPnP Implementers Corporation Microsoft MS DOS Windows and Windows NT are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corpo ration in the
189. UDE none gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp host ifconfig Configure an IGMP interface SYNTAX igmp host ifconfig intf lt string gt version lt none IGMPv1 IGMPv2 IGMPv3 gt where intf The IP interface name REOUIRED version The IGMP version of the IP interface REQUIRED Choose between gt IGMPv1 gt IGMPv2 gt IGMPv3 gt none EXAMPLE gt igmp host ifconfig intf lanl version IGMPvl igmp host ifconfig intf lanl version IGMPvl RELATED COMMANDS igmp proxy iflist Show the configuration of the IGMP interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp host iflist Show the configuration of the IGMP interfaces SYNTAX Lomp host iflist expand lt disabled enabled gt where expand Enable or disable expanded listing of IGMP interfaces OPTIONAL configuration The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt igmp host iflist Interface Version 0 loop IGMPv3 Internet IGMPv3 ISDN backup IGMPv3 ISDN backup trigger IGMPv3 lanl IGMPv3 wanl IGMPv3 dmz 1 IGMPv3 guestl IGMPv3 1 2 3 4 3 6 7 RELATED COMMANDS igmp proxy ifconfig Configure an IGMP interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp host debug clear Clear IGMP statistics SYNTAX Lomp host debug clear RELATED COMMANDS igmp host debug Print IGMP statistics stats E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 igmp host debug stats Print IG
190. X dsd urlfilter rule list EXAMIPLE gt dsd urlfilter rule Index Action Url Redirect redirect www speedtouch com www speedtouch be accept baen com Rule list statistics 2 present 128 total 0 0 used gt RELATED COMMANDS dsd urlfilter rule add Add a rule dsd urlfilter rule delete Delete a rule E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd urlfilter rule modify Modify an existing rule SYNTAX dsd urlfilter rule modify index lt number gt newurl lt string gt action lt block accept redirect gt redirect lt string gt where index Insertion position in the list REQUIRED newurl Definition of the new URL filter OPTIONAL action Action to perform when URL matches URL REQUIRED Choose between gt block gt accept gt redirect redirect The redirection URL REQUIRED Note This parameter is only required when the action is redirect E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands EXAMPLE gt dsd urlfilter rule Index Action Url redirect www accept Rule list statistics gt dsd urlfilter rule ch be gt dsd urlfilter rule Action Url redirect www accept Rule list statistics RELATED COMMANDS dsd urlfilter rule add dsd urlfilter rule delete dsd urlfilter rule list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Redirect speedtouch com www speedtouch be baen com 2 present 128 total 0 0 used modify index 0 newurl www speed acti
191. _load gt reboot RELATED COMMANDS upgrade profile delete Delete a file profile description upgrade profile list Display a list of the file profile descriptions E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands upgrade profile delete Delete a file profile description SYNTAX upgrade profile delete extension lt sts ini gt where extension The extension of the profile to be deleted REQUIRED Choose between gt sts gt ini RELATED COMMANDS upgrade profile add Add a new file profile description upgrade profile list Display a list of the file profile descriptions E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands upgrade profile list Display a list of the file profile descriptions SYNTAX upgrade profile list RELATED COMMANDS upgrade profile delete Delete a file profile description upgrade profile modify Modify a file profile description E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands upgrade ifadd Add a download interface SYNTAX upgrade ifadd inti lt string gt where intf A download interface REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands upgrade ifattach Attach a download interface SYNTAX upgrade ifattach inti lt string gt where intf A download interface REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands upgrade ifconfig Configure a download interface SYNTAX upgrade ifcon
192. access privileges granted LAN Local all LAN Local with all secured channels LAN Local with all channels access to sensitive files LAN Local with all secured channels access to sensitive files WAN from a secure HTTP WAN LAN from LAN from LAN from LAN All ALl All ALL WAN LAN a secure HTTP access to sensitive files all channels except telnet all secured channels except telnet from all channels except telnet access to sensitive file access to sensitive file secured channels except telnet origins noHTTP origins trom all secured channels no http origins noHTTP access to sensitive Tiles Origins secured channels saccess Lo sensitive files no trip from all channels from HTTP HTTPs My access privilege gt mlp privilege delete name myPrivilege gt mlp privilege list type access Privilege anyaccess access access access AP1 AP2 AP3 access access access access E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 type access Description All access privileges granted LAN Local all LAN Local with all secured channels LAN Local with all channels access t sensitive files EENS NOHTTPE access tO sensitive tiles origins secured Channels access to sensitive files no http from all channels from HTTP HTTPS MLP Commands RELATED COMMANDS mlp privilege delete Add a privilege mlp privilege list Display the privileges E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0
193. aces dhcp client txoptions Lists all DHCP Option Codes that can be used optionlist E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client txoptions delete Delete an option SYNTAX dhcp client txoptions delete intf lt string gt option lt string or number gt where intf The name of the dynamic interface REQUIRED option The name or number of the option REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client txoptions list List all options E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client txoptions list List all options SYNTAX dhcp client txoptions list RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client txoptions Delete an option delete E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client txoptions optionlist Lists all DHCP Option Codes that can be used SYNTAX dhcp client txoptions optionlist RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client txoptions Add an option add dhcp client txoptions list List all options E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay add Add an entry to the DHCP forward list SYNTAX dhcp relay add name lt string gt where name The forward entry name REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS dhcp relay delete Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list dhcp relay list List the DHCP forward list dhcp relay modify Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay debug stats Show the DHCP relay statisti
194. ackets then linksensing is disabled for that particular E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip ifdelete Delete an IP interface SYNTAX ip ifdelete intf lt string gt where intf The name of the IP interface to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt ip iflist Interface Group MTU RX TX TX Drop Status HW address loop local 65535 123966 UP 00 0e 50 0f Internet wan 1500 lt Q 0 DOWN RtPPPOE ppp wan 1500 0 0 DOWN LocalNetwork lan 1500 125262 UP 00 0e 50 0f myIPintf wan 1500 0 UP 00 0e 50 0f gt ip ifdelete intf myIPintf gt ip iflist Interface Group MTU RX TX Status HW address loop local 65535 123966 UP 00 0e 50 0f Internet wan 1500 0 0 DOWN RtPPPOE ppp wan 1500 0 0 DOWN LocalNetwork lan 1500 86589 125262 UP 00 0e 50 0f RELATED COMMANDS ip ifadd Create an IP interface ip iflist Display all the IP interfaces ip ifwait Wait for a status change of an IP interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ip ifdetach Detach an IP interface SYNTAX ip ifdetach where intf EXAMIPLE The name of the IP interface to be detached IP Commands intr lt string gt REQUIRED gt ip iflist expand enabled Interface 0 loop BRHW address RX unicastpkts TX unicastpkts Oper state Flags myIPintf BRHW address RX unicastpkts TX unicastpkts Oper state Flags Status HW address UP 00 0e 50 0f fc 2c Group MTU RX local 65535 130597 EE ga ge gs a 1304 brcastpkts
195. act no translation happens and the IP packets passing through the Thomson ST remain untouched The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt nat iflist Interface NAT loop disabled myPPP ppp disabled etho transparent gt nat ifconfig intf myPPP ppp translation enabled gt nat iflist Interface NAT loop disabled myPPP ppp enabled etho0 transparent gt RELATED COMMANDS nat iflist Display the address translation configuration on all the interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commande nat iflist Display the address translation configuration on all the interfaces SYNTAX nat 1flist EXAMIPLE gt nat iflist Interface NAT loop disabled Internet enabled RtPPPOE ppp enabled LocalNetwork transparent gt RELATED COMMANDS nat ifconfig Modify address translation on an IP interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commands nat mapadd Add an address mapping to a Network Address Translation NAT enabled interface SYNTAX nat mapadd intr lt string gt type lt napt nat gt outside addr lt 1p range gt inside addr lt lt 1p Fa as gt access list E foreign addr en te protocol lt supported IP protocol or number gt outside port lt port range inside port lt pori range gt mode lt auto inbound outbound gt where intf The IP interface name REQUIRED Note The specified interface must be an existing NAT enabled int
196. ame lt string gt where name Thenameofthenew dynamic DNS client REQUIRED Note A maximum of 5 clients can be configured EXAMPLE gt dyndns add name WAN gt dyndns list WAN INIT password 070 050 RELATED COMMANDS dyndns delete Delete a dynamic DNS client dyndns list List all dynamic DNS clients E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands dyndns delete Delete a dynamic DNS client SYNTAX dyndns delete name lt string gt where name The name of the dynamic DNS client to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt dyndns list WAN INIT user password addr Bel 020 gt dyndns delete name WAN gt dyndns list gt RELATED COMMANDS dyndns add Add a dynamic DNS client dyndns list List all dynamic DNS clients E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands dyndns flush Delete all the dynamic DNS clients SYNTAX dyndns flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands dyndns list List all the dynamic DNS clients SYNTAX dyndns list EXAMIPLE gt dyndns list WAN INIT password 0 0 0 0 RELATED COMMANDS dyndns add Add a dynamic DNS client dyndns delete Delete a dynamic DNS client E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands dyndns modify Modify a dynamic DNS client SYNTAX dyndns modify name lt string gt intl lt string gt user lt string gt password lt password gt lt
197. ameter is specified in the dotted format dotted or in Classless Inter Domain Routing CIDR format cidr The default is cidr The name of the free DHCP server pool to which the acquired IP subnet must be assigned Save password enabled if supplied or do not save the password disabled The default is disabled Enable or disable the dial on demand feature The default is disabled A number between 0 and 3600 seconds During this initial interval packets do not trigger the PPP interface The IP address of the primary DNS server In case a primary DNS server is specified the Thomson ST will negotiate this IP address with the remote side Note If not specified the Thomson ST will accept any IP address The IP address of the optional secondary DNS server In case a secondary DNS server is specified the Thomson ST will negotiate this IP address with the remote side Note If not specified the Thomson ST will accept any IP address OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL PPP Commands dnsmetric A number between 1 and 100 OPTIONAL Represents the DNS route metric to be used for the negotiated DNS servers The default is 7 idletime A number between 0 and 1000000 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the maximum time the link may be idle The default is 0 idletrigger Consider the link being idle if no
198. an gt service system list name SIPPBX expand enabled Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group 1 SIPPBX disabled Description SIP PBX registrar and proxy Properties server Managed parameters state port acl map log Source Ip Selection Interface Access List Ip Access List NAT Port List RELATED COMMANDS service system ifadd Add an interface group to the access list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service system ipadd Add an IP address range to the access list SYNTAX service system ipadd name lt string gt ip lt ip range gt where name The name of the system service for this access list REQUIRED ip The IP address range for this access list REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt service system list name SIPPBX expand enabled Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group 1 SIPPBX disabled Description SIP PBX registrar and proxy Properties server Managed parameters state port acl map log Source Ip Selection Interface Access List Ip Access List NAT Port List gt service system ipadd name SIPPBX ip 192 168 1 64 gt service system list name SIPPBX expand enabled Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group 1 SIPPBX disabled Description SIP PBX registrar and proxy Properties server Managed parameters state port acl map log Source Ip Selection Interface Access List Ip Access List 192 168 1 64 NAT Port List RELATED COMMANDS service system ipdelete Delete an IP address range from t
199. ands configuration The default is pretty EXAMPLE gt firewall chain list Chains Description forward system Source system sink fire system LOrward fire system source fire system Forward host service system forward level system sink system service system forward level BlockAll system forward level Standard system forward level Disabled system RELATED COMMANDS firewall chain add Add a chain firewall chain delete Delete a chain E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall debug clear Clear the firewall statistics SYNTAX firewall debug clear EXAMIPLE gt firewall debug stats Statistics Used rule contexts Total rule contexts Total packets parsed Packets Packets Packets parsed in hook sink parsed in hook forward parsed in hook source Packets Packets Packets dropped dropped dropped TCP flag errors in hook sink in hook forward in hook source detected errors detected TCP seq ack win ICMP errors with partial info ICMP errors without cause ICMP replies without request Packet replay errors SY gt firewall debug clear gt firewall debug stats Statistics Used rule contexts Total rule contexts Total packets parsed Packets Packets Packets Packets Packets Packets parsed in hook sink parsed in hook forward parsed in hook source dropped dropped dropped TCP flag errors TCP seg ack win in hook sink in hook
200. applicable OPTIONAL to PPTP interfaces using this PPTP profile Choose between gt always Before relaying the encapsulated PPP frames over the PPPoA link make sure that the address and control field OxFFO3 is always in front of the frames gt never Before relaying the encapsulated PPP frames over the PPPOA link make sure the address and control field will never be found in front of the frames gt keep Do not change the frames arriving via the PPTP tunnel The default is never Note The default setting is compliant to RFC2364 therefore it is recommended to keep this setting E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPTP Commands pptp flush Flush the complete PPTP configuration CD The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX pptp flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPTP Commands pptp list Show the current PPTP configuration SYNTAX potp list EXAMIPLE gt pptp list Dialstr Destination Qos Encaps AC State User DIALUP PPP3 default vemux never CONNECTED 100 02 gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPTP Commands pptp profadd Define a new PPTP profile SYNTAX pptp profadd name lt string gt gos lt string gt encaps lt vcmux nlpid gt ac lt never always keep gt where name The name of the new PPTP profile REQUIRED qos The name of the gosbook entry containing the settings for this OPTIONAL profile
201. ard level Standard index 1 name FromLAN srcintf lan log disabled state enabled action accept firewall rule add chain forward level Disabled index 1 name AnyTraffic log disabled state en abled action accept gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall rule modify Modify a firewall rule SYNTAX firewall rule modify where chain The name of the chain which contains the rule index newindex The number of the rule in the chain name clink The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies srcintf The name of the source interface expression srcip dstintf The name of the destination interface expression dstip The name of the destination IP expression serv log state Disable or enable logging when this rule applies action The action to be taken when this rule applies link when clink is used RELATED COMMANDS firewall rule delete expr list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 chain lt string gt index lt number gt newindex lt number gt name lt string gt clink lt chain name gt srcintt 1 lt string gt srcap Ti kee lt string gt 1 lt string gt gek 1 lt string gt serv lt string gt log lt disabled state lt disabled action action enabled gt enabled gt dstintt If a value is preceded by a it means NOT For example
202. ars Parameters separated with comma REQUIRED For example a b c E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Script Commands E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands 33 Service Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the service command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands service host assign Assign a service to a host device 628 service host config Modify and or display global service configuration options 629 service host add Add a host service 630 service host delete Delete a host service 631 service host disable Disable a host service 632 service host flush Flush all host services 633 service host list Display a list of host services 634 service host stats Show the host service statistics 635 service host List all triggers 636 triggerlist service host rule add Create define a host service portmap 637 service host rule Delete a host service portmap 638 delete service system ifadd Add an interface group to the access list 639 service system Delete an interface group from the access list 640 ifdelete service system ipadd Add an IP address range to the access list 641 service system Delete an IP address range from the access list 642 ipdelete service system list Display the system services 643 service system Add a port map for a system service 645 mapadd service system Delete a port map for a system service 646 mapdelete service system Modify a sys
203. as ua nse esses estate ecmeeme te ctenseantectane se esate aaa te 740 RIF ee EE 741 FYOUNUINIG WIGGUIG PO o a o A 742 SESSION MODA Ulcerosa ee eee 742 SIN MOM acacia 742 SON Mod Eege 743 UPOP ee EE 743 o A om A 743 44 Supported Key Names ccccccscccssscesesecsssseeseneeseneeeseeesees 745 Supported IF Protocol snoot noia 746 Supported TCP UDP Port Names cocaina cate 747 Supported ICMP Type Name cccsccccsceceseecceseccsseccsseccseeceuseceusecesseseseeeeaeeeagesegseeeaseseageseagesegesaeess 750 Supported ars 6 e 751 SuUpbored a E 752 o PP e 752 Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP 0 00 eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeesaeaaeeeeessenaeeeeeees 153 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 About this CLI Reference Guide About this CLI Reference Guide Used Symbols GP A note provides additional information about a topic CH A caution warns you about potential problems or specific precautions that need to be taken Terminology Generally the Thomson ST516 536 546 will be referred to as Thomson ST in this CLI Reference Guide Typographical Conventions Following typographical convention is used throughout this manual gt Sample text indicates a hyperlink to a Web site Example For more information visit us at www thomson broadband com gt Sample text indicates an internal cross reference Example If you want to know more about guide see 1 Introduction on page 7
204. assword addr O06 0 0 gt dyndns modify name WAN intf RtPPPoE user DNSuser password DEV BA8COC963BD84130 service gnu dip gt dyndns list WAN REPPPOE ppp INIT options gnudip user my DNS User password ERRS addr 0 0 0 0 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands dyndns host add Add a fully qualified host name SYNTAX dyndns host add Group lt string gt name lt string gt where group The dynamic DNS host group REQUIRED Note A maximum of 4 different groups can be created name The name of an IP host to add REQUIRED Note A maximum of 20 hosts can be configured EXAMPLE gt dyndns host add group local name localhost com gt dyndns host list local A localhost com legend not initialised update in progress update successful error RELATED COMMANDS dyndns host delete Delete a host name dyndns host list List all host names E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands dyndns host delete Delete a host name SYNTAX dyndns host delete name lt string gt where name The name of the IP host to be deleted EXAMPLE gt dyndns host list local localhost com public 3 publichost com legend not initialised o update in progress v update successful x error gt dyndns host delete name publichost com gt dyndns host list local localh ost com legend not initialised update in progress update successfu
205. ate realtime clock settings can not be guaranteed SYNTAX system rtc settime date lt dd mm yyyy gt time lt hh mm ss gt timezone lt or hh mm gt daylightsaving lt disabled enabled gt where date The system date formatted as dd mm yyyy OPTIONAL Note If not specified the current date is preserved time The system time formatted as hh mm ss OPTIONAL Note If not specified the current time is preserved timezone The system timezone formatted as or hh mm OPTIONAL Valid timezones are possible from 12 00 to 14 00 with a resolution of 15 minutes Note If not specified the current timezone is preserved daylightsaving Enable or disable daylight saving OPTIONAL The default is disabled Note If not specified the current daylight saving setting is preserved EXAMPLE gt system settime date 31 01 2005 time 18 05 16 timezone 00 00 daylightsaving off gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 system Commands E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 systemlog Commands 38 Systemlog Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the systemlog command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands systemlog flush Flush all messages in the internal Syslog message buffer 692 systemlog show Show messages in the internal Syslog message buffer 693 systemlog send Send messages from the internal Syslog message buffer to a specified 695
206. attach Attach a bundle of interfaces SYNTAX atm bundle attach name lt string gt where name The name of the bundle to be attached REOUIRED EXAMPLE gt atm bundle attach name myBundle gt atm bundle list myBundle Connection state connected Retry 10 Policy priority Propagate disabled TX requested bytes 0 requested frames O TX bytes 0 frames O RX bytes 0 frames O RELATED COMMANDS atm bundle detach Detach a bundle of interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm bundle config Modify a bundle of interfaces should be the case use the command atm bundle detach before using the command atm 4 The bundle of interfaces to be configured must not be connected at the time of configuration If this bundle config SYNTAX atm bundle config name lt string gt policy lt pricrity connection propagate lt disabled enabled gt retry lt number 0 65535 gt where name The name of the bundle to be configured REQUIRED policy The traffic handling policy of the bundle OPTIONAL Choose between gt priority lower layer ATM interfaces can be configured for a certain priority range marked packets will be sent on the corresponding interface gt connection all the packets of the same connection will be sent via the same interface The default is priority propagate Enable or disable propagation of packets OPTIONAL When propagation is enabl
207. b Name Holdtime usecs atm pvc 0_ 50000 50000 50000 50000 50000 50000 atm pvc 8 50000 50000 50000 50000 50000 50000 gt RELATED COMMANDS ipqos queue list 35 0 1000 1 1000 2 1000 3 1000 4 1000 5 1000 35 0 1000 1 1000 2 1000 3 1000 4 1000 5 1000 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Display the IPQoS subqueue configuration Packets 100 100 100 100 100 Size Reserved KBytes Packets 20 20 20 20 20 OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL Reserved KBytes Ipqos queue list Display the IPQoS subqueue configuration SYNTAX ipgos queue list where dest dest lt string gt This is an ATM phonebook entry Note EXAMPLE gt ipqos queue list Name Queue time Markprob Gs atm pvc 0 35 0 0 1000 i 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 atm pvc 8 35 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 RELATED COMMANDS ipqos queue config interfaces will be shown Propagate disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disable
208. ble or disable the host manager traces OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt hostmgr config state scantime autosave trace E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 enabled 30 sec enabled disabled Hostmgr Commands hostmgr delete Delete the host device info from the host manager SYNTAX hostmgr delete mac addr lt hardware address gt where mac_addr The MAC address of the host to be removed REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt hostmgr list MAC address IP address Type Intf Hw Intf Hostname 00 10 a4 33 56 53 0 0 0 0 Playstation ethifl ethifl 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf 192 169 21 64 Generic Device LocalNetwork ethif4 MyComput er mostmgr delete mac addr 00 10 a4 fa 33 56 gt hostmgr list MAC address IP address Inte Hw Intf Hostname Generic Device LocalNetwork ethif4 MyComput RELATED COMMANDS hostmgr add Add host device info to the host manager hostmor clear Remove all the hosts from the list hostmagr list List all the host devices E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Hostmgr Commands hostmgr flush Flush the host manager configuration The host manager configuration is cleaned and returned to default values SYNTAX hosemgr flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Hostmgr Commands hostmgr list List all the host devices SYNTAX hostmgr list EXAMPLE gt hostmgr list MAC address IP address 10 a4 33 56 53 0 0 0 0 10 a4 ad 32 cf 192 168 1 64 Type Playstati
209. ble the specified port to be the Mirror Egress Port Only one port can be the Mirror Egress Port at any one time But a port can be the Mirror Egress Port and the Mirror Ingress Port at the same time SYNTAX eth switch mirror egress port lt number 1 4 gt state lt enabled disabled gt where port The port to be the Mirror Egress Port REQUIRED Note Ifno port number is specified then the port number of the current Mirror Egress Port is shown state Enable or disable the port as Mirror Egress Port OPTIONAL The default is enabled EXAMPLE Here port 1 is enabled as Mirror Egress Port gt eth switch mirror egress port 1 gt eth switch mirror egress Egress mirror port 1 gt Here port 1 is disabled as Mirror Egress Port gt eth switch mirror egress Egress mirror port 1 gt eth switch mirror egress port 1 state disabled gt eth switch mirror egress gt RELATED COMMANDS eth switch mirror capture Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture Port eth switch mirror ingress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Ingress Port E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch mirror ingress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Ingress Port Only one port can be the Mirror Ingress Port at any one time CE But a port can be the Mirror Egress Port and the Mirror Ingress Port at the same time SYNTAX eth switch mirror ing
210. bled gt RELATED COMMANDS atm qosbook add Add a new QoS book entry atm qosbook list Display the QoS book E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm gosbook flush Flush all the QoS book entries CD The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX atm qosbook flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commandes atm qosbook list Display the QoS book SYNTAX atm gosbook list EXAMIPLE gt atm gqosbook list Name Ref Type TX peak sust burst RX peak sust burst framediscard Kbits Kbits bytes Kbits Kbits bytes default 3 ubr linerate 0 0 linerate 0 0 disabled TestVBR 0 vbr nrt 1500 1000 144 1500 1000 144 enabled gt RELATED COMMANDS atm qosbook add Add a new QoS book entry atm qosbook delete Delete a QoS book entry E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 AutoPVC Commande 4 AutoPVC Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the autopvc command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands autopvc config Configure autopve 70 autopvc list Show the retrieved information 72 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 AutoPVC Commands autopve config Configure autopve SYNTAX autopve config mode lt pseudo passive active gt type lt bridge pppoerelay ipoa ethoa pppoa pppoe Kai overwrite lt disabled enabled gt peakrate lt number 0 27786 gt whe
211. bled gt enabled gt string lt string gt members lt disabled beginstring lt string gt The name of the system service to be displayed Note If not specified all the system services will be displayed Enable or disable expanded listing The default is disabled Display dynamic sevices The default is disabled Display service group members The default is disabled String matching condition Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL Service Commands EXAMIPLE gt service system list Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group SLA ICMP PING SLA UDP PING SLA ICMP TRRT SLA UDP_TRRT SYSLOG HTTP HTTPS 10 HTTPI 11 FTP 12 TELNET 13 RIP 14 RIP Query 15 DNS S 16 Dynamic DNS 17 DHCP S 18 SNMP AGENT udp 19 SNMP TRAPS udp 20 MDAP udp 21 SIPPBX udp 22 IKE udp 23 IP COMMANDS 24 PING RESPONDER icmp OO J004s NE LO gt service system list name SIPPBX expand enabled Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group 1 SIPPBX disabled Description SIP PBX registrar and proxy Properties server Managed parameters state port acl map log Source Ip Selection Interface Access List Ip Access List NAT Port List RELATED COMMANDS service system modify Modify a system service E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service system mapadd Add a port map for a system service
212. cid 16390 Internet ppp ppp not connected 1 Internet BLS ae a EE gg E Cid O ip cid H Internet ip not connected 0 Flags DYNAMIC Passat desta Internet ppp eth0 ip connected 0 LaS st e A dest bridge gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Interface Commands E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands 22 IP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the 1p command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands ip arpadd Add an entry to the ARP cache of a broadcast Internet Protocol 433 IP interface ip arpdelete Delete an entry from the ARP cache 434 ip arplist Display the ARP cache 435 ip config Show set global IP stack configuration options 436 ip flush Flush all the static IP parameters 438 ip ifadd Create an IP interface 439 ip ifattach Attach an IP interface 440 ip ifconfig Configure the parameters of an IP interface 441 ip ifdelete Delete an IP interface 443 ip ifdetach Detach an IP interface 444 ip iflist Display all the IP interfaces 445 ip ifwait Wait for a status change of an IP interface 446 ip ipadd Assign an IP address to an IP interface 447 ip ipconfig Modify an IP address configuration 448 ip ipdelete Remove an IP address from an IP interface 449 ip iplist Display all the configured IP addresses 450 ip mcast rtadd Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table 451 ip mcast rtdelete Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table 452
213. cket is going to OPTIONAL Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the protocol number dstportend The destination TCP UDP port range end inclusive OPTIONAL Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the protocol number icmptype The ICMP type name or number of the packet OPTIONAL Select one of the supported ICMP types see Supported ICMP Type Names on page 750 or alternatively specify the type number EH E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Expr Commands icmpcode icmpcodeend E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 A number between 0 and 15 OPTIONAL Represents the ICMP code or beginning of range of the packet A number between 0 and 15 OPTIONAL Represents the ICMP code range end inclusive Expr Commands E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands 16 Firewall Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the firewall command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands firewall config Configure the firewall options 344 firewall clear Flush the firewall configuration 346 firewall list List the firewall configuration 347 firewall chain add Add a chain 349 firewall chain delete Delete a chain 351 firewall chain flush Flush all chains 353 firewall chain list List all chains 354 fir
214. ckup by user to file lt filename gt USER INFO CONFIGURATION lt conf_version gt upgraded to version lt version gt KERN INFO SYSTEM reset by user lt user_id gt to factory defaults user settings deleted DHCP Client Module Facility Severity Contents LOCAL2 DHCC lease ip address lt ip address gt bound to intf lt intf_id gt LOCAL2 DHCC intf lt intf_id gt renews lease ip address lt ip address gt LOCAL2 DHCC intf lt intf_id gt rebinds lease ip address lt ip address gt from server lt paratext gt lt Default Y Font gt lt ip address gt LOCAL2 WARNING DHCC offer received from lt ip address gt can be relay agent for intf lt intf_id gt LOCAL2 WARNING DHCC server lt ip address gt offers lt ip address gt to intf lt intf_id gt LOCAL2 WARNING DHCC unable to configure ip address lt ip address gt bootp reply LOCAL2 WARNING DHCC bootp lease ip address lt ip address gt bound to intf lt intf_id gt from server lt ip address gt LOCAL2 WARNING DHCC lt ip address gt already configured on intf lt intf_id gt failure LOCAL2 WARNING DHCC lt ip address gt lt ip address gt set on intf lt intf_id gt faillurellok LOCAL2 WARNING DHCC lt ip address gt deleted faillurellok E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Facility LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 Facility LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 LOCAL2 DHCP Relay Module
215. cnccnncnocononononanononanonnnnnronanarennnnnnanas 427 PA oe E ES E A 428 eo AAA SA eset E 431 o A o PP densueeesasencsaeuratia aeesateeiuedeaesaiee 433 eo AAA PP APA 434 leg e E EE 435 Jo e AAA AP e A e oseeceasecaesanes 436 o ez A e e E E G 438 MM re Lo E 439 e Wht es e Re OPS o e PP PO beaut eteenetsc sant badeepaanesciamensnceueastuanens 440 AP eo OO oeacanoe cadens sampeceanescsteometeaeaten cusetse 441 DEN 443 De AC a PPP nn e y en 444 A A IIA 445 PP ES EP E O nn 446 le hate ri con tea 447 o e E E 448 Po o CE CCOO ne 449 netesse 450 IPC tada sra os N 451 Jem gates de ge aleta nr tia ida rada 452 A a uE E O E DE E ES ER O E E 453 Dean e TEE 454 nn a A A AA E AEE AET AN OA E A E E AAE E T P T 455 le ere a E p E E E OO E E OOO OC Po a 457 AP EE E UE e O UE E O OO O E E 458 Ny UDO MUS EE 459 Dee Wee ME 460 ip auto ifattach EE 461 A N E A A E E E E 462 ei A o A E 464 Contents ip auto ifdetach snccxicdecavccsachondnisnsddncannstaarsaansetadebbaneveanssaainntannsnddtileeadnennnntanbodsseveandednnnnsadenbaasensdseaticadinsens 465 DUO IIS EE 466 D debug VEU FO EE 467 WO CVE TOG AP uo a 468 e SS CES E 470 Cle DUG PA E e A eaeeieeeseceactas 471 2S IPUOS COMINO Secas coincida 473 PAGS CONO rn dansa 474 ele el AC unan ai 477 a A e Pe E A 478 AA E E E E 479 feele eke EE A A E A E E E TE E ETE E E E E E E S eee 480 fes egere AEE E E E A E E A E E A 481 IPOOS queue Confg ENNEN 482
216. config dhcp server pool delete dhcp server pool flush dhcp server pool list dhcp server pool optadd dhcp server pool optdelete dhcp server pool rtadd dhcp server pool rtdelete dhcp server pool ruleadd dhcp server pool ruledelete DHCP Commands Delete a selection rule from a DHCP forward entry Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection Modify DHCP rule trace configuration Delete a DHCP rule Flush all DHCP rules List all DHCP rules Print the DHCP server configuration settings Flush all DHCP server pool and lease entries Print the DHCP server policy settings Clear the DHCP server statistics Show the DHCP server statistics Modify the DHCP server trace configuration Add a DHCP server lease Delete a DHCP server lease Flush all the DHCP server leases List all the DHCP server leases Flush all DHCP server option templates and instances Add a DHCP server option instance Delete a DHCP server option instance List all the DHCP server option instances Add a DHCP server option template Delete a DHCP server option template List all the DHCP server option templates Add a DHCP server pool Configure a DHCP server pool Delete a DHCP server pool Flush all DHCP server pools List all DHCP server pools Add an option instance to the DHCP server pool Delete an option instance from the DHCP server pool Add a route to the DHCP server pool Delete a route from the DHCP server pool Add a selection
217. cs SYNTAX dhcp relay debug stats EXAMIPLE gt dhcp relay debug stats relay statistics Client packet relayed Server packet relayed Bogus relay agent Bogus giaddr recv Corrupt agent option Missing agent option Bad circuit id Missing circuit id gt CO CO CH CO CO CH oO A RELATED COMMANDS dhcp relay debug Modify the DHCP relay trace configuration traceconfig E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay debug tracecontig Modify the DHCP relay trace configuration SYNTAX dhcp relay debug traceconfig state lt disabled enabled gt where state Enable or disable tracing OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt dhcp relay debug traceconfig Tracing disabled gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp relay debug stats Show the DHCP relay statistics E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay config Set the DHCP relay configuration settings SYNTAX dhcp relay config agentinfo lt disabled enabled gt agentmismatch lt disabled enabled gt where agentinfo Set the relay agent info status RFC3046 enabled or disabled OPTIONAL The default is disabled agentmismatch Forward drop DHCP reply packet when a relay agent info OPTIONAL mismatch is detected RFC3046 enabled or not disabled The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt dhcp relay config Agent info status disabled Drop agent info mismatch
218. ct client AUTH PPP CHAP Receive challenge rhost lt hostname gt AUTH PPP CHAP Chap receive success authentication ok AUTH PPP CHAP Challenge Send Id lt challenge_id gt AUTH PPP CHAP Send status response ack nack LOCALO ERROR PPP IPCP cannot determine remote IP address lt intf name gt LOCALO ERROR PPP IPCP cannot determine locale IP address lt intf name gt PPTP Module Facility Severity Contents LOCALO WARNING PPTP tunnel lt Pbname gt up lt ip addr gt LOCALO WARNING PPTP tunnel lt Pbname gt down lt ip addr gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 system Logging Messages THOMSON images amp beyond a RIP Module Facility Severity Contents LOCAL1 INFO RIP Packet received from unknown interface LOCAL1 INFO RIP Packet size is smaller than minimum size LOCAL1 INFO RIP Packet size is greater than maximum size LOCAL1 INFO RIP Wrong RIP packet alignment LOCAL1 INFO RIP RIP version 0 with command lt command name gt received LOCAL1 INFO RIP Reserved field not zero in RIP header LOCAL1 INFO RIP RIP is not enabled for network address lt ip address gt LOCAL1 INFO RIP Packet s v lt version_nr gt does not match to RIP v lt version_nr gt LOCAL1 INFO RIP Packet s v lt version_nr gt does not match to RIP v lt version_nr gt on interface lt intf name gt LOCAL1 INFO RIP Packet v lt version_nr gt is dropped because authentication is disabled on interface lt intf name gt
219. d disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled AckFilter Size disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Packets 100 100 100 100 100 Size KBytes 20 20 20 20 20 Modify the IPQoS subqueue configuration IPQ0S Commands The destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation OPTIONAL If not specified the IPQoS subqueue configuration for all the Reserved Reserved Packets 13 13 13 13 13 30 13 13 13 13 13 30 KBytes E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IPQ0S Commands Ipqos queue stats Show the IPQoS subqueue statistics SYNTAX ipgos queue stats dest lt string gt where dest The destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation OPTIONAL This is an ATM phonebook entry Note If not specified the IPQ0S subqueue statistics for all the interfaces will be shown EXAMPLE gt ipqos queue stats Name Queue packets packets packets packets packets Marking added marked removed dropped replaced PVC 1 1240 1240 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 RELATED COMMANDS ipqos queue clear Clear the IPQOS statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IPQ0S Commands E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes 24 Label Commands Introduction This chapt
220. d gt where intf The name of the IGMP proxy interface to be listed OPTIONAL expand Enable or disable expanded listing of the learned groups on an OPTIONAL IGMP proxy interface The default is disabled RELATED COMMANDS igmp proxy config Configure the IGMP proxy E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp proxy ifconfig Configure an IGMP proxy interface SYNTAX igmp proxy ifconfig intf lt string gt state lt finactive downstream upstream gt version lt IGMPvl IGMPv2 IGMPv3 gt fastleave lt disabled enabled gt where intf The name of the IGMP proxy interface to be configured state The state of the IGMP proxy interface Choose between gt Inactive gt downstream gt upstream version The IGMP version of the IGMP proxy interface Choose between gt IGMPv1 gt IGMPv2 gt IGMPv3 gt none fastleave Enable or disable the immediate deletion of a group when a leave Is received The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt 1gmp proxy ifconfig intf lanl state downstream version IGMPv3 fastleave disabled gt REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS igmp proxy iflist Show the configuration of an IGMP proxy interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp proxy iflist Show the configuration of an IGMP proxy interface SYNTAX Lomp proxy iflist expand lt disabled enabled g
221. d switch group SYNTAX eth switch group move group lt number 0 3 gt port lt number 1 4 gt where group A number between 0 and 4 REQUIRED Represents the group ID to which the port must be moved port A number between 01 and 4 REQUIRED Represents the port to be moved EXAMPLE gt eth switch group list Group O Ports 1 2 3 4 gt eth switch group move group 3 port 1 gt eth switch group list Group 0 Ports 2 3 4 Group 3 Ports 1 gt RELATED COMMANDS eth switch group flush Set all the ports to the default settings eth switch group list List all the configured switch groups E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch mirror capture Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture Port Only one port can be the Mirror Capture Port at any one time SYNTAX eth switch mirror capture port lt number 1 4 gt where port The port to be the Mirror Capture Port REQUIRED Note If no port number is specified then the port number of the Mirror Capture Port is shown EXAMPLE gt eth switch mirror capture port 2 gt eth switch mirror capture Mirror capture port 2 gt RELATED COMMANDS eth switch mirror egress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Egress Port eth switch mirror ingress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Ingress Port E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch mirror egress Enable or disa
222. down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason acname service Rt PPPoA dest REPPPOA atm local disconnect 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 route dst 0 0 0 0 0 src 10 0 0 0 1 metric 1 auth auto user johndoe ISP password xx xx admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 9 term reason User kill IPCP state initial retransm O term reason gt ppp ppp rtdelete intf Rt PPPOA gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason acname service Rt PPPoA dest REPPPOA atm local disconnect 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 auth auto user johndoe ISP password xx xx admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 9 term reason User kill IPCP state initial retransm 0 term reason
223. e Facility Severity Contents LOCAL1 INFO GRP Default destination is routed via gateway lt ip_address gt LOCAL1 INFO GRP Default destination is not routed anymore via gateway lt ip_address gt SECURITY INFO LABEL Rule Id lt rule_id gt Protocol ICMP Src_ip lt ip_address gt Dst_ip lt ip_address gt ICMP message type lt message_type_name message_type_id gt Label lt label_name gt SECURITY INFO LABEL Rule Id lt rule_id gt Protocol lt protocol_name gt Src_ip lt ip_address gt Dst_ip lt ip_address gt Label lt label_name gt Session Module Facility Severity Contents SNTP Module Facility Severity Contents NTP ERROR SNTP Systemtime update time setting lt systemtime gt gt new time setting lt new time gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 System Logging Messages THOMSON images amp beyond g y d Software Module Facility Severity Contents KERN INFO SOFTWARE File lt Filename gt lt receive transmit gt initiated KERN INFO SOFTWARE File lt Filename gt lt receive transmit gt lt II not gt successful terminated UPnP Module Facility Severity Contents WARNING SECURITY UPnP lt ActionName gt refused for ip lt ip_address gt NOTICE SECURITY UPnP lt ActionName gt lt Error_string gt for ip lt ip_address gt NOTICE SECURITY UPnP action lt ActionName gt from ip lt ip_address gt lt Error_string gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 TH
224. e lt igd atomic system gt where dmtree Select mbusd datamodel tree OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS mbus listobjects Display the object instances mbus listtypes Display the registered objecttypes mbus listenums Display the registered enumtypes mbus listsubscriptions Display the subscription instances E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus listsubscriptions Display the subscription instances SYNTAX listsubscriptions dmtree lt igd atomic system gt where dmtree Select mbusd datamodel tree OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS mbus listobjects Display the object instances mbus listtypes Display the registered objecttypes mbus listenums Display the registered enumtypes mbus listcontexts Display the context instances E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus debug loadobjects Load object instances of registered objecttypes SYNTAX dmtree lt igd atomic system gt path lt quoted string gt mbus debug loadobjects type lt indexpath objidpath keystrpath gt flush lt disabled enabled gt where dmtree mbus data model tree OPTIONAL path Fully qualified mbus path OPTIONAL type Path type OPTIONAL The default is indexpath flush Flush objects before load OPTIONAL The default is disabled RELATED COMMANDS mbus debug unloadobjects Unload object instances E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus debug unloadobj
225. e Retry 10 QoS default Encaps llc Fes Connection State not connected gt atm bundle ifdelete intf Test gt atm bundle iflist gt RELATED COMMANDS atm bundle ifadd Add an interface on a bundle E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm bundle list Display the current bundles SYNTAX atm bundle list EXAMIPLE gt atm bundle list Test Connection state not connected Retry 10 Policy priority TX requested bytes 0 requested frames O TX bytes 0 frames O RX bytes 0 frames O Interface Test State enabled Selector 0 15 TX bytes 0 frames O RX bytes 0 frames 0 RX discarded bytes 0 discarded frames 0 Disconnects 0 RELATED COMMANDS atm bundle add Add a new bundle of interfaces atm bundle delete Delete a bundle of interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm cac config Configure the ATM connection admission control SYNTAX atm Cac config config port lt fdsl0 ds11 atm2 atm3l aal5 atm5 or number gt state lt disabled enabled gt where config The port for which CAC is configured REQUIRED port state Enable disable CAC for an ATM port REQUIRED EXAMPLE Administrator gt atm cac config port dsl0 state enabled atm cac config port dsl0O state enabled Administrator gt RELATED COMMANDS atm cac list Display all the CAC parameters atm cac overbooking Configure ATM overbooking parameters E
226. e OPTIONAL Choose between gt strict replies to a request from a client must be in a specific window to the client gt loose inbound packets are allowed on the port that was first used to start the communication with the server for example to allow a client of an online game to obtin peer to peer information from other clients of that same online game The default is strict proxy Enable or disable proxy system services for this security level OPTIONAL service Disable or enable service definitions for this security level OPTIONAL text Description of the security level OPTIONAL Note The maximum length is 39 characters E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall level set Set the security level or display the current security level SYNTAX firewall level set name lt string gt where name The name of the security level to be set OPTIONAL Note If no security level is specified the current security level will be shown E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commande firewall rule add Add a firewall rule SYNTAX firewall rule add chain lt chain name gt index lt number gt name lt string gt clink lt chain name gt sternet lt string gt srecip lt string gt ldstip 1 lt string gt serv 1 lt string gt log lt disabled enabled gt state lt disabled enabled gt action If a value is preceded b
227. e OPTIONAL hwaddr The Ethernet MAC address of the entry to be deleted REQUIRED vlan The VLAN OPTIONAL EXAMPLE bridge maclist 9d 47 dd aa dynamic ethportl EOL 23d static d0 72 88 64 permanent 5e 00 00 67 static 5e 7f ff fa static c2 00 00 00 permanent c2 00 00 01 permanent Ez 200200802 permanent 6672700700702 permanent c2 00 00 0e permanent c2 00 00 0f permanent c2 00 00 10 permanent ff ff ff ff permanent bridge macdelete hwaddr 00 80 9f 01 23 45 bridge maclist 9d 47 dd aa dynamic ethportl d0 72 88 64 permanent 5e 00 00 67 static 5e 7f ff fa static c2 00 00 00 permanent ez 20050001 permanent 20627002005 D2 permanent A c2 00 00 03 permanent c2 00 00 0e permanent ez 000030 permanent ez 20050010 permanent EESEEIECIEL permanent E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge macadd Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface eth bridge maclist Display the MAC address database E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge maclist Display the MAC address database SYNTAX eth bridge maclist brname lt bridge gt where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL EXAMPLE bridge maclist 9d 47 dd aa dynamic ethportl 300 seconds d0 72 88 64 permanent 5e 00 00 67 static 5e 7f ff fa static Saz 200 00 00 permanent oz 00200701 permanent ES 0000s Dz permanent c2 00 00 03 permanent c2 00 00
228. e addi lt 1p range ingide 20dr lt ip rcandges gt actes Lise lt ip range gt foreign addr lt ip range gt outside Port lt pcrt range inside port lt port fange gt protocol lt supported IP protocol or number gt mode lt auto inbound outbound gt where intf The IP interface name OPTIONAL group The IP interface group scope for this template OPTIONAL Choose between gt wan local lan tunnel dmz NM MM V guest Note Ifan interface has been defined with the parameter ntf then the setting for this parameter is ignored timeout A number between 0 and 6553 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the lifetime for this template type The type of NAT map to be used OPTIONAL Choose between gt napt The map is a NAPT map or a port shifting NAT map gt nat The map is a basic NAT map or a two way NAT map E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commands outside_addr inside_addr access list foreign_addr E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 The outside typically public IP address gt Inbound This map will only apply if the destination IP address is part of the outside address es gt Outbound Represents the address es to be used as source address after translation Allowed values are gt An IP address A B C D or A D meaning A 0 0 D gt A range of IP addresses A B C D El only for NAT gt An IP subnet A B C D M only for NA
229. e connections OPTIONAL The default is disabled udptrackmode Select the User Datagram Protocol UDP OPTIONAL connection tracking mode Choose between gt strict replies to a request from a client must be in a specific window to the client gt loose inbound packets are allowed on the port that was first used to start the communication with the server for example to allow a client of an online game to obtain peer to peer information from other clients of that same online game The default is strict EXAMPLE gt connection config config change mode immediate alive probes disabled udp tracking mode loose gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection debug The connection debug commands SYNTAX connection debug trace lt disabled enabled gt where trace Enable or disable traces OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt connection debug connection traces disabled gt gt connection debug trace enabled gt gt connection debug connection traces enabled gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection describe Describe the streams of a connection SYNTAX connection describe id lt number 0 2048 gt where id A number between 0 and 2048 OPTIONAL Represents the ID of the connection to be described Note If not specified the connection with ID 0 will be described Tip Use the command c
230. e delete port lt number 1 4 gt shared lt number 1 4 gt where port A number between 1 and 4 REQUIRED Represents the port shared A number between 1 and 4 REQUIRED Represents the shared port RELATED COMMANDS eth switch share add eth switch share list E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Add a port to be shared Display shared ports Eth Commands eth switch share list Display shared ports SYNTAX eth switch share list RELATED COMMANDS eth switch share add Add a port to be shared eth switch share delete Delete a shared port E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch info Display switch capabilities SYNTAX eta switch into RELATED COMMANDS Not applicable E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch qos config Configure common qos parameters SYNTAX eth switch qos config state lt disabled enabled gt nbrOfQueues lt number 0 4 gt realtime lt disabledlenabled gt where state Enable or disable QoS REQUIRED nbrOfQueues Number of QoS queues OPTIONAL realtime Enable or disable real time OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS eth switch qos ifconfig Configure per port QoS parameters eth switch qos list Display QoS configuration eth switch qos weights Configure the queue weights E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch qos ifconfig Configure per port QoS parameters SYNTAX eth switch qos ifconfig
231. e from the multicast routing table SYNTAX ip mcast rtdelete Ssrcintr lt string gt src lt ip address gt grp lt ip address gt dstintf lt string gt where srcintf The source IP interface REQUIRED src The source IP address OPTIONAL grp The multicast group IP address REQUIRED dstintf The destination IP interface REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS ip mcast rtadd Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table ip mcast rtlist Display the multicast routing table ip mcast flush Flush the multicast routing table E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip mcast rtlist Display the multicast routing table SYNTAX ip mcast rtlist expand lt disabled enabled gt where expand Enable or disable expanded listing OPTIONAL The default is disabled RELATED COMMANDS ip mcast rtadd Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table ip mcast rtdelete Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table ip mcast flush Flush the multicast routing table E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip mcast flush Flush the multicast routing table SYNTAX ip mcast fl sh RELATED COMMANDS ip mcast rtadd Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table ip mcast rtdelete Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table ip mcast rtlist Display the multicast routing table E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip rtadd Add a route to the rout
232. e ifflush brname lt bridge gt where brn ame Thenameof a bridge instance OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge igmpsnooping config Configure the bridge instance s IGMP Snooping flags Syntax eth bridge igmpsnooping config brname lt bridge gt state lt enabled disabled gt floodrp lt disabled enabled gt floodmcast lt disabledlenabled gt where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL state Enable Disable the IGMP Snooping OPTIONAL The default is enabled floodrp Enable Disable flooding reports to all ports OPTIONAL The default is disabled floodmcast Enable Disable flooding unregistered multicasts OPTIONAL The default is disabled E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge igmpsnooping list Display a bridge instance s snooped groups Syntax eth bridge igmpsnooping list brname lt bridge gt where brn ame Thenameofabridge instance OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig Configure the bridge interface s IGMP snooping flags and mode Syntax eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig brname lt bridge gt intf lt interface gt portmode lt Host Router Auto gt fastleave lt disabledlenabled gt nome lt disabled enabled gt exptrack lt disabled enabled gt Ba lt disabled enabled gt
233. e name to be deleted REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS eth ifadd Create a new ETH interface eth iflist Display the ETH interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth ifdetach Detach an ETH interface SYNTAX eth ifdetach inti lt string gt where ing The name ofthe ETH interface to be detached REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS eth ifattach Attach an ETH interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth iflist Display the ETH interfaces SYNTAX eth iflist intf lt string gt string lt string gt beginstring lt string gt where intf The name of the ETH interface to be displayed OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the ETH interfaces will be displayed string String matching condition OPTIONAL beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS eth ifadd Create a new ETH interface eth ifdelete Delete an ETH interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth flush Flush all the ETH interfaces The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX eth flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge clear Clear the bridge statistics SYNTAX eth bridge clear E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge list Display the current bridge instances Syntax eth bridge list brname lt bridge gt string lt string gt beginstring lt
234. e will be discarded The default is enabled preferreda CSV list of preferred IP address for UPnP advertisements 1 per LAN IP OPTIONAL ddress interface Note Enter 0 0 0 0 for none httpport A number between 1 and 65535 OPTIONAL Represents the web server port The default is 80 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 UPnP Commande upnp flush Flush the UPnP configuration The UPnP configuration will be reset to the default configuration SYNTAX upnp flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 UPnP Commands upnp list List all registered devices CD Use this command to check whether a PPP connection is properly configured and thus advertised as a PPP service SYNTAX upnp list verbose lt number 0 2 gt where verbose Verbose level OPTIONAL The default is 1 EXAMPLE gt upnp list device IGD xml Advertised on LocalNetwork 10 0 0 138 devices services Root Device urn schemas upnp org device InternetGatewayDevice 1 Service 1 urn upnp org serviceld layer3f Service 2 urn upnp org serviceld lanhcm Service 3 urn upnp org serviceld wancic Service 4 urn upnp org serviceld wandsllc RELAY upnp org serviceld wanpppcec Internet E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 User Commandes 41 User Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the user command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands user add user config user delete user flush
235. ear 481 label rule debug clear 508 config adsl config 8 atm bundle config 29 atm cac config 38 atm oam config 44 atm qosbook config 61 autopve config 70 connection config 90 cwmp config 102 cwmp server config 104 delete 74 dhcp relay config 133 dhcp server config 148 dhcp server pool config 170 dns client config 184 dns server config 190 dsd config 210 dsd intercept config 216 dsd syslog config 217 dsd urlfilter config 219 dump 75 eth bridge config 264 eth bridge dynvlan config 267 eth bridge igmpsnooping config 280 eth switch qos config 314 eth switch qos weights 317 eth switch shaper config 318 firewall config 344 flush 76 grp config 376 grp rip config 379 hostmgr config 391 ids config 397 ids parser config 399 igmp host config 410 igmp proxy config 417 ip config 436 ipqos config 474 ipgos ef config 478 ipqos queue config 482 language config 514 list 77 load 78 mbus client config 518 mlp privilege config 552 mlp role config 561 nat config 566 save 80 Index E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Index service host config 629 snmp config 650 sntp config 667 system config 676 system ra config 687 upgrade config 702 upnp config 718 user config 724 connection appconfig 82 appinfo 84 applist 85 bind 86 bindlist 87 clean 88 clear 89 config 90 debug 91 describe 92 flush 93 info 94 list 95 refresh 96 stats 97 timerclear 98 timerconfig 99 unbind 100 ctdadd atm
236. ebug spoof clear Clear the intercept cache table SYNTAX dns server debug spoof clear RELATED COMMANDS dns server debug spoof getaddress Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip dns server debug spoof getflags Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip dns server debug spoof list List the intercept cache table dns server debug spoof update Update the intercept cache table E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server debug spoof getaddress Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip SYNTAX dns server debug spoof getaddress addr lt ip address gt where addr The IP address of the spoofed server REQUIRED EXAMPLE Administrator gt dns server debug spoof getaddress addr 198 18 1 1 dns server debug spoof getaddress addr 198 18 1 1 Resolved ip 0 0 0 0 Administrator gt RELATED COMMANDS dns server debug spoof clear Clear the intercept cache table dns server debug spoof getflags Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip dns server debug spoof list List the intercept cache table dns server debug spoof update Update the intercept cache table E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server debug spoof getilags Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip SYNTAX dns server debug spoof getflags addr lt ip address gt where addr The IP address of the spoofed server REQUIRED EXAMPLE Administrator dns server debug spoof gt dns server debug spoof getflags addr
237. ects Unload object instances SYNTAX mbus unloadobjects path lt quoted string gt type lt idpath keypath gt where path Fully qualified mbus path OPTIONAL type Path type OPTIONAL Choose between gt Idpath gt keypath The default is idpath RELATED COMMANDS mbus debug loadobjects Load object instances of registered objecttypes E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus pluginevent Simulate event from plugin SYNTAX mbus pluginevent ctxid lt number 0 2 gt type lt addobj delobj updobj gt path lt quoted string gt name lt quoted string gt value lt quoted string gt orivalue lt quoted string gt where ctxid Plugin context id type Event type path Plugin event subpath name Plugin event name value Plugin event value Orivalue Plugin event orivalue E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus unregister Unregister a client plugin context SYNTAX unregister id lt number gt where id message based client plugin context id E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus client unregister Unregister cli client from mbus SYNTAX unregister E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MEMM Commands 27 MEMM Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the memm command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands memm debug lock traceconfig Modify lock trace setti
238. ecv IGMP leave reports recv IGMP bad leave reports recv IGMPv1 queries sent IGMPv2 queries sent IGMPv3 queries sent CO CO CH CO CO CH CH CO CO CH CH CO CO CH CH Oo ooo CH IGMP query election switch RELATED COMMANDS igmp proxy debug Clear IGMP proxy statistics clear igmp proxy debug Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration traceconfig E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp proxy debug traceconfig Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration SYNTAX Lomp proxy debug traceconfig state lt disabled enabled gt where state Enable or disable tracing OPTIONAL The default is disabled RELATED COMMANDS igmp proxy debug Clear IGMP proxy statistics clear igmp proxy debug Print IGMP proxy statistics stats E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Interface Commands 21 Interface Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands ofthe interface command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands interface list Display interfaces 428 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Interface Commands interface list Display interfaces SYNTAX interface list expand lt disabled enabled gt reverse lt disabled enabled gt where expand Enable or disable expanded listing of interfaces OPTIONAL The default is disabled reverse Enable or disable reverse listing lower layer first instead of upper layer OPTIONAL first The default is disabled E
239. ed packets are sent via the first interface configured for that traffic If the interface goes down the next interface in the bundle will be used The default is disabled retry A number between 0 and 65535 OPTIONAL Represents the number of connection setup retries before giving up The default is 70 EXAMPLE gt atm bundle list myBundle Connection state not connected Retry 10 Policy priority Propagate disabled TX requested bytes 0 requested frames O TX bytes 0 frames O RX bytes 0 frames O gt atm bundle config name myBundle policy connection retry 15 gt atm bundle list myBundle Connection state not connected Retry 15 Policy connection Propagate disabled TX requested bytes 0 requested frames O TX bytes 0 frames O RX bytes 0 frames O E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm bundle clear Clear the bundle statistics SYNTAX atm bundle clear name lt string gt where name The name of the bundle for which the statistics must be cleared OPTIONAL Note If not specified the statistics for all the bundles will be cleared E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm bundle delete Delete a bundle of interfaces SYNTAX atm bundle delete name lt string gt where name The name ofthe bundle to be deleted REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS atm bundle add Add a new bundle of interfaces atm bundle list Display the current bundles E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2
240. edlenabled gt rtbehaviour lt msft standard traditional gt where E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server debug clear Clear the DHCP server statistics SYNTAX dhcp server debug clear EXAMIPLE gt dhcp server debug stats DHCP server state Running DHCP server statistics Corrupted packet recv DISCOVER REQUEST DECLINE RELEASE INFORM Pure BOOTP REQUESTS Other message types OFFERs sent ACKs sent NAKs sent Relay agent options dropped Lease table got full gt no Ping table got full no Second dhcp server seen no Total size of lease table 32 in use 0 free 100 gt dhcp server debug clear gt dhcp server debug stats DHCP server state Running DHCP server statistics Corrupted packet recv DISCOVER REQUEST DECLINE RELEASE INFORM Pure BOOTP REQUESTS Other message types OFFERS sent ACKs sent NAKs sent Relay agent options dropped Lease table got full gt no CO CO CH CH CO CH CH CH ooo CH Ping table got full o Second dhcp server seen no Total size of lease table 32 in use 0 free 100 S RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server debug stats Show the DHCP server statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server debug stats Show the DHCP server statistics SYNTAX dhcp server debug stats EXAMIPLE gt dhcp server stats DHCP Server State Stopped DHCP server statistics Corrupted packet recv
241. eed a 530 mMbus debud d le Te et 531 MOUS PLUGINEVO Nucia atan 532 BY US MI EISE eet 533 mbus client unregister NEEN 534 MEMM Commande ANNE 535 memm debug elen e EE 536 memm debug traceconfig E 537 memm debug ClO ANS AUS E 538 Memm UL OCK Stat EE 539 memm E e Ee CN 540 MOMIN STATS supiste 541 MLP CommandsS ENNEN 543 MUD UUS E 544 SUMP MTS g EE 545 alle ge Ter En EE 546 BA e ere SCA D E A E A E A 547 mlp debug traceconfig sms 548 MENSAE ES ALe EE E E E E ees tages E tals EE A A occ A E E 549 MODIG e e Een EE 551 Contents mlp privilege config A PP e o nnen nneen nenne 552 aae aE e O CI naaa aa ita ido E 553 ula AP o oO A O UE E A 555 mlp privilege removezonge ENNEN 557 A nn a ade neiesande aes esece ance EO A 558 anal oN ge oars PP 560 Dodo EE 561 mlp role EE 562 O TEA EE 563 MITO TE NOV E 564 29 NAT CAINS E 565 A A cans ts ease peace sa cee eeu ener satinsnenie shee eorcent scanned senscuusteesed se ttawesdte as 566 AAC LUIS D 567 ie UPCOMING EN 568 Ve E 569 BEER 570 hg at lejos 11 IA oo anelet A E EAE A E E E E E E E 574 PAL VANS ee 575 PP E eee eee ne ey ee ee een ee ee ee eee 576 SEENEN A 580 nat tMplliSt EEN 581 M SG a A E eounsadn ete 582 o o 583 POD USI A e E E E EE eee ee ee 584 ss e oo esc ae ois ase sacle e E ancien ea AT 585 so ASA 587 A a el o o li OA 589 DPP delete ino aaa ios 594 geift ef Le annie orion 596 sn s E E 598 se O A T er ene ey eee 599 DDD ee EE 600
242. een 0 and 511 OPTIONAL Represents the VCI Note For a VP cross connection use 0 or do not specify span Select the CC span OPTIONAL Choose between gt end2end monitoring occurs on the entire VC between two ATM end stations gt segment monitoring occurs on a VC segment between the Thomson ST and a first hop ATM switch action Activate or deactivate CC OPTIONAL The default is deactivate direction Indicates the direction of CC activity OPTIONAL Choose between gt source gt sink gt both The default is both RELATED COMMANDS atm oam cc list Display Continuity Check CC configuration atm oam cc modify Modify CC on the connection E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm oam velb add Create a loopback connection for VC SYNTAX atm oam vclb add port lt dsl0O or number gt vpi lt number 0 15 gt vei lt number 0 511 gt where port The ATM port number REQUIRED Choose between gt DSLO Or specify a port number dslO has port number 0 vpi A number between 0 and 15 REQUIRED Represents the VPI vci A number between 0 and 511 OPTIONAL Represents the VCI Note For a VP cross connection use 0 or do not specify EXAMPLE gt atm oam vclb add port dsl0 vpi 0 vci 36 gt atm oam vclb list PORT 0 VPI 0 VCI 36 gt atm oam vclb add port dsl1 vpi 0 vci 37 gt atm oam valb list PORT 0 VPI D VCI 36 PORT 1 VPI 0 VCI 37 gt REL
243. elete name lt string gt index lt number gt where name The name of the expression to be deleted REQUIRED index The index of the subexpression to be deleted OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the subexpressions wil be deleted E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Expr Commands EXAMPLE gt expr list _myPPP_ppp eri wan lan local notwan myEXPR _10 0 0 138 _192 168 1 254 DiffServ Sip h323 gt expr delete name myEXPR gt expr list _myPPP_ppp _etho wan lan local notwan _10 0 0 138 _192 168 1 254 DiffServ Sip 1343 RELATED COMMANDS expr add expr list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 List the expressions flags expression A k L b A FA PI k PE intf myPPP ppp intf etho intfgroup 0 intfgroup 2 intfgroup 1 intfgroup 2 intfgroup 1 intf Internet intfgroup 2 addr 10 0 0 138 addr 192 168 1 254 dscp 0 proto 17 dst prt 5060 proto 6 dst prt 5060 proto 6 dst prt 1720 proto 17 dst prt 1718 proto 17 dst prt 1719 flags expression eene k OP intf myPPP ppp intf etho intfgroup 0 intfgroup 2 intfgroup 1 intfgroup 2 intfgroup 1 addr 10 0 0 138 addr 192 168 1 254 dscp 0 proto 17 dst prt 5060 proto 6 dst prt 5060 proto 6 dst prt 1720 proto 17 dst prt 1718 proto 17 dst prt 1719 Add a subexpression to an expression Expr Commands expr flush Flush all the expressions SYNTAX expr flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0
244. emplates SYNTAX dns server route list EXAMIPLE gt dns server route list DNS Server Source Domain Metric Intf State myDNS 0 eth0 UP 150 150 150 150 100 0 078 gt RELATED COMMANDS dns server route add Adds a DNS forwarding route dns server route delete Delete a DNS forwarding route E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands 11 DSD Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the dsd command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands dsd config Display modify the Differentiated Service Delivery DSD 210 framework configuration dsd debug config Display modify DSD debug settings 211 dsd debug connection list Display the internal connection pool usage 212 dsd debug proxy Display modify the HyperText Transfer Protocol HTTP 213 Intercept fixed proxy configuration dsd debug recycling Display modify HTTPI recycling settings 214 dsd debug stats Display clear DSD framework and module statistics 215 dsd intercept config Display modify the HTTP Intercept configuration 216 dsd syslog config Display modify the HTTP Intercept logging configuration 217 dsd syslog list Display the HTTP Intercept log file 218 dsd urlfilter config Display modify the URL filtering configuration 219 dsd urlfilter rule add Add a rule 220 dsd urlfilter rule delete Delete a rule 221 dsd urlfilter rule flush Remove all current rules 222
245. en a route configuration is added If this should be the case ED use the command ppp ifdetach for this interface prior to configuring routes SYNTAX ppp rtadd inet lt intfname gt dst lt ip address gt dstmsk lt ip mask dotted or cidr gt label lt string gt srcmsk lt ip mask dotted or cidr gt lt ip address gt metric lt number 0 100 gt where intf The name of the PPP interface REQUIRED dst The IP destination address specification for the route to be added REQUIRED when the link comes up dstmsk The destination IP mask OPTIONAL Depending on the destination netmask gt Any remote destination is reachable in other words the PPP connection acts as default route dstmsk 0 gt Only the remote sub net is reachable dstmsk 7 gt The actual destination mask will be the default netmask applicable for destination IP address gt Only the single remote host is reachable dstmsk 32 gt Any valid contiguous netmask in case of Variable Length Subnet Masking VLSM label The name of the label OPTIONAL src The IP source address specification for the route in other words OPTIONAL who can use this link sremsk The source IP mask OPTIONAL Depending on the source netmask gt Everybody is allowed to use this PPP connection dstmsk 0 gt Only members of the same subnet as the host which opened the PPP connection are allowed to use the PPP connection dstmsk 7 gt The ac
246. er configuration file Show the saved configuration file Flush the loaded configuration Show the current configuration set Load complete saved backup or default configuration file Store the current configuration in a backup file 74 75 76 71 78 80 Config Commands config delete Delete a user configuration file SYNTAX config delete filename lt string gt where filename Name of the user configuration file to be deleted OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the user configuration files that were saved in the Thomson ST permanent storage will be deleted RELATED COMMANDS config dump Show the saved configuration file E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Config Commands config dump Show the saved configuration file SYNTAX contig dump sections lt string gt where RELATED COMMANDS config delete Delete a user configuration file E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Config Commands config flush Flush the loaded configuration CD 1 This flush command combines all the possible flush commands 2 This command does not affect saved configurations SYNTAX Contig tlush flush ip lt e bled disablea gt where flush_ip Flush IP settings enabled or not disabled OPTIONAL The default is enabled Note Not keeping the IP settings could cause lost IP connectivity in the LAN E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Config Commands config list
247. er describes the commands of the label command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands label add Create a new label 488 label delete Delete a label 489 label flush Flush all labels 490 label list Display the labels 491 label modify Modify a label configuration 492 label chain add Add a new label chain 495 label chain delete Delete a label chain 496 label chain flush Flush all label chains 497 label chain list Display a list of chains 498 label rule add Add a label rule 499 label rule delete Delete a label rule 502 label rule flush Flush all label rules 504 label rule list Display a list of label rules 505 label rule modify Modify a label rule 507 label rule debug clear Clear the label rule statistics 508 label rule debug stats Display the label rule statistics 510 label rule debug Display or modify the rule trace configuration 511 traceconfig E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 label add Create a new label SYNTAX label add where name lt string gt Label Commands REQUIRED The name of the label to be added name EXAMIPLE gt label list Name Class DSCP overwrite Interactive increase Management increase Video increase VoIP overwrite default increase Def dscp 8 12 10 14 default gt abel add name myLABEL gt label list Name Class DSCP overwrite Interactive increase Management increase Video increase VoIP overwrite default increase ig
248. erface type The type of NAT map to be used OPTIONAL Choose between gt napt The map is a Network Address Port Translation NAPT map or a port shifting NAT map gt nat The map is a basic NAT map or a two way NAT map outside_addr The outside typically public IP address REQUIRED gt Inbound This map will only apply if the destination IP address is for NAT maps part of the outside address es and NAPT maps gt Outbound Represents the address es to be used as source address after translation OPTIONAL Allowed values are for port gt An IP address A B C D or A D meaning A 0 0 D Se gt A range of IP addresses A B C D El only for NAT gt An IP subnet A B C D M only for NAT E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commands inside_addr The inside typically private IP address OPTIONAL for NAT maps and NAPT maps gt Inbound Represents the address es to be used as destination address after translation gt Outbound This map will only apply if the source IP address is part of the inside address es REQUIRED Allowed values are for port gt An IP address A B C D or A D meaning A 0 0 D Ge gt A range of IP addresses A B C D E only for NAT gt An IP subnet A B C D M only for NAT The default is unmapped Note If specified the number of inside addresses must be equal to the number of outside addresses access_list The range of inside addresses to which the mapping
249. ermode The operational mode of the Thomson ST OPTIONAL Choose between gt multimode gt multi_adsl2 gt multi_readsl2 gt multi_adsl2plus The default is multi_adsl2plus trace Enable or disable ADSL tracing OPTIONAL The default is enabled EXAMPLE The example below shows the default configuration for a Thomson ST ADSL POTS variant gt adsl config ADSL configuration opermode multi _adsl2plus trace on modemoption 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ADSL Commands adsl info Display the ADSL statistics and information about the DSL line status Although the same command is used for both Thomson ST ADSL POTS and Thomson ST ADSL ISDN variants the command features specific output parameters and counters per variant SYNTAX E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 EXAMPLE for a Thomson ST ADSL POTS variant gt adsl into Modemstate Operation Mode Channel Mode Number of resets Vendor Country Vendor VendorSpecific StandardRevisionNr Margin Attenuation OutputPower dB dB dBm Available Bandwidth Downstream Upstream Transfer statistics Errors Received FEC Received CRC Received HEC Transmitted FEC Transmitted CRC Tranmsitted HEC Near end Loss of Loss of Loss of Errored Near end Loss of Loss of Loss of Errored Near end Errored Near end Errored failures frame signal power seconds fai
250. erver flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server debug clear Clear the DNS server forwarder statistics SYNTAX dns server debug clear EXAMIPLE gt dns server debug stats Corrupted packets received Local questions resolved pa Oo O Local negative answers sent Total DNS packets forwarded External answers received Spoofed responses Forward table full discard Spurious answers OOOO CO OF Ww Unknown query types gt dns server debug clear gt dns server debug stats Corrupted packets received Local questions resolved Local negative answers sent Total DNS packets forwarded External answers received Spoofed responses Forward table full discard Spurious answers CO CO CO CH CO CO CH CH CH Unknown query types RELATED COMMANDS dns server debug stats Print the DNS server forwarder statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server debug stats Print the DNS server forwarder statistics SYNTAX dns server debug stats EXAMIPLE gt dns server debug stats Corrupted packets received Local questions resolved Local negative answers sent Total DNS packets forwarded External answers received Spoofed responses Forward table full discard Spurious answers Unknown query types gt RELATED COMMANDS dns server debug clear Clear the DNS server forwarder statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server d
251. es getparamvalues getpath NM MNNM V setparamvalue Parameter name Parameter value to set Get type elements Choose between gt object gt parameter gt path The default is parameter Number of levels to recurse default 1 all Enable or disable the process SET_PARAMVALUE command flag The default is enabled Enable or disable the read committed data only MBUS_CMD_GET_PARAMVALUES flag The default is enabled Enable or disable the on error rollback flag The default is enabled REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL MBUS Commands RELATED COMMANDS mbus client config Modify client parameters mbus client register Register cli client to mbus mbus debug stats Display mbus statistics E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus client register Register cli client to mbus SYNTAX RELATED COMMANDS mbus client config Modify client parameters mbus client exec Execute mbus command mbus debug stats Display mbus statistics E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus debug stats Display mbus statistics SYNTAX RELATED COMMANDS mbus debug Modify mbus trace settings traceconfig E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus debug clearstats Reset MBUS statistics SYNTAX mbus debug clearstats RELATED COMMANDS mbus debug stats Display mbus statistics mbus debug traceconfig Modify
252. essages OPTIONAL A router can send a redirect message in case a shorter path than the path followed is discovered The default is enabled for security reasons checkoptions Disallow Allow packets with IP options OPTIONAL The default is enabled netbroadcasts Disable or enable net directed broadcasts OPTIONAL The default is disabled In case netbroadcasts are allowed no traces of netbroadcasts are generated ttl A number between 0 and 255 OPTIONAL Represents the default Time To Live TTL for locally generated IP packets This parameter determines the number of hop counts the IP packet may pass before it is dropped By limiting the TTL continuous circulation of IP packets on the network without ever reaching a destination is avoided The default is 64 defragmode Disallow disabled or allow enabled defragmenting IP fragments OPTIONAL The default is enabled E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands addrcheck Set the level of IP address checks OPTIONAL Choose between gt off No address checking is performed For advanced users only in normal circumstances there should always be some kind of address checking gt own Minimum level of checking Only the address configuration on the Thomson ST is checked gt static Checking of the address configuration of the Thomson ST and also of traffic addresses of incoming packets this checking is related to constants for example an address may not be entirely com
253. ets to trace the IP path SYNTAX traceroute where addr count size interval maxhops dstport maxfail type utime E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 addr lt ip address gt count lt number11 L0 gt Size lt number 1 20000 gt interval lt number 1000 60000 gt maxhops lt number 1 255 gt dstport lt number 1 65535 gt maxfail lt number 0 255 gt type lt icmp udp gt utime lt disabled enabled gt The destination IP address A number between 1 and 10 Represents the number of times to reissue a traceroute request with the same TTL The default is 3 A number between 1 and 20000 bytes Represents the size of the traceroute packet s The default is 7 A number between 1000 and 60000 milliseconds Represents the intermediate interval between two packets The default is 1000 A number between 1 and 255 Represents the maximum number of routers through which a packet can pass The default is 30 A number between 1 and 65535 Represents the UDP destination port number to send to A number between 0 and 255 Represents the maximum number of consecutive timeouts allowed before terminating a traceroute request The default is 5 The type of traceroute packet s Choose between gt icmp gt udp The default is icmp Display time in useconds enabled or not disabled The default is enabled REQUIRED
254. ewall debug clear Clear the firewall statistics 355 firewall debug stats Display the firewall statistics 356 firewall debug traceconfig Configure the firewall trace options 357 firewall level add Add a security level 358 firewall level delete Delete a security level 359 firewall level flush Flush the security level configuration 360 firewall level list List all the security levels 361 firewall level modify Configure a security level 362 firewall level set Set the security level or display the current security level 363 firewall rule add Add a firewall rule 364 firewall rule delete Delete a firewall rule 365 firewall rule flush Flush all firewall rules 366 firewall rule list Show a list of the firewall rules in a chain 367 firewall rule modify Modify a firewall rule 369 firewall rule debug clear Clear the firewall rule statistics 370 firewall rule debug stats Show the firewall rule statistics 372 firewall rule debug Display or modify the rule trace configuration 374 traceconfig E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commande firewall config Configure the firewall options SYNTAX firewall config where state keep tcpchecks udpchecks icmpchecks state lt disabled keep lt disabled enabled gt tcpchecks lt none fast exact gt udpchecks lt disabled enabled gt icmpchecks lt disabled enabled gt logdefault lt disabled enabled gt logthreshold lt di
255. f lt string gt where intf The name of the IP interface to be attached REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt ip iflist Interface Group MTU RX TX Status HW address loop local 65535 123966 UP 00 0e 50 0f Internet wan 1500 lt Q 0 DOWN RtPPPOE ppp wan 1500 0 0 DOWN LocalNetwork lan 1500 125262 UP 00 0e 50 0f myIPintf wan 1500 0 DOWN 00 0e 50 0f gt ip ifattach intf myIPintf gt ip iflist Interface Group RX TX Status HW address loop local 123966 UP 00 0e 50 0f Internet wan 0 DOWN RUPPPOE ppp wan 0 DOWN LocalNetwork lan 125262 UP 00 0e 50 0f myIPintf wan 0 UP DO 0e 50 0 RELATED COMMANDS ip ifdetach Detach an IP interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip ifcontig Configure the parameters of an IP interface SYNTAX ip ifconfig lt string gt lt number 68 65535 gt lt down up gt lt hardware address gt lt string gt or number linksensing lt disabled enabled gt primary lt disabled enabled gt mcastpromisc lt disabled enabled gt where intf The name of the IP interface to be configured REQUIRED mtu A number between 68 and 65535 OPTIONAL Represents the MTU the maximum packet size including IP header to be used on this interface Note The default value depends on the connection and packet service for which the interface was created status The administrative state of the interface OPTIONAL Choose between gt down gt up
256. fig intf lt string gt protocol Bh ge cl bach beienee D Reha dest lt loop Internet ISDN backup ISDN backup trigger lanl wanl1 dmz1 quest1 gt server lt string gt file lt string gt time lt number gt where Intf A download interface REQUIRED protocol The transfer protocol OPTIONAL dest The destination network interface name OPTIONAL server The server name OPTIONAL file The file name OPTIONAL time download cycle time ins OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands upgrade ifdelete Delete a download interface SYNTAX upgrade ifdelete inti lt string gt where intf A download interface REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands upgrade ifdetach Detach a download interface SYNTAX upgrade ifdetach inti lt string gt where intf A download interface REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands upgrade iflist List all download interfaces SYNTAX upgrade iflist RELATED COMMANDS E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 UPnP Commande 40 UPnP Commande Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the upnp command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands upnp config Configure the UPnP parameter s 718 upnp flush Flush the UPnP configuration The UPnP co
257. forward in hook source detected errors detected ICMP errors with partial info ICMP errors without cause ICMP replies without request Packet replay errors 0 RELATED COMMANDS firewall debug stats Display the firewall statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall debug stats Display the firewall statistics SYNTAX firewall debug stats EXAMIPLE gt firewall debug stats Statistics Used rule contexts Total rule contexts Total packets parsed Packets parsed in hook sink Packets parsed in hook forward Packets parsed in hook source Packets dropped in hook sink Packets dropped in hook forward Packets dropped in hook source TCP flag errors detected TCP seq ack win errors detected ICMP errors with partial info ICMP errors without cause ICMP replies without request Packet replay errors S A RELATED COMMANDS firewall debug clear Clear the firewall statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall debug tracecontig Configure the firewall trace options SYNTAX firewall debug traceconfig tcpchecks lt disabled enabled gt udpchecks lt disabled enabled gt icmpchecks lt disabled enabled gt Sink lt none all accept where tcpchecks udpchecks icmpchecks sink forward source EXAMIPLE reset or number gt forward lt none all accept reset or number gt source lt n
258. forwarding retry A number between 0 and 65535 OPTIONAL Represents the number of times the Thomson ST retries to set up a WAN connection before giving up The default is 10 vlan Select the default VLAN OPTIONAL prioconfig The priority configuration for this interface OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands ipprec priority regenprio ingressfiltering acceptvlanonly mcastfilter dynvlan igmpsnooping E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 The IP precedence for this interface Choose between gt disabled gt precedence gt dscp The default is disabled A number between 0 and 7 Represents the default priority for tagging egress packets The default is 0 The priority regeneration table for tagged ingress packets The default is 01234567 Enable disable discard of tagged ingress packets if the interface is not part of the VLAN The default is disabled Enable or disable receipt of tagged ingress packets The default is disabled Enable or disable the discard of multicast packets on this port The default is disabled Enable or disable dynamic VLAN membership checking for this interface The default is disabled Enable or disable IGMP snooping for this interface The default is disabled OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL Eth Commands eth bridge ifdelete Delete a bridge interface SYNTAX eth bridge ifdelete brna
259. fy display the SNTP client configuration SYNTAX sntp config state lt fenabled disabled gt poll lt number 1 60 gt pollpresynce lt number 1 60 gt where state Enable or disable the Thomson ST SNTP client OPTIONAL The default is enabled poll A number between 1 and 60 minutes OPTIONAL Represents the time interval for the SNTP client to poll the configured NTP server and if needed re synchronize its internal clock The default is 60 pollpresync polling interval before first sync 1 min 60min OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt sntp config SNTP configuration state enabled poll interval 60 minute s poll interval before first sync 60 minute s E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 SNTP Commands sntp delete Delete an NTP server from the NTP server list SYNTAX sntp delete addr lt ip address gt name lt string gt where addr The IP address of the NTP server to be removed from the list OPTIONAL Note This parameter is optional in this respect that either an IP address or the name of an NTP server must be specified name The DNS name of the NTP server to be removed to the list OPTIONAL Note This parameter is optional in this respect that either an IP address or the name of an NTP server must be specified EXAMPLE gt sntp list IP Address Version Status Lage Kap ee LA 4 contacting 100 101 110 113 4 Synchronized gt sntp del addr 100 101 110 111 gt sntp li
260. g snmp iflist E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Show set global Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP parameters Get from the supplied SNMP Object IDentifier OID GetNext from the supplied SNMP OID Walk from the supplied SNMP OID Configure an SNMP community string to allow SNMP access over IP Delete an SNMP community string to prevent SNMP access over IP List all SNMP community strings in use for SNMP access over IP Modify an SNMP community string to allow SNMP access over IP Create a new SNMP interface Delete an SNMP interface Attach an SNMP interface Detach an SNMP interface Modify an SNMP interface Display the SNMP interfaces 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 SNMP Commands snmp config Show set global Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP parameters SYNTAX snmp config sysContact lt quoted string gt sysName lt quoted string gt sysLocation lt quoted string gt where sysContact The SNMP system contact OPTIONAL The default is Service Provider sysName The SNMP system name OPTIONAL sysLocation The SNMP system location OPTIONAL The default is Customer Premises EXAMPLE gt snmp config SNMP System Contact Service Provider SNMP System Name SpeedTouch 620 SNMP System Location Customer Premises All SNMP traps ENABLED Delay in secs before first trap is sent gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2
261. g Modify the role 561 mlp role delete Delete a role 562 mlp role list Display the roles 563 mlp role removepriv Remove a privilege from a role 564 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip flush Flush all the Multi Level access Policies MLP structures SYNTAX mip flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip import Import all the scores SYNTAX mlp import trace lt disabled enabled full gt where trace Select the import trace level OPTIONAL Choose between gt disabled gt enabled gt full The default is disabled RELATED COMMANDS mlp debug export Export all the scores E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip debug export Export all the scores SYNTAX mlp debug export RELATED COMMANDS mlp import Import all the scores E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip debug stats Display MLP statistics SYNTAX mlp debug stats EXAMPLE gt mlp debug stats Roles cur free max 6 7 15 Privileges cur free max 35 25 60 ListItems cur free max 31 119 150 gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip debug traceconf ig Modify the MLP trace settings SYNTAX mlp debug traceconfig trace lt disabled enabled full gt where trace Select the trace level OPTIONAL Choose between gt disabled gt enabled gt full The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt m
262. g aal5stats Display ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 port specific ATM statistics SYNTAX atm debug aal5stats port lt dslO dslll latm2 atm3 aal5 atm5 or number gt VoL lt number 0 15 gt vci lt number 0 511 gt clear lt disabled enabled gt where port The port number for which statistics will be retrieved REQUIRED Choose between gt DSLO DSL1 ATM2 ATM3 AAL5 ATM5 Or specify a port number dslO has port number 0 vpi A number between 0 and 15 REQUIRED Represents the Virtual Path Identifier VPI number for which statistics will be retrieved vci A number between 0 and 511 OPTIONAL Represents the Virtual Channel Identifier VCI number for which statistics will be retrieved NM MM V clear Enable or disable clearing of the statistics after request OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS atm debug gstats Display ATM global statistics atm debug portstats Display port specific ATM statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm debug gstats Display ATM global statistics SYNTAX atm debug gstats clear lt disabled enabled gt where clear Enable or disable clearing of the statistics after request OPTIONAL EXAMPLE admin atm debug gt gstats of received octets 1802 of transmitted octets 4346 of received cells 34 of transmitted cells 82 of unknown cells 0 of errors on the input 0 of errors on output 0 admin atm debug
263. g commands language config Select a language 514 language delete Delete one or all language archives 515 language list List the available language archives 516 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Language Commands language config Select a language SYNTAX language config where language complete EXAMPLE gt language config language en complete no gt RELATED COMMANDS language delete language list language lt string gt complete lt yes no gt Language code OSI language code 2 chars for language OPTIONAL Example en for english Enable translation for expert pages OPTIONAL The default is yes Delete one or all language archives List the available language archives E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Language Commands language delete Delete one or all language archives SYNTAX language delete file lt string gt all lt yes no gt where file The filename of the language archive to be removed OPTIONAL all Remove all languages archives yes or not no OPTIONAL The default is no RELATED COMMANDS language config Select a language language list List the available language archives E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Language Commands language list List the available language archives SYNTAX language list EXAMPLE gt language list CODE LANGUAGE VERSION FILENAME en English De L00 lt system gt gt
264. g in Set the password the ACS must use to log in Set the digest authentication flag of the cwmp daemon Choose between gt enabled gt disabled The default is enabled disabled readonly da 60 10 80 enabled 20000 ms enabled Connection Connection Connection Connection Qos class Boot delay gt Request UserName Request PassWord Request Path Request Authentication range between 0 and E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 enabled 12 Os OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL CWMP Commands cwmp server config Configure the cwmpd towards the ACS SYNTAX cwmp server config url lt string gt username lt string gt password lt string gt where url Set the HTTP URL used to contact the ACS server OPTIONAL username Set the username for ACS Digest Authentication OPTIONAL password Set the password for ACS Digest Authentication OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt cwmp server config ACS url 10 11 10 248 ACS username ACS password gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Debug Commands 8 Debug Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the debug command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands debug exec Execute a Trace amp Debug command 106 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Debug Commands debug exec Execute a Trace amp Debug command CH This command is for qualified perso
265. ge macdelete 287 maclist eth bridge maclist 289 mapadd nat mapadd 570 service system mapadd 645 mapdelete nat mapdelete 574 service system mapdelete 646 maplist nat maplist 575 mbslist igmp proxy mbslist 423 mbus client config 518 exec 519 register 521 debug stats 522 traceconfig 524 listobjects 525 listtypes 526 loadobjects 530 unloadobjects 531 mcdadd eth bridge mcdadd 290 mcddelete eth bridge mcddelete 291 medlist eth bridge mcdlist 292 memm mlp debug lock traceconfig 536 traceconfig 537 listobjects 540 stats 541 debug export 546 stats 547 traceconfig 548 flush 544 Import 545 privilege add 549 addzone 551 config 552 delete 553 Index E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Index list 555 removezone 55 7 role add 558 addpriv 560 config 561 delete 562 list 563 removepriv 564 modify atm oam cc modify 50 atm oam modify 46 dhcp relay modify 140 dsd urlfilter rule modify 224 dyndns modify 232 dyndns service modify 240 expr modify 339 firewall level modify 362 firewall rule modify 369 ids signature modify 405 ids threshold modify 408 label modify 492 label rule modify 507 service system modify 647 snmp community modify 657 upgrade profile modify 707 move eth switch group move 306 nat config 566 flush 567 ifconfig 568 iflist 569 mapadd 570 mapdelete 574 maplist 575 tmpladd 576 tmpldelete 580 tmplinst 582 tmpllist 581 nslo
266. gment loopback cells The default is 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a RELATED COMMANDS atm oam list Display the ATM OAM settings atm oam modify Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode atm oam ping Send ATM loopback cells E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm oam list Display the ATM OAM settings SYNTAX EXAMIPLE gt atm oam list OAM config dump CLP bit value 1 Loopback id 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a Da 6a 6A 6a 6A 6a 6A 6a Ga 6a Da OAM data blocking mode blocking blocking blocking blocking blocking blocking RELATED COMMANDS atm oam config Modify the ATM Operation and Maintenance OAM settings atm oam modify Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode atm oam ping Send ATM loopback cells E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm oam modify Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode SYNTAX atm oam modify port lt dsl0O or number gt blocking lt disabled enabled gt where port The port for which OAM blocking is configured REQUIRED Choose between gt DSLO Or specify a port number dsl0 has port number 0 blocking Enable or disable the OAM data blocking mode on this port REQUIRED The default is enabled E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands EXAMIPLE gt atm oam list OAM config dump CLP bit value 1 Loopback id 6a Ga Ga 6a 6a 6a 6A 6a 6A 6A 6a 6a 6a Ga 6a Da OAM data blocking mode Port Gei tz Port atm2
267. gosbook ctdadd 62 ctddelete atm gosbook ctddelete 64 ctdlist atm gosbook ctdlist 65 cwmp config 102 server config 104 D debug connection debug 91 exec 106 del atm oam vclb del 53 delete atm bundle delete 31 atm phonebook delete 57 atm qosbook delete 66 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 config delete 74 dhcp client rqoptions delete 123 dhcp client txoptions delete 127 dhcp relay delete 134 dhcp rule delete 145 dhcp server lease delete 157 dhcp server pool delete 172 dns server host delete 200 dns server route delete 205 dsd urlfilter rule delete 221 dyndns delete 229 dyndns host delete 235 eth bridge delete 262 eth bridge dynvlan delete 268 eth bridge rule delete 294 eth switch share delete 311 eth vian delete 324 expr delete 332 firewall chain delete 351 firewall level delete 359 firewall rule delete 365 hostmgr delete 392 label chain delete 496 label delete 489 label rule delete 502 language delete 515 mlp privilege delete 553 mlp role delete 562 script delete 621 service host delete 631 service host rule delete 638 snmp community delete 655 sntp delete 668 upgrade profile delete 708 user delete 726 describe connection describe 92 detach atm bundle detach 32 dhcp client debug clear 119 stats 120 traceconfig 121 flush 109 ifadd 110 ifattach 111 ifconfig 112 ifdelete 113 ifdetach 114 iflist 115 ifrenew 117 rqoptions add 122 delete 123 list 124 optionlis
268. group 2 DNS S_if 0 intf L D intfgroup 2 SNMP AGENT if 0 intf D intfgroup 2 PING RESPONDER if 0 intf D intfgroup 2 wan intf 1 1 intfgroup 0 lan intf 2 1 intfgroup 2 local intf 0 intfgroup 1 OO DLL ip D D 1 addr 10 0 0 138 OZ ee rg ip O D 1 addr 192 168 1 254 private ip 0 1 addr 10 0 0 0 8 2 addr 172 16 31 3 addr 192 168 1 0 24 ssdp ip ip 1 1 addr 239 255 255 250 mdap ip ip 1 1 addr 224 0 0 103 HTTP sv 0 serv 1D 1 proto 6 dst prt 80 HTTPs sv 0 serv L D proto 6 dst prt 443 FTP sv 0 serv L D proto 6 dst prt 21 TELNET sv 0 serv L D proto 6 dst prt 23 RIP sv 0 serv L D proto 17 src prt 520 dst prt 520 RIP Query sv 0 serv L D proto 17 dst prt 520 DNS S _ sv 0 serv ED proto 17 dst prt 353 SNMP_AGENT sv 0 serv L D proto 17 dst prt 161 RAS ou 0 serv L D proto 6 dst prt 80 SRAS sv 0 serv L D proto 6 dst prt 443 ICMP LISTEN sv 0 serv L D proto 1 SENDTO LISTEN sv 0 serv L D proto 17 PING RESPONDER sv 0 serv L D proto 1 icmp type 8 HTTPI sv 0 serv L D proto 6 dst prt 8080 icmp serv 1 1 proto 1 igmp serv 2 1 proto 2 ftp serv 0 1 proto 6 dst prt 21 telnet serv ab 1 proto 6 dst prt 23 http serv a 1 proto 6 dst prt 80 httpproxy serv 1 1 proto 6 dst prt 8080 https serv 1 1 proto 6 dst prt 443 RPC serv 0 1 proto 6 dst prt 135 NBT serv 0 1 proto 17 dst prt 137 2 proto 17 dst prt 138 3 proto 6 dst prt 139 SMB serv 0 1 proto 6 dst prt 445 imap serv 1 1 proto 6 dst prt 143 imap3 serv 1 1 proto 6 dst prt 220 imap4 ssl serv a 1
269. gt RELATED COMMANDS atm debug aalbstats Display ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 port specific ATM statistics atm debug portstats Display port specific ATM statistics E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm debug portstats Display port specific ATM statistics SYNTAX atm debug portstats port lt dsl0 or number gt clear lt disabled enabled gt where port The port number for which statistics will be retrieved REQUIRED Choose between gt DSLO Or specify a port number dslO has port number 0 clear Enable or disable clearing of the statistics after request OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt atm debug portstats port ds10 of received octets 1961 of transmitted octets 4717 of received cells 37 of transmitted cells 89 of unknown cells 0 of errors on the input 0 it it it it it it of errors on output 0 RELATED COMMANDS atm debug aalbstats Display ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 port specific ATM statistics atm debug gstats Display ATM global statistics E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm oam config Modify the ATM Operation and Maintenance OAM settings SYNTAX atm oam config clp lt number 0 1 gt loopbackid lt string gt where clp A number 0 or 1 OPTIONAL Represents the Cell Loss Priority CLP bit value of the OAM cells The default is 7 loopbackid A hexadecimal string OPTIONAL Represents the loopback ID for processing of se
270. gt ip debug sendto addr 10 0 0 148 count 3 listen on srcport 19 dstport 1025 1 bytes from 10 0 0 148 1025 41 A 1 bytes from 10 0 0 148 1025 41 A 1 bytes from 10 0 0 148 1025 41 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands Ip debug stats Display IP statistics SYNTAX ip debug stats EXAMIPLE gt ip debug stats Total datagrams received IP header errors Datagrams forwarded Datagram forwarding errors Datagram forwarding resource errors Total Fragments received Fragments dropped due to resources or timeouts Datagrams reassembled Datagrams fragmented successfully Datagram fragmentation errors Total Datagram fragments created successfully E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip debug tracecontig Display modify the IP stack trace configuration SYNTAX ip debug traceconfig input lt none label telnet host broadcast all gt forward lt none label telnet host broadcast all gt output lt none label telnet host broadcast all gt ldrop lt none label telnet host broadcast ally path lt none label telnet host broadcast all gt mode lt line dump gt arp lt none all gt where input Define the input packets that will be traced OPTIONAL The default is none forward Define the forward packets that will be traced OPTIONAL The default is none output Define the output
271. h all the QoS book entries Display the QoS book ATM Commands 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 64 65 66 67 68 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm flush Flush all Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM interfaces SYNTAX atm flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm ifadd Create a new ATM interface SYNTAX atm ifadd inti lt string gt where intf The name for the new ATM interface REQUIRED Note Ifnot specified the destination parameter must be specified In this case the name of the destination will double as interface name EXAMPLE gt atm iflist atm 0 35 dest atm pve 0 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vcmux Fcs disabled Ulp Connection State connected gt atm 1 add intr RtPPPOA atm gt atm iflist atm 0 35 dest atm pvc 0 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vcmux Fcs disabled Ulp Connection State connected RUEPPPOA atm dest none Retry 10 QoS default Encaps llc Fes disabled Ulp ip Connection State not connected RELATED COMMANDS atm ifdelete Delete an ATM interface atm iflist Display the ATM interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm ifattach Attach a ATM interface SYNTAX atm ifattach inti lt string gt where intf The name of the ATM interface to be attached REOUIRED EXAMPLE gt atm iflist atm 0 35 dest atm pvc 0 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps
272. h vian list Display all VLANs SYNTAX eth vlan list EXAMPLE gt eth vlan list Vid Name default myVLAN RELATED COMMANDS eth vlan add Add a new VLAN eth vlan delete Delete a VLAN E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Expr Commands 15 Expr Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the expr command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands expr add expr delete expr flush expr list expr modify E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Add a subexpression to an expression Delete an expression Flush all the expressions List the expressions Modify an expression 328 332 334 335 339 Expr Commands expr add Add a subexpression to an expression SYNTAX expr add name lt string gt type lt intf ip serv gt addr lt ip range gt inti 1 lt string gt intfgroup lt wan local lan tunnel dmz guest or number gt tos lt number 0 255 gt precedence lt IP precedence type gt or lt number gt dscp lt DSCP name gt or lt number gt proto lt supported IP protocol name gt or lt number gt srcportend lt supported TCP UDP port name gt or lt number gt dstport lt supported TCP UDP port name gt or lt number gt dstportend icmptype lt supported ICMP type name gt or lt number gt lt number 0 15 gt icmpcodeend lt number 0 15 gt lt supported TCP UDP p
273. he access list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service system ipdelete Delete an IP address range from the access list SYNTAX service system ipdelete name lt string gt ip lt ip range gt where name The name of the system service for this access list REQUIRED ip The IP address range for this access list REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt service system list name SIPPBX expand enabled Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group 1 SIPPBX disabled Description SIP PBX registrar and proxy Properties server Managed parameters state port acl map log Source Ip Selection Interface Access List Ip Access List 192 168 1 64 NAT Port List gt service system ipdelete name SIPPBX ip 192 168 1 64 gt service system list name SIPPBX expand enabled Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group 1 SIPPBX disabled Description SIP PBX registrar and proxy Properties server Managed parameters state port acl map log Source Ip Selection Interface Access List Ip Access List NAT Port List RELATED COMMANDS service system ipadd Add an IP address range to the access list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service system list Display the system services SYNTAX service system list where name expand dynamics members string beginstring E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 name lt string gt expand lt disabled enabled gt dynamics lt disabled ena
274. he interfaces Add an address mapping to a Network Address Translation NAT enabled interface Delete an address mapping from a NAT enabled interface Display the address mapping for a NAT enabled interface Add an address mapping template Delete an address mapping template Display the address mapping templates Instantiate address mapping templates for a given dynamic address 566 567 568 569 570 574 575 576 580 581 582 NAT Commands nat config Display modify global NAT configuration options SYNTAX Nat config trace lt disabled enabled gt where trace Enable or disable traces REQUIRED The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt nat config NAT traces disabled gt nat config trace enabled gt nat config NAT traces enabled gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commande nat flush Flush the current NAT configuration SYNTAX nat flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commands nat ifconfig Modify address translation on an IP interface SYNTAX nat 1ifeontig intf lt string gt translation lt disabled enabled trans parent gt where intf The IP interface name REQUIRED translation Enable or disable address translation REQUIRED Choose between gt disabled Address translation is disabled gt enabled Address translation is enabled gt transparent An inside address Is translated into the same outside IP address In f
275. here intf The name of the dynamic interface to be configured REQUIRED label Label for default gateway and static routes OPTIONAL metric A number between 0 and 255 OPTIONAL Represents the route metric for default gateway and static routes The default is 7 dnsmetric A number between 0 and 100 OPTIONAL Represents the DNS route metric The default is 1 broadcast Operate client in unicast broadcast mode OPTIONAL The default is enabled serverroute Insert a route for the DHCP server IP OPTIONAL The default is enabled RELATED COMMANDS label add Create a new label E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client ifdelete Delete a DHCP client SYNTAX dhcp client ifdelete intf lt string gt where ing The name of the dynamic interface for which the DHCP lease REQUIRED must be deleted EXAMPLE gt dhcp client iflist myPPP ppp INIT flags be dns rt LP address 10 0 0 1 HW address SpeedTouch 00 90 d0 01 47 f1 DHCP server 10 10 1 1 hostname myHostName client identifier 00 myClientID user class identifier myUserID metric rt 1 DNS 1 Number of leases 1 Total size of table 36 in use 1 free 97 5 gt dhcp client ifdelete intf myPPP ppp gt dhcp client iflist No dynamic interfaces defined gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client ifadd Create a DHCP client dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0
276. host manager Flush the host manager configuration List all the host devices 388 390 391 392 393 394 hostmgr add Hostmgr Commands Add host device info to the host manager SYNTAX hostmgr add where mac_addr Ip addr name type ipintf ethintf physintf mac addr lt hardware address gt 2p addr lt 1p address gt name lt string gt type lt generic device desktop computer laptop computer set top box pda gaming console phone mobile phone printer mass storage device gt ipintf lt string gt ethintf lt string gt paysintt lt string gt The MAC address of the host to be added REQUIRED The host IP address OPTIONAL The host name OPTIONAL The host type OPTIONAL Choose between gt generic_device desktop_computer laptop_computer set_top_box pda gt gt gt gt gt gaming_console gt phone gt mobile phone gt printer gt mass_storage_device The default is Generic Device The IP interface name OPTIONAL The Ethernet interface name OPTIONAL The physical interface name OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Hostmgr Commands EXAMPLE gt hostmgr list MAC address IP address Flags Type Intf Hw Intf 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf 192 168 gt hostmgr add mac addr 00 gt hostmgr list 1 64 Generic Device LocalNetwork ethif4 10 a4 33 56 53 name Play type Playstation MAC address IP address Flags Type Intf
277. ication lt ignore overwrite increase gt defclass lt number 0 15 dscp default gt ackclass lt number 0 15 defclass prioritize gt bidirectional lt disabled enabled gt inheritance lt disabled enabled gt tos lt number 0 255 gt dscp lt DSCP name gt lt number gt precedence lt IP precedence type gt lt number gt tosmarking lt disabled enabled gt trace lt disabled enabled gt where classification Select the method of classification in other words determine OPTIONAL what the Layer 3 class assignment must do with the priority of the data packet as set by Layer 2 Choose between gt ignore lgnore the class parameters defclass and ackclass but use the class as set by Layer 2 VLAN user priority ATM QoS gt overwrite Change the class to defclass and ackclass overwriting the value set by Layer 2 VLAN user priority ATM QoS gt increase Change the class according to defclass and ackclass but only if the defclass value is higher than the class value already set by Layer 2 The default is ignore Note The class as set by Layer 2 is derived from gt the VLAN user priority in case of VLAN or priority tagged frames gt the ATM PVC QoS class in case the packet is received from an ATM PVC For non VLAN frames or non PVC received data Layer 2 sets the internal class priority to 4 by default defclass The default p
278. ices Code Point DSCP on page 753 or alternatively specify the number Note The parameters tos precedence and dscp are mutually exclusive The protocol name or number expected in the IP packet Select one of the following protocols icmp igmp ipinip tcp udp ah esp ipcomp or alternatively specify the protocol number The TCP UDP port or beginning of range the packet is coming from Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number The source TCP UDP port range end inclusive Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number The TCP UDP port or beginning of range the packet is going to Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number The destination TCP UDP port range end inclusive Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number The Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP type name or number of the packet Select one of the supported ICMP types see Supported ICMP Type Names on page 750 or alternatively specify the type number OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL
279. ify a bridge interface configuration Delete a bridge interface Detach a bridge interface Display the current bridge interfaces Flush the bridge interfaces Configure the bridge instance s IGMP Snooping flags Display a bridge instance s snooped groups 252 203 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 268 271 272 273 274 276 277 278 279 280 281 Eth Commands eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig Configure the bridge interface s IGMP snooping 282 flags and mode eth bridge igmpsnooping iflist Display a bridge interface s IGMP status 283 eth bridge igmpsnooping clear Clear the snooping statistics 284 eth bridge macadd Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface 285 eth bridge macdelete Remove a MAC address from the filtering database 287 eth bridge maclist Display the MAC address database 289 eth bridge rule add Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system 293 eth bridge rule delete Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system 294 eth bridge rule flush Flush all constraints from the VLAN learning system 295 eth bridge rule list Display all constraints from the VLAN learning 296 system eth bridge vlan ifadd Add a bridge interface to a VLAN 297 eth bridge vlan ifconfig Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN 298 eth bridge vlan ifdelete Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN 299 eth bridge vlan iflist Display all VLANs 300 eth device ifconfig Configure
280. images amp beyond Port name Number TCP UDP ntalk utime rip timed netwall new rwho uucp 540 uucp rlogin 540 rtsp whoami lpcserver doom xwindows irc u realaudio httpproxy E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Description NTalk UNIX Time Local routing process on site uses variant of Xerox NS Routing Information Protocol RIP Timeserver For emergency broadcasts uucpd remote who is uucpd uucpd remote login Real Time Streaming Protocol RTSP whoami SUN IPC Server Doom ID Software Internet Locator Service ILS H323 Host Call Secure NFS deamon Session Initiation Protocol SIP X windows Internet Relay Chat IRC Protocol realaudio HTTP Proxy THOMSON supported Key Names images amp beyond y Supported ICMP Type Names For more information on the listed ICMP type names see RFC1340 or www iana org ICMP Type name Number Description echo reply Echo Reply destination unreachable Destination Unreachable source quench Source Quench redirect Redirect echo request Echo router advertisement Router Advertisement router solicitation Router Solicitation time exceeded Time Exceeded parameter problems Parameter problems timestamp request Timestamp timestamp reply Timestamp Reply information request Information Request information reply Information Reply address mask request Address Mask Request address mask reply Address Mask Reply E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0
281. ing table SYNTAX ip rtadd where dst dstmsk label gateway intf srcintf metric E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 dst lt ip address gt dstmsk lt ip mask dotted or cidr gt label lt string gt gateway lt ip address gt Srciatt lt string gt inti lt string gt metric lt number 0 255 gt The destination IP address es for this route Note Supports ip mask notation The destination IP address mask The name of the label The IP address of the next hop direct connected gateway or extended route Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive Only for special interface routes the outgoing IP interface name Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive Use this interface for source address selection The metric for this route weight factor The lower the metric the higher the weight The default is 0 REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL IP Commands EXAMPLE gt ip rtlist Destination Label Gateway intr Mere Status 10 0 0 0 24 10 0 0 140 eth0 O UP 10 0 0 140 32 10 0 0 140 eth0 O UP 127 2020 17 32 127 0 0 1 loop O UP gt ip rtadd dst 10 10 0 0 24 label Interactive gateway 10 0 0 140 gt 1p rtlist Destination Label Gateway Intf Mtrc Status 10 0 0 0 24 10 0 0 140 eth0 0 10 10 0 0 24 Interactive 10 0 0 140 eth0 0 10 0 0 140 32 10 0 0 140 etho0 0 0 0 12
282. ion State not connected RELATED COMMANDS atm ifattach Attach a ATM interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commandes atm iflist Display the ATM interfaces SYNTAX atm iflist intf lt string gt where Ing Thenameofthe ATM interface to be shown OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the ATM interfaces are shown EXAMPLE gt atm iflist atm 0 35 dest atm pvc 0 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vcmux Fcs Connection State connected RUCPPPOA atm dest RtPPPOA Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vcmux Fcs Connection State connected gt atm iflist intf RtPPPOA atm REPEPOA atm dest RtPPPOA Retry 10 QoS default Encaps vcmux Fcs Connection State connected RELATED COMMANDS atm ifadd Create a new AIM interface atm ifdelete Delete an ATM interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm bundle add Add a new bundle of interfaces SYNTAX atm bundle add name lt string gt where name The name of the new bundle REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt atm bundle add name myBundle gt atm bundle list myBundle Connection state not connected Retry 10 Policy priority Propagate disabled TX requested bytes 0 requested frames O TX bytes 0 frames O RX bytes 0 frames O RELATED COMMANDS atm bundle delete Delete a bundle of interfaces atm bundle list Display the current bundles E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commandes atm bundle
283. ion flush Flush all DHCP server option templates and instances CE The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX dhcp server option flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server option instadd Add a DHCP server option instance SYNTAX dhcp server option instadd name lt string gt tmplname lt string gt value lt Value type value type being 8 OLE Lo bit 34 p1it addr ascii Byte array gt where name The name of the DHCP server option instance REQUIRED tmplname The name of the DHCP server option template REQUIRED Tip Use the command dhcp server option tmp11ist to obtain a list of DHCP server option templates value The value of the DHCP server option instance REQUIRED Format is type value where type is 8 bit 16 bit 32 bit addr ascii or byte_array Note The type must be identical to the type of the DHCP server option template Use the command dhcp server option tmpll st to obtain a list of DHCP server option templates E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands EXAMIPLE gt dhcp server option instlist myiIinstance Tmpl name myTmpl Use z0 Value 32 bit 64 gt dhcp server option instadd name yourInstance tmplname yourTmpl value ascii amp 33 root dhcp server option gt instlist yourlinstance Tmpl name yourTmpl 2 Use 0 Value gt ascii amp 33 mylnstance Tmpl name myTmpl Use
284. is given as destination then the connection will be a PPPoE connection If an ATM interface is given as destination then the connection will be a PPPoA connection user The user name for remote PAP CHAP authentication OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ES PPP Commands password The password for remote PAP CHAP authentication OPTIONAL acname The Access Concentrator name for a PPPoE session OPTIONAL Tip Use the command ppp ifscan to obtain the names of available access concentrators if any servicename The Service Name for a PPPoE session OPTIONAL Tip Use the command ppp ifscan to obtain the available service names if any pcomp Try enabled or do not try disabled to negotiate PPP protocol OPTIONAL compression LCP PCOMP The default is disabled accomp Try enabled do never try disabled or negotiate negotiate to OPTIONAL negotiate PPP address amp control field compression LCP ACCOMP In most cases LCP ACCOMP should not be disabled nor negotiated in other words the address field FF 03 should not be sent over ATM The default is enabled Note Ifthe accomp parameter is set to negotiate the local side of the PPP connection demands to do ACCOMP and adapts itself to the result of this negotiation trace Enable or disable verbose console logging OPTIONAL The default is disabled concentrator The access concentrator is on this side of the PPPoE connection OPTIONAL Choose between gt enabled
285. is restricted OPTIONAL This parameter is used for outbound traffic only Represents the list of inside IP addresses LAN devices allowed to make use of this map Allowed values are gt An IP address A B C D or A D meaning A 0 0 D gt A range of IP addresses A B C D E gt An IP subnet A B C D M gt all addresses The default is the inside_addr foreign_addr The range of destination addresses to which the mapping is OPTIONAL restricted This parameter is used as filter for inbound outbound traffic gt Inbound This map only applies if the source IP address is part of the foreign address es gt Outbound This map only applies if the destination IP address is part of the foreign address es Allowed values are gt An IP address A B C D or A D meaning A 0 0 D gt A range of IP addresses A B C D E gt An IP subnet A B C D M gt all addresses The default is meaning all addresses protocol The IP protocol to be used as filter for inbound outbound traffic The OPTIONAL NAT map only applies if the protocol of the IP packet matches the map protocol Select an IP protocol see Supported IP Protocols on page 746 or alternatively type the protocol number The default is 0 meaning any protocol E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commands outside_port The outside port number or range only for maps of type napt OPTIONAL gt Fora NAPT map Represents the range of
286. isabled gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 GRP Commands 17 GRP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the grp command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands grp config grp flush grp rtlist grp rip config grp rip flush grp rip ifconfig grp rip show E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Set the Generic Routing Protocol GRP configuration settings Flush the GRP interface settings and parameters Show the current routes in the GRP interfaces routing table Configure the RIP settings Flush the RIP interface settings and global parameters Configure a RIP interface Show the RIP settings and the routes in the RIP database 376 377 378 3 9 382 383 385 GRP Commands grp config Set the Generic Routing Protocol GRP configuration settings SYNTAX Gro config cdistance lt number 0 255 gt kdistance lt number 0 255 gt rdistance lt number 0 255 gt trace lt disabled enabled gt where cdistance A number between 0 and 255 OPTIONAL Sets the distance of the connected route type The default is 0 kdistance A number between 0 and 255 OPTIONAL Sets the distance of the kernel route type The default is 7 rdistance A number between 0 and 255 OPTIONAL Sets the distance of the RIP route type The default is 720 trace Enable or disable verbose console messaging OPTIONAL The default is disabled EX
287. istance via HTTP HTTPS from LAN LAN Admin Administrator Only LAN related configurations from any Channel Origin WAN Admin Administrator Only WAN related configurations from any Channels Origin RELATED COMMANDS mlp role delete Add a role mlp role list Display the roles E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip role list Display the roles SYNTAX mlp role list name lt string gt verbose lt minimal medium all gt where name The name of the role to be listed OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the roles will be listed verbose Limit the output list OPTIONAL Choose between gt minimal gt medium gt all The default is minimal EXAMPLE gt mlp role list Role parent Description root The superuser SuperUser root Any service and any access from LAN WAN LOCAL TechnicalSupport SuperUser Any service and any channels from WAN Administrator TechnicalSupport Any service and any access from LAN Local origin only PowerUser Administrator GUI Service overview page via http https from LAN origin User PowerUser GUI Overview pages remote assistance via HTTP HTTPS from LAN LAN Admin Administrator Only LAN related configurations from any Channel Origin WAN Admin Administrator Only WAN related configurations from any Channels Origin myRole Guest My user access gt mlp role list name PowerUser verbose all PowerUser Administrator GUI Service ove
288. itize disabled disabled disabled tos enabled enabled enabled tos disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled 234 enabled E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes label chain add Add a new label chain SYNTAX label chain add chain lt string gt where chain The name of the chain to be added REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt label chain list Chains Description routing labels rt_user labels rt defa lt labels qos labels qos user labels qos default labels gt label chain add chain myChain gt label chain list Chains Description routing labels system rt user labels user rt default labels user qos labels system qos user labels user qos default labels user myChain user gt RELATED COMMANDS label chain delete Delete a label chain label chain list Display a list of chains E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commands label chain delete Delete a label chain SYNTAX label chain delete chain lt string gt where chain The name of the chain to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt label chain list Chains Description routing labels rt_user labels user rt default labels user qos labels system qos user labels user qos default labels user myChain user gt label chain delete chain myChain gt label chain list Chains Description routing labels system rt user labels user rt default labels user qos labels system qos user labels use
289. l error RELATED COMMANDS dyndns host add Add a fully qualified host name dyndns host list List all host names E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 REQUIRED DynDNS Commands dyndns host flush Delete all hosts Sp The hosts cannot be flushed if there is still a group referenced to the hosts SYNTAX dyndns host flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands dyndns host list List all host names SYNTAX dyndns host list EXAMPLE gt dyndns host list local local ost com public publichost com legend not initialised update in progress update successful error RELATED COMMANDS dyndns host add Add a fully qualified host name dyndns host delete Delete a host name E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands dyndns service list List all dynamic DNS services SYNTAX dyndns service list EXAMIPLE gt dyndns service list dyndns server port request update interval retry interval max retry statdns server port request update interval retry interval max retry custom server port request update interval retry interval max retry No IP server port request update interval retry interval max retry DtDNS Server port request update interval retry interval max retry members dyndns org 80 nic update 2097120 30 3 members dyndns org 80 nic update 0 30 3 members dyndns org 80
290. labels 1 CDE link qos_user labels 2 CDE link dos default labels gos default labels 1 C E VoIP Sip SE EA 2 CE VoIP ee Py os A 3 C E Interactive telnet gt 4 E E Interactive smtp gt 5 C E Interactive imap4 ssl gt 6 C E Interactive imap3 gt 7 C E Interactive imap E gt 7 8 C E Interactive imaps E gt RA 9 C E Interactive ENEE gt EN 10 EE Interactive POBI E gt EA 11 C E Interactive enee gt ES 12 C E Interactive httpproxy gt 13 C E Interactive EE E gt E 14 C E Interactive Https E gt EA 15 C E Interactive esp AS 16 SS E Interactive ah E SF i CE Management dns E gt ER 18 CE Management IKE ES EA 19 E Management icmp ES ELA 20 C E Video LES y gt A 21 C E Video iomp Eet gt 22 C E default default lwan gt SS gt label rule add chain myChain name myRule dstip 150 150 150 150 serv DiffServ log enabled state enabled label myLABEL gt label rule list Rules flags C Constant D Dynamic E Enable L Log Chain Nr Flags Rule routing labels 1 CDE link re user labels 2 CDE link rt default labels qos_labels 1 CDE dlink qos_user labels 2 CDE link qos default labels gos default labels ll C E VoIP Sip A 2 CE VoIP H323 E gt A 3 C E Interactive telnet e gt 3 4 C E Interactive SMED yt AA 5 C E Interactive imap4 ssl1 gt 6 C E Interactive imap3 gt 7 C E Interactive i
291. lay memm statistics SYNTAX memm stats name lt quoted string gt where name Select typename s to list supports partial typename OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt memm stats pool name e count cur max avail ref cur max avail memm pooldesc dynstr pool 120 mbus 1list 4920 mbus dynstr 4920 strings buffer 8192 mbus client 120 mbus cmddata 3520 mbus _ objecttype 960 mbus paramtype 7000 mbus _ object 1960 mbus objectindex 840 upnp dynstr 600 strings buffer 2048 upnp handles 996 upnp devices 8160 upnp services 19200 upnp subscriptions 30400 upnp firstdeviceevents 4000 mous cliclient 240 cwmp elem pool 560 cwmp attr pool 400 cwmp last pool 480 cwmp dynstr pool 240 strings buffer 8192 cwmp event pool cwmp cmddata pool O a a Oo EH CH CH ECH CH EH CH CO CO CO CHOCO CO CO CO CH O a CO CO CHOCO OO OO OO QQ P ON CO OO OO OO COB WE a CO CO CO CO Om CO CO CO CHOCO GO CO GO JO OP VG JN N OO GO OO OC DN CO CO CHOCO CO OOO CH CO OO CO OO CO CO CH CH O Total usage 421422 LD gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MEMM Commands EXAMPLE gt memm stats pool name cur max avail cur max avail max count cur max avail memm pooldesc st 0 255 dynstr pool O 0
292. lay status to enabled or disabled OPTIONAL The default is disabled maxhops A number between 0 and 16 OPTIONAL Represents the maximum number of hops allowed in the DHCP packet The default is 4 remoteid Set the remote ID as specified in RFC3046 OPTIONAL trusted Drop forward DHCP request packet when the DHCP Relay OPTIONAL Agent Option is enabled with the command dhcp relay config agentinfo enabled and the giaddr field is 0 RFC3046 enabled or not disabled The default is disabled E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands EXAMIPLE gt dhcp relay iflist eth0 admin state up oper state max hops 4 trusted disabled remote id Internet trigger admin state down oper state max hops 4 trusted disabled remote id Internet admin state down oper state max hops 4 trusted disabled remote id gt dhcp relay ifconfig 1mtf Internet trigger relay enabled trusted enabled gt dhcp relay iflist eth0 admin state up oper state max hops 4 trusted disabled remote id Internet trigger admin state up oper state max hops 4 trusted enabled remote id Internet admin state down oper state down max hops 4 trusted disabled remote id E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay iflist Show the configuration of the relay interfaces SYNTAX dhcp relay iflist L t lt string gt where intf The name of the dynamic interface to be listed OPTION
293. le got full whether the maximum number of DHCP leases is reached or not E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands gt Ping table got full whether the history list of IP address pings got full or not These pings are sent by the DHCP server to verify whether the IP address is already in use disabled the LAN or not dhcp server policy verifyfirst yes gt Second DHCP server seen whether a concurrent DHCP server was found disabled the LAN or not RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server debug clear Clear the DHCP server statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server debug tracecontig Modify the DHCP server trace configuration SYNTAX dhcp server debug traceconfig state lt disabled enabled gt where state Enable or disable tracing OPTONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt dhcp server debug traceconfig Tracing disabled gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server lease add Add a DHCP server lease SYNTAX dhcp server lease add clientid lt client 1d gt pool lt string gt addr lt ip address gt offset lt number gt leasetime lt number gt gateway lt ip address gt macaddr lt hardware address gt expirytime lt number gt where clientid The DHCP client identification string of the booting host REQUIRED pool The name of the DHCP server pool from which the DHCP lease REQUIRED sho
294. list 77 connection list 95 dhcp client rqoptions list 124 dhcp client txoptions list 128 dhcp relay list 139 dhcp rule list 147 dhcp server lease list 159 dhcp server pool list 174 dns server debug spoof list 197 dns server host list 202 dns server route list 207 dsd syslog list 218 dsd urlfilter rule list 223 dyndns host list 237 dyndns list 231 dyndns service list 238 env list 246 eth bridge dynvlan list 270 eth bridge igmpsnooping list 281 eth bridge list 260 eth bridge rule list 296 eth switch group list 305 eth switch qos list 316 eth switch share list 312 eth vian list 326 expr list 335 firewall chain list 354 firewall level list 361 firewall list 347 firewall rule list 367 hostmgr list 394 ids list 398 ids pattern list 402 ids signature list 404 ids threshold list 407 igmp host list 412 interface list 428 ipgos ef list 479 ipqos list 477 ipqos queue list 484 label chain list 498 label list 491 label rule list 505 language list 516 mlp privilege list 555 mlp role list 563 pptp list 614 script list 623 service host list 634 service system list 643 snmp community list 656 sntp list 670 upnp list 720 user list 728 list dsd debug connection list 212 listobjects mbus listobjects 525 memm listobjects 540 listtypes mbus listtypes 526 load config load 78 loadobjects mbus loadobjects 530 locale system locale 679 macadd eth bridge macadd 285 macdelete eth brid
295. listen for incoming LCP messages enabled or retry up to 10 times to establish the connection disabled The default is disabled Send LCP echo requests at regular intervals enabled or not disabled The default is disabled A number between 293 and 8192 Represents the maximum packet size the Thomson ST should negotiate to be able to receive The default is 1492 The local IP address of the peer to peer connection Specifying a local IP address forces the remote side of the PPP link if it allows to to accept this IP address as the Thomson ST PPP session IP address If not specified the Thomson ST will accept any IP address Typically the local IP address parameter is not specified The remote IP address of the peer to peer connection Specifying a remote IP address forces the remote side of the PPP link if it allows to to accept this IP address as its PPP session IP address If not specified the Thomson ST will accept any IP address Typically the remote IP address parameter is not specified The subnetmask associated with this address Specifying a subnetmask forces the remote side if it allows to to accept this subnetmask as the PPP session subnetmask If not specified the Thomson ST will accept any subnetmask The Thomson ST will only request accept a subnetmask if a DHCP server pool is associated in other words if the pool parameter is specified The negotiated subnetmask specified in the netmask par
296. ll be shown OPTIONAL Choose between gt 10 gt 100 gt full or alternatively specify a number The default is full EXAMPLE gt ids pattern list 1 40002 UDP gt EE period 00001564 00001565 2 30002 UDP gt 209s 2992926 period 00001564 00001566 3 5000a UDP gt 2552552552556 period 00001411 00001425 gt RELATED COMMANDS ids pattern clear Reset the pattern tracker ids pattern stats Display the pattern tracker statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids pattern stats Display the pattern tracker statistics SYNTAX ids pattern stats EXAMPLE gt ids pattern stats Pattern tracker statistics memory 32768 bytes maximum number of patterns 512 number of active patterns 8 number of recycled patterns number of pattern searches number of new patterns maximum number of hash collisions of hash entries with collisions of hash entries unused RELATED COMMANDS ids pattern clear Reset the pattern tracker ids pattern list Display the patterns in the pattern tracker E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids signature list Displays the ids signature configuration SYNTAX ids signature list signature lt tragment sweep zero length fragment size small fragment size fragment size ove reun Lragment Overlap irdgment out of order ip protocol scan tcp port scan te sy D Scan stealth tcp null scan stealth tc
297. ll classes gt threshold OPTIONAL encaps The type of encapsulation to be used for this ATM interface OPTIONAL Choose between gt Je Logical Link Control LLC Sub Network Access Protocol SNAP gt vemux Virtual Channel MUltipleXing VCMUX The default is Ile fcs Enable or disable the inclusion of the Ethernet Frame Check Sequence OPTIONAL FCS in the packet header on the WAN side only used for llc encapsulation for mac The default is disabled Note This parameter is normally left disabled retry A number between 0 and 65535 OPTIONAL Represents the number of times the Thomson ST retries to set up a WAN connection before giving up The default is 10 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands ulp Select the Upper Layer Protocol ULP for this interface OPTIONAL Choose between gt ip for a Routed IPoA interface gt mac for a Bridged Ethernet Routed ETHOA Bridged PPP over Ethernet PPPoE Routed PPPoE or a PPPoE Relay interface gt ppp for a Routed PPP over ATM PPPOA interface The default is ip EXAMPLE gt atm iflist atm 0 35 dest atm pvc 0 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps llc Fes disabled Ulp Connection State connected atm 8 35 dest atm pvc 8 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps llc Fcs disabled Ulp Connection State not connected gt atm iflist atm 0 35 dest atm pvc 0 35 Retry 10 QoS default Encaps llc Fcs disabled Ulp Connection State
298. lp debug traceconfig mlp trace disabled gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip privilege add Add a privilege SYNTAX mlp privilege add name lt quoted string gt type lt access service gt descr lt quoted string gt where name The name of the new privilege Note The maximum number of privileges is 60 type Select the privilege type Choose between gt access the privilege is an access privilege gt service the privilege is a service privilege descr A description of the privilege Note The maximum length is 63 characters E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL MLP Commands EXAMIPLE gt mlp privilege list type access Privilege type Description anyaccess access All access privileges granted AP access LAN Local all APZ access LAN Local with all secured channels APS access LAN Local with all channels amp access to sensitive files AP15 access WAN from all channels AP16 access LAN from HTTP HTTPs gt mlp privilege add name myPrivilege type access descr My access privilege gt mlp privilege list type access Privilege type Description anyaccess access All access privileges granted AP1 access LAN Local all APZ access LAN Local with all secured channels AP3 access LAN Local with all channels 4 access to sensitive files AP15 access WAN from all channels AP16 access LAN from HTTP HTT
299. lt is disabled E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd debug proxy Display modify the HyperText Transfer Protocol HTTP Intercept fixed proxy configuration SYNTAX dsd debug proxy state lt disabled enabled gt dest lt ip address gt port lt supported TCP UDP port or number gt where state Enable or disable fixed proxy redirecting OPTIONAL The default is disabled dest The destination IP address to which requests will be forwarded OPTIONAL port The port to be used for connecting to proxy OPTIONAL Select one of the supported Transmission Control Protocol TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number EXAMPLE gt dsd debug proxy State off Dest IP 0 0 0 0 Port S EI gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd debug recycling Display modify HTTPI recycling settings SYNTAX dsd debug recycling state lt disabled gt lt enabled gt interval lt number gt httpidle lt number gt otheridle lt number gt where state Enable disable stream recycling OPTIONAL interval Time between successive activity checks OPTIONAL httpidle Minimal idle count for recycling filtered http streams OPTIONAL otheridle Minimal idle count for recycling other streams OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd debug stats Display clear DSD framework and module stati
300. lt string gt where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL intf The name of the bridge interface to which the MAC address must REQUIRED be added hwaddr The Ethernet MAC address of the new entry REQUIRED vian The VLAN OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands EXAMPLE bridge maclist a4 ad 32 cf dynamic ethportl 300 seconds Saus 8b fc 2e permanent 5e 00 00 67 static 5e 7f ff fa static c2 00 00 00 permanent C2700 ERR permanent c2 00 00 02 permanent cz 00 00 03 permanent c2 00 00 0e permanent C2100 DO 08 permanent C2 00 00 TO0 permanent sL EE permanent bridge macadd intf ethport2 hwaddr 00 80 9f 01 23 45 bridge maclist 9d 47 dd aa dynamic ethportl 300 seconds 9f 01 23 45 static d0 72 88 64 permanent 5e 00 00 67 static 5e 7f ff fa static 02700200400 permanent c2 00 00 01 permanent Pez 700200702 permanent ez 00700503 permanent vez 00 00 d permanent 023002007 0 6 permanent pos 00300 10 permanent EE EE permanent RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge macdelete Remove a MAC address from the filtering database eth bridge maclist Display the MAC address database E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge macdelete Remove a MAC address from the filtering database SYNTAX eth bridge macdelete brname lt bridge gt hwaddr lt hardware address gt vlan lt string gt where brname The name of a bridge instanc
301. lt string gt where chain Thenameofthechainto be deleted BEOUIRER E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 EXAMIPLE gt firewall chain list Chains forward source sink fire forward fire source fire forward host service forward level sink system service forward level BlockAll forward level Standard forward level Disabled myCHAIN gt firewall chain delete chain myCHAIN gt firewall chain list Chains forward source sink fire forward fire source fire forward host service forward level Sink system service forward level BlockAll forward level Standard forward level Disabled RELATED COMMANDS firewall chain add Add a chain firewall chain list List all chains Description system system system system system system system system system system system user Description system system system system system system system system System system system Firewall Commands E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall chain flush Flush all chains SYNTAX firewall chain flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall chain list List all chains SYNTAX firewall chain list format lt pretty cli gt where format Select the output format in which the chains must be shown OPTIONAL Choose between gt pretty the chains are shown as intuitive output in clear text gt cli the chains are shown via the CLI comm
302. lures frame signal power seconds failures seconds failures seconds up G 992 1 Annex A interleaved 1 Local OF TMMB 0000 00 Downstream 26 0 0 0 4 0 Cells s 14490 1509 Since reset O failures O failures O failures O seconds last 15 minutes seconds seconds seconds seconds current day O seconds previous day O seconds Remote 00 0000 00 Upstream 18 0 2 0 LLS Kbit s 6144 640 ADSL Commands E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ADSL Commands adsl debug bitloadinginfo Displays the number of bits per tone Syntax adsl debug bitloadinginfo E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ADSL Commands adsl debug deltconfig Enable disable the Dual Ended Line Testing Interface DELT Syntax adsl debug deltconfig state lt disabled enabled gt where state enable or disable DELT REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ADSL Commands adsl debug deltinfo Display Dual Ended Line Testing Interface DELT results Syntax adsl debug deltinfo E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ADSL Commands adsl debug modemoptioninfo Displays the modem options bitmap Syntax adsl debug modemoptioninfo E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ADSL Commands adsl debug modemoption Configure the modem options bitmap Syntax adsl debug modemoption config lt hexbitmap gt where config The modem options bitmap REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0
303. m reason RELATED COMMANDS ppp ifadd Create a new PPP interface ppp ifdelete Delete a PPP interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp ifscan Scan a PPPoE interface for available Access Concentrator and Service names i gt Use the command ppp ifdetach for this interface before performing a scan on it SYNTAX ppp Liscan intf lt string gt time lt number 0 36000 gt where intf The name of the PPPOE interface to be scanned REQUIRED time A number between 0 and 36000 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the time to scan for services EXAMPLE gt ppp iflist MYRCPPPOR dest REPPPOR eth 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1492 route dst 0 0 0 0 0 src 10 0 0 0 1 metric 1 auth auto user johndoe ISP password xx xx admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 9 term reason IPCP state initial retransm 0 term reason acname service gt ppp ifscan intf myRtPPPoE time 45 Service Name Access Concentrator E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp rtadd Add a route to the routing table when the PPP link comes up This route configuration will determine which local hosts are allowed to use this link and or which remote destinations should be or should not be reachable The interface must not be connected wh
304. map gt E 8 C E Interactive imaps gt 9 C E Interactive teen gt gt TA 10 C E Interactive Hops y gt T1 C E Interactive pope Far gt ER 12 C E Interactive HECPproxy Set gt Fe 13 CE Interactive MECO Ser gt EA 14 C E Interactive bebe s E ER 15 C E Interactive SED Fat gt Fat 16 C E Interactive ah ge E 17 C E Management ang gt E 18 CE Management IKS Fe D 8 19 E Management Lemp a gt A 20 C E Video rtsp Ti gt EA 21 C E Video SEENEN ES AA 22 C E default default lwan gt myChain 1 C EL myRule myLABEL DiffServ gt 150 150 150 150 gt RELATED COMMANDS label rule delete Delete a label rule E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes label rule list Display a list of label rules E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commands label rule delete Delete a label rule SYNTAX label rule delete ASELINg gt lt number gt where chain The name of the chain in which a rule must be deleted REQUIRED index The index number of the rule in the chain REQUIRED Tip Use the command label rule l st to obtain the index number of the applicable rule EXAMPLE gt label rule list Rules flags C Constant D Dynamic E Enable L Log routing labels A a rt_ user labels rt default labels qos_labels Li qos_user labels qos_default_ labels qos default labels Sip Fy a 7 7 h323 gt Interactive telnet gt E Manage
305. mbus trace settings E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus debug tracecontig Modify mbus trace settings SYNTAX mbus debug traceconfig level lt number 0 4 gt where level AnumberbetweenOand4 OPTIONAL Represents the mbus trace level RELATED COMMANDS mbus debug stats Display mbus statistics E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus listobjects Display the object instances SYNTAX mbus listobjects lt quoted string gt lt idpath keypath gt lt list tree gt lt disabled enabled gt where path Fully qualified mbus path to list OPTIONAL type Path type OPTIONAL Choose between gt idpath gt keypath The default is dpath output List output type OPTIONAL Choose between gt list gt tree The default is tree expand Enable or disable details OPTIONAL The default is disabled RELATED COMMANDS mbus listtypes Display the registered objecttypes mbus listenums Display the registered enumtypes E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 mbus listtypes Display the registered objecttypes SYNTAX mbus listtypes path lt quoted string gt expand lt disabled enabled gt MBUS Commands where path Fully qualified mbus path to list expand Enable or disable details The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt mbus listtypes root InternetGatewayDevice Devicelnfo Layer3Forwarding LANDevice WLANConfigurati
306. me lt bridge gt intf lt string gt where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL intf The name of the bridge interface name to be deleted REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge ifadd Add a new bridge interface eth bridge iflist Display the current bridge interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge ifdetach Detach a bridge interface SYNTAX eth bridge ifdetach brname lt bridge gt intf lt string gt where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL intf The name of the bridge interface to be detached REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge ifattach Attach a bridge interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge iflist Display the current bridge interfaces SYNTAX eth bridge iflist brname lt bridge gt inti lt string string lt string gt beginstring lt string gt where brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL intf The name of the bridge interface to be displayed OPTIONAL Note If not specified all bridge interfaces are shown string String matching condition OPTIONAL beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge ifadd Add a new bridge interface eth bridge ifdelete Delete a bridge interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge ifflush Flush the bridge interfaces detach delete all interfaces SYNTAX eth bridg
307. ment icmp E Video rtsp E Video igmp E default default wan Ze myChain EL myRule myLABEL DiffServ gt 150 150 150 150 gt abel rule delete chain myChain index 1 gt abel rule list Rules flags C Constant D Dynamic E Enable L Log routing labels O rt User labels rt default labels qos_labels SZ gos user labels qos default labels Gos default labels ELO ee gt See H323 5 Ee Interactive telnet gt Management icmp Video rtsp Video igmp default default wan E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes RELATED COMMANDS label rule add Add a label rule label rule list Display a list of label rules E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Label Commands label rule flush Flush all label rules The chains themselves are not removed id The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX label rule flush chain lt string gt where chain The name of the chain to be flushed OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the rules for all the chains are flushed E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes label rule list Display a list of label rules SYNTAX label rule list chain lt string gt format lt pretty cli gt string lt string gt where chain format string beginstring E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 beginstring lt string gt The name of the chain for which the
308. meters tos precedence and dscp are mutually exclusive trace Enable or disable IP tracing for this label OPTIONAL The default is disabled E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 EXAMIPLE gt label list Name DSCP Interactive Management Video VoIP Class overwrite increase increase increase overwrite default myLABEL increase ignore Def dscp 8 12 10 14 default 0 Ack defclass 8 12 10 14 prioritize 0 Bidirect Inherit disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Tosmark Type tos tos tos tos tos tos tos Value 0 0 Label Commands Use disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled 0 0 disabled gt label modify name myLABEL classification increase defclass 7 ackclass 7 bidirectional enabled inheritance enabled tosmarking enabled tos 234 trace enabled gt label list Name DSCP Interactive Management Video VoIP default myLABEL gt Class Def Ack overwrite dscp defclass increase 8 8 increase 12 12 increase 10 10 overwrite 14 14 increase default increase 7 Bidirect Inherit Tosmark Type Value Use Trace disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled disabled disabled tos disabled disabled disabled tos disabled disabled disabled tos enabled enabled disabled tos prior
309. ministrator Only WAN related configurations from any Channels Origin myRole User My user access RELATED COMMANDS mlp role delete Delete a role E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mlp role list Display the roles E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 mip role addpriv Add a privilege to a role MLP Commands SYNTAX mlp role addpriv name lt string gt access lt string gt service lt string gt where name The name of the role access The name of the access privilege to be added service The name of the service privilege to be added EXAMPLE gt mlp role list name myRole verbose all myRole User My user access gt mlp role addpriv name myRole access myPrivilege service SP7 gt mlp role list name myRole verbose all myRole User My user access myPrivilege SP7 RELATED COMMANDS mlp role removepriv Remove a privilege from a role REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip role config Modify the role SYNTAX name lt string gt parent lt string gt mlp role config descr lt quoted string gt where name The name of the role to be configured parent The name of the parent role descr The role description Note The maximum length is 63 characters EXAMPLE gt mlp role list name myRole verbose all myRole User My user access myPrivilege SP7 gt m1p role config name myRole parent Guest de
310. n The name of the device expression Disable or enable logging when this rule applies Disable or enable this rule Choose between gt None gt link when clink is used gt label name REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL Label Commands label rule debug clear Clear the label rule statistics SYNTAX label rule debug clea chain lt string gt E index lt number gt where chain The name of the chain in which the rule is to be found OPTIONAL Note If not specified the statistics for all the rules in all chains will be cleared index The index number determined by the position of the rule in OPTIONAL the chain Note If not specified the statistics for all the rules in a chain will be cleared E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes EXAMIPLE gt label rule debug stats chain qos labels packets qos labels label rule debug clear chain qos labels gt label rule debug stats routing labels qos labels gos default labels 1 2 1 2 de 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 bere 00 A o UD bs WNHE OO vw H ls E AO O O DO ER Oo E DO fo oo EE O m p D Ex ET Oo E OOO OC EE E Z EE ER EN O O N O pa J RELATED COMMANDS label rule debug stats Display the label rule statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commands label rule debug stats Display the label rule
311. n Following command groups are available chain debug level lt Administrator gt gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Root Commands ping Send IC MP ECHO_REQUEST packets SYNTAX proto lt fiplatm gt addr lt ip address gt dest lt string gt count lt number 0 1000000 gt Size lt number 28 20028 gt interval ms lt number 100 1000000 gt DF bit lt disabled enabled gt srcaddr lt ip address gt where proto The interface type to be used REQUIRED Choose between gt ip gt atm addr The destination IP address REQUIRED dest The destination address for the request REQUIRED count A number between 1 and 1000000 OPTIONAL Represents the number of pings to send The default is 5 size A number between 0 and 20000 OPTIONAL Represents the size of the ping payload s interval A number between 100 and 1000000 OPTIONAL Represents the interval in milliseconds between packets The default is 100 DF bit Set the Don t Fragment bit or leave unset in the IP header of ping OPTIONAL The default is disabled scraddr The IP source address to use OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt ping proto ip addr 192 168 1 70 Legend Ping successful Ping Timeout Hit ctrl g to abort Hing statistica 5 packet s transmitted 5 successful 0 loss rtt min avg max 1 2 4 ms gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Root Commands traceroute Send ICMP UDP pack
312. n command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands connection appconfig Configure the available CONN NAT application helpers 82 connection appinfo Display CONN NAT application specific info 84 connection applist List the available CONN NAT application helpers 85 connection bind Create a new CONN NAT application helper port binding 86 connection bindlist List the current CONN NAT application helper port bindings 87 connection clean Clean the connection database by forcing timeouts 88 connection clear Kill all the connections 89 connection config Configure the connection handling 90 connection debug The connection debug commands 91 connection describe Describe the streams of a connection 92 connection flush Flush the current connection configuration 93 connection info Show all the registered modules with some info 94 connection list Display the currently known connections 95 connection refresh Invalidate all the cached decisions 96 connection stats Display the connection and stream statistics 97 connection timerclear Clear the connection timeout to default 98 connection timerconfig Configure the connection timeout handling 99 connection unbind Delete an existing CONN NAT application helper port binding 100 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 connection appconfig Connection Commands Configure the available CONN NAT application helpers SYNTAX connection appconfig application lt string gt trace
313. n state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 9 term reason User kill IPCP state initial retransm O term reason RELATED COMMANDS ppp ifattach Attach a PPP interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp iflist Display the PPP interfaces SYNTAX intf lt intfname gt string lt string gt beqinstring lt string gt where intf The name of the PPP interface OPTIONAL Note If not specified all PPP interfaces are shown string string matching condition OPTIONAL beginstring beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL EXAMPLE INPUT OUTPUT gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm 0 term reason acname service Rt PPPoA dest RtPPPOA atm 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 route dst 0 0 0 0 0 src 10 0 0 0 1 metric 1 auth auto user johndoe ISP password xx xx admin state up oper state down link state connected LCP state reqsent retransm 1 term reason IPCP state initial retransm 0 ter
314. name 150 150 150 150 MYDNS lt local gt speedtouch lt local gt dsldevice gt dns server host delete name myDNS gt dns server host list Address Hostname lt local gt speedtouch lt local gt dsldevice gt RELATED COMMANDS dns server host add Add a local DNS host dns server host list List all the local DNS hosts E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server host flush Flush all the local DNS hosts SYNTAX dns server host flush EXAMPLE gt dns server host list Address Hostname 192 168 1 64 Unknown 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf lt local gt dsldevice lt local gt speedtouch gt dns server host flush gt dns server host list gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server host list List all the local DNS hosts SYNTAX dans server host list EXAMIPLE gt dns server host list Address Hostname 192 168 1 64 Unknown 00 10 a4 ad 32 cf lt local gt dsldevice lt local gt speedtouch gt RELATED COMMANDS dns server host add Add a local DNS host dns server host delete Delete a local DNS host E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands dns server route add Creates a DNS forwarding entry or template SYNTAX dns server route add dns lt ip address gt src lt ip address gt srcmask lt ip mask dotted or cidr gt Geen lt number 0 100 gt lt string gt domain lt string gt
315. nection stats EXAMPLE gt connection stats Connection statistics Maximum number of connections Maximum number of halfopen connections active connections halfopen connections expected connections closing connections idle connections Number TCP connections Number UDP connections Number ICMP connections Number non TCP UDP ICMP connections Number TCP open connections Number TCP established connections Number TCP closing connections Stream cache statistics Maximum number of hash collisions of hash entries with collisions of hash entries unused CONN NAT application helper statistics Maximum number of helper bindings Maximum number of connections with helper Number of helper bindings Number of connections with active helper E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection timerclear Clear the connection timeout to default SYNTAX connection timerclear timer lt tcpidle tcpneg tcpkill udpidle udpkill icmpkill ipidle ipkill gt where timer The name of the connection idle timer to be reset REQUIRED Note If not specified all the timers will be reset to their default values EXAMPLE gt connection timerconfig tcpidle S 105 30m tcpneg S 37 Q7 udp ak Loa icmp SES ip Sob SE gt connection timerclear gt connection timerconfig tcpidle gt 157 Er tcpneg Li EE udp KEE gH icmp aL Qe ip Sr EI OO gt RELATED COMMANDS connection
316. neesintoen 123 dhep client TAO ege e CR IC E 124 dhcp client rqoptions OPtiOnliSt ooncccnccccncnnnncnnnnonnnnnnnonancnnnnnnnancnnnnnonnnrnnnnronnnrnnnnronnnnrnnnrrnnnrnnnnrnnnennnrs 125 dhcp chent edel E EE 126 GED client eege Re EE 127 dhcp client txoptions IST E 128 dhep client TXOPUIONS ege UE 129 n e e E ASe RE 130 dhcp relay debug estate ENNEN 131 dhcp relay debug Traceconfg EEN 132 ancp EE e e le E E rere T E I EE E E A E E A E E A E rn d 133 ela He da Er Ce E 134 dhep relay TC 135 anep relay ICONO iia 136 One rela US E 138 ec A PP E A A E A A E 139 dhep relay ee EE 140 dhen relay TA naa HE 141 glate relay tuledelelE EEN 142 CG ele 143 dhcp rule debug tracecon inca itea 144 ela oa Ee E ne E OE A 145 UVC o mal WS WE 146 enn AP e 147 ells o 5 o tee ssauet eve 148 dhep server USR a ee 149 dhcp server e te 150 dhcp server debug Ke EE 151 CII SOV o AP e 152 dhcp server debug tracecon TO EEN 154 CIGD Server lease add raid 155 dhcp server lease delete AAA o Pe o A II nnne 157 dhcp server lease FlUSN ANNE 158 dhcp server lease let REENEN 159 dhcp server option MUS EE 160 dhep Server ophon e Te e WE 161 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Contents E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 10 dhcp server option instdelete NEEN 163 CHE severa DU Oni IAS ir a ES 164 dhep server option gn tele e rico daaa 165 dhcp server option tmpldelete ANNE 166 dhcp server option tMPplliSt oooncccnnncccnninonccnonnoncn
317. nfiguration will be reset to the 719 default configuration upnp list List all registered devices 720 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 UPnP Commands upnp config Configure the UPnP parameter s SYNTAX upnp config maxage lt number 60 999999 gt writemode lt full natonly readonly gt safenat lt disabled enabled gt preferredaddress lt ip address gt httpport lt number 1 65535 gt where maxage A number between 60 and 999999 OPTIONAL This parameter allows to configure how often the Thomson ST sends a notification message to advertise its presence as an Internet Gateway Device IGD on the network The default is 1800 Note Setting this parameter to a low value will increase the number of packets sent over time on the network but will make the state of the device more up to date writemode Choose the set of rules to limit remote access from UPnP OPTIONAL Choose between gt full the host will accept all the UPnP SET and GET actions gt natonly GET and NAT related SET actions will be accepted all other actions will be ignored gt readonly the UPnP control point will only be able to retrieve information all the SET actions are ignored The default is natonly safenat Enable or disable check on safe NAT entries OPTIONAL If this check is enabled all NAT create delete requests for a LAN side IP address different from the source IP address of the UPnP messag
318. ngs 536 memm debug traceconfig Modify memm trace settings 537 memm debug clearstats Display memm statistics 541 memm debug lock stats Display memm statistics 541 memm listobjects Display objects 540 memm stats Display memm statistics 541 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MEMM Commands memm debug lock traceconfig Modify lock trace settings SYNTAX memm debug lock traceconfig level lt number 0 4 gt name lt string gt where level A number between 0 and 4 OPTIONAL Represents the memm trace level name Application name filter for lock traces empty displays all OPTIONAL lock traces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MEMM Commands memm debug traceconfig Modify memm trace settings SYNTAX memm debug traceconfig level lt number 0 4 gt where level Anumberbetween0and4 2 OPTIONAL Represents the memm trace level E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MEMM Commands memm debug clearstats Clear time statistics SYNTAX memm debug clearstats E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MEMM Commands memm debug lock stats Display lock statistics SYNTAX memm debug lock stats E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MEMM Commands memm listobjects Display objects SYNTAX memm listobjects name lt quoted string gt where name Select typename s to list supports partial typename OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MEMM Commands memm stats Disp
319. ning Enable Explicit Congestion Notification ECN for IP packets in this subqueue enabled or not disabled The default is disabled Enable filtering of TCP ACK packets enabled or not disabled The default is disabled A number between 0 and 250 Represents the maximum number of packets in this queue OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL The default is 0 for the Real time queue and 700 for the other queues Note 0 means that a maximum size is not enforced E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IPQ0S Commands maxbytes respackets resbytes hold markprob EXAMIPLE A number between 0 and 128 Represents the maximum size in kilobytes of this queue The default is 0 for the Real time queue and 20 for the other queues Note 0 means that a maximum size is not enforced A number between 0 and 250 Represents the reserved number of packets in this queue The default is 30 for the Real time queue and 13 for the other queues A number between 0 and 128 Represents the reserved size in kilobytes of this queue The default is 12 for the Real time queue and 4 for the other queues A number of microseconds Represents the hold time in microseconds for early discard strategy The default is 50000 A number between 1 and 1000 Represents the maximum packet marking probability in parts per mille for early discard strategy The default is 1000 gt 1pqos queue list Queue Propagate AckFilter Size Markpro
320. nnel only SYNTAX debug exec cmd lt quoted string gt where cmd A quoted Trace amp Debug command string REQUIRED E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands 9 DHCP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands dhcp client flush Delete all the DHCP leases 109 dhcp client ifadd Create a DHCP client 110 dhcp client ifattach Activate a DHCP client 111 dhcp client ifconfig Configure a DHCP client 112 dhcp client ifdelete Delete a DHCP client 113 dhcp client ifdetach De activate a DHCP client and releases its lease 114 dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces 115 dhcp client ifrenew Renew the DHCP lease 117 dhcp client debug clear Clear the DHCP client statistics 119 dhcp client debug stats Print the DHCP client statistics 120 dhcp client debug traceconfig Modify the DHCP client trace configuration 121 dhcp client rqoptions add Add a DHCP Option Code to the Parameter Request List 122 dhcp client rqoptions delete Delete a DHCP Option Code from the Parameter Request 123 List dhcp client rqoptions list List all DHCP Option Codes in the Parameter Request List 124 dhcp client rqoptions optionlist List all DHCP Option Codes that can be used in the 125 Parameter Request List dhcp client txoptions add Add an option 126 dhcp client txoptions delete
321. noncnnonancnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrrnnnnnnnnrnnanrrnnnrnnanerrnnarinnars 167 anep Server POO E e e asistir iia ista oe 168 GC server een e E 170 dhcp Server pool delete soso cra ir a 172 CES Server CONS nr 173 dhep server DOSIS EE 174 dhcp server pool optadd EN 175 dhcp server pool Optdelete occooccccccccnncccnnoninnononannnnannnnnnnnnnnnonnnrnnnnrnnnnrnnnnrnnnnrnnnnrnnnnrnnnnrnanneninnarinnars 176 dOP SEVE r POOT I ri io 178 GIGS Servar OG e de AA 179 dhcp server pool ruleadd iccciorininnm aca in 180 dhep server pool ruledelele EN 181 DNS Commande ENNEN 183 ans client CONTA E 184 e PA O e 185 dns CHIC TIE CM SO CIC AA PQ IP sounsceetecieunesduetecsiaeceee 186 dns chent eee o A 187 ans client E E 188 ANS CIEN MSI UN EE 189 dns Server Cont A E EE 190 AAPP A E 191 dns SET ee te CICA APN PAPA oro ooo o A 192 dns server debug ECH 193 dns server debug spoof Elear sessgestveereesesguEEECE Ree EESEESEESKEGE ERC EEEREEEE NEEN EE EEESEE EN seacesbesvonnnncateresds 194 dns server debug Spoof getaddresS EEN 195 ans server debug spoof e El usina rl ci 196 GINS server debug spoor WSU E 197 ans Server CEDUG spoof Dee EE 198 A e A E 199 AA EE 200 dns server host US Merino aaron iceser tte 201 ans SEO TO SE E E 202 GINS Seyer Troe e e E 203 Contents so laa IC llo UU d IOI II PA e o ieai 205 ln Ee e ora 206 ans server TOUTE Ibias 207 TT DO COMAS aia 209 o E oo aesere eae te eee peat eens 210 dsa de
322. nore RELATED COMMANDS label delete label list Def dscp 8 12 10 14 default prioritize 0 Ack defclass 8 12 10 14 prioritize Ack defclass 8 12 10 14 0 Bidirect disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled disabled Bidirect disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled disabled disabled Delete a label Inherit disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled disabled Inherit disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled disabled disabled Display the labels Tosmark disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Tosmark disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Value Ttlover disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Ttlover disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled O O O OOOOH ct ke Trace disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Trace disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes label delete Delete a label SYNTAX label delete name force lt string gt lt disabled enabled gt where name force EXAMPLE gt label list Name Class DSCP overwrite Interactive increase Management increase Video increase VoIP overwrite default increase myLABEL ignore The name of the label to be deleted Force delete and cleanup
323. nstdelete E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server option tmpladd Add a DHCP server option template SYNTAX dhcp server option tmpladd name lt string gt optionid lt number 1 254 gt type lt 8 bit 16 bit 32 bit ascii byte array gt where name The name of the DHCP server option template REQUIRED optionid A number between 1 and 254 REQUIRED Specifies the DHCP server option code type Specifies the DHCP server option type REQUIRED Choose between gt 8 bit gt 16 bit gt 32 bit gt addr gt ascii gt byte_array EXAMPLE gt dhcp server option tmpllist Name Option Type Use myTmpl 1 32 bit 0 gt dhcp server option tmpladd name yourTmpl optionid 2 type ascil gt dhcp server option tmpllist Name Option Type Use yourTmpl 2 ascii 0 myTmpl 1 32 bit 0 gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server option tmpldelete Delete a DHCP server option template dhcp server option List all the DHCP server option templates tmpllist E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server option tmpldelete Delete a DHCP server option template SYNTAX dhcp server option tmpldelete name lt string gt where name The name of the DHCP server option template to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt dhcp server option tmpllist Name Option Type yourTmpl 2 ascii myTmpl 1 32 bit gt dhcp server option tmpldelete name yourTmpl gt dhcp server option
324. nt trace configuration SYNTAX dhcp client debug traceconfig state lt disabled enabled gt where state Enable or disable tracing OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt dhcp client debug traceconfig tracing disabled gt dhcp client debug traceconfig trace enabled gt dhcp client debug traceconfig tracing enabled gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client rgoptions add Add a DHCP Option Code to the Parameter Request List SYNTAX dhcp client rgoptions add intf lt string gt option lt string or number gt index lt number 0 255 gt where LATE The name of the dynamic interface REQUIRED option The name or number of the option OPTIONAL index The index of the option OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces dhcp client rqoptions List all DHCP Option Codes that can be used in the Parameter Request List optionlist E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp client rqoptions delete Delete a DHCP Option Code from the Parameter Request List SYNTAX dhcp client rgoptions delete intf lt string gt option lt string or number gt where Incr The name of the dynamic interface REQUIRED option The name or number of the option OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS dhcp client rqoptions List all DHCP Option Codes in the Parameter Request List list E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003
325. nterface MTU RX TX Status HW address 0 loop 65535 123966 75177 UP 00 0e 50 0f fc 2c Internet 1500 0 DOWN REPPPOE ppp 1500 0 DOWN LocalNetwork 1500 125262 UP 00 0e 50 0f fc 2c myIPintf 1500 0 UP 00 0e 50 0f fc 2c RELATED COMMANDS ip ifadd Create an IP interface ip ifdelete Delete an IP interface ip ifwait Wait for a status change of an IP interface E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 ip ifwait Wait for a status change of an IP interface SYNTAX ip ifwait where intf timeout adminstatus intf lt string gt timeout lt number 1 600000 gt adminstatus lt down up gt lt down up gt operstatus linkstatus lt down up gt The IP interface name A number between 1 and 600000 seconds Represents the timeout The administrative state of the interface Choose between gt down gt up operstatus The operational state of the interface Choose between gt down gt up linkstatus The link state of the interface Choose between gt down gt up RELATED COMMANDS ip ifadd Create an IP interface ip ifdelete Delete an IP interface ip iflist Display all the IP interfaces IP Commands REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip ipadd Assign an IP address to an IP interface SYNTAX ip ipadd intf lt string gt addr lt ip address gt netmask lt ip mask d
326. o iflist ipsecO S INIT 0 0 0 0 poolstart 169 254 1 1 poolend 169 254 254 254 netmask 255 255 0 0 claim 5 defence 5 probe 5 interval 2 sec probes sent 0 collisions 0 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip auto Ifdelete Delete an existing autolP interface SYNTAX ip auto ifdelete intf lt string gt where intf The name of the IP interface to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt 1p auto iflist ipsecO SELECTING 169 254 80 2306 poolstart 169 254 1 1 poolend 169 254 254 254 netmask 255 255 0 0 claim 10 defence 5 probe 4 interval 2 sec probes sent 2 collisions 0 gt 1p auto ifdelete intf ipsec0 gt ip auto iflist gt RELATED COMMANDS ip auto ifadd Create an autolP interface ip auto iflist Display the autolP interfaces E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip auto ifdetach Release the link local address for the given autolP interface SYNTAX ip auto ifdetach intf lt string gt where intf The name of the autolP interface for which a link local address has to be REQUIRED detached EXAMPLE gt ip auto iflist ipsecO SELECTING 169 254 830 236 pooletart 169 254 1 1 poolend 169 254 254 254 claim 10 netmask 255 255 0 0 defence 5 probe interval 2 sec probes sent 2 collisions 0 gt 1p auto ifdetach intf ipsec0 gt ip auto iflist ipsecO INIT 169 254 80 236 poolstart 169 254 1 1
327. o the DHCP server pool SYNTAX dhcp server pool ruleadd name lt string gt key for and rulename lt string gt where name The name of the DHCP server pool to which a selection rule REQUIRED must be added key The logical key of the selection rule OPTIONAL The default is or rulename The name of the DHCP selection rule REQUIRED Tip Use the command dhcp server rule listto obtain a list of DHCP server rules RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server pool ruledelete Delete a selection rule from the DHCP server pool E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server pool ruledelete Delete a selection rule from the DHCP server pool SYNTAX dhcp server pool ruleadd name lt string gt rulename lt string gt where name The name of the DHCP server pool from which a selection rule REQUIRED must be deleted rulename The name of the DHCP selection rule to be deleted REQUIRED Tip Use the command dhcp server rule listto obtain a list of DHCP server rules RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server pool Add a selection rule to the DHCP server pool ruleadd E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DNS Commands 10 DNS Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the dns command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands dns client config Modify the Domain Name System DNS resolver 184 configuration dns client dnsadd Add a DN
328. obtain a list of avail able interfaces rip Enabled or disabled RIP on this interface OPTIONAL The default is disabled rxversion Configure the RIP receive version to be applied OPTIONAL Choose between gt rip_unspec No RIP version is specified as such The actual RIP version to be used is negotiated with the remote side gt rip_vT RIP version 1 is used gt rip_v2 RIP version 2 is used gt rip_v1 2 RIP version 1 and RIP version 2 are used The default is rip_unspec authmode Configure the RIP authentication mode OPTIONAL Enter the mode in cleartext or specify none in case no authentication mode is required The default is none authstring Configure the authentication string for the RIP authentication OPTIONAL password Note Leave authstring unspecified in case authmode is none splithorizon Enable or disable the split horizon status for this interface OPTIONAL The default is enabled E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 GRP Commande EXAMIPLE gt grp rip ifconfig intf myPPP ppp disabled rxversion rip unspec authmode none authstr passive disabled splithorizon enabled grp rip ifconfig intf myPPP ppp E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 GRP Commands grp rip show Show the RIP settings and the routes in the RIP database SYNTAX grp rip show EXAMPLE gt grp rip show RIP routing protocol config dump RIP daemon is enabled Global RI
329. og The default is intercepted EXAMPLE gt dsd syslog config syslog errors gt RELATED COMMANDS dsd syslog list Display the HTTP Intercept log file E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd syslog list Display the HTTP Intercept log file SYNTAX dsd syslog list EXAMIPLE gt dsd syslog list lt 86 gt SysUpTime 00 22 37 HTTPI src 10 0 0 1 src port 1965 dst 141 11 196 35 dst port 80 eve nt ServerConnect dst name aWebsite com icons Button Document gif lt 86 gt SysUpTime 00 22 59 HTTPI src 10 0 0 1 src port 1968 dst 141 11 234 60 dst port 80 eve nt ServerConnect dst name anotherWebsite com rawgen asp gt RELATED COMMANDS dsd syslog config Display modify the HTTP Intercept logging configuration E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd urlfilter contig Display modify the URL filtering configuration SYNTAX dsd urlfilter config where state blockproxy blockipaddr ess blockobscur edip defaultactio n EXAMIPLE state lt disabled enabled gt blockproxy lt disabled enabled gt blockipaddress lt disabled enabled gt blockobscuredip lt disabled enabled gt defaultaction lt block accept gt Enable or disable URL filtering The default is enabled Enable or disable blocking of HTTP requests via a proxy server The default is disabled Enable or disable blocking of HTTP requests if ho
330. ok add lt string gt lt atmchannel PVC syntax is port vpl vel port dslv sssr where name The name of the new phonebook entry REQUIRED This name can be freely chosen however two limitations apply gt The name of a phonebook entry intended for the Relayed PPPoA PPPoA to PPTP Relaying packet service may not start with capital P or capital T gt The name of a phonebook entry intended for the PPP to DHCP spoofing packet service must start with DHCP for example DHCP_Spoof01 addr The ATM address for this destination REQUIRED It is composed of a VPI and a VCI identifying ATM virtual channels In most cases the values are provided by the Service Provider Accepted VPI a number between 0 and 15 Accepted VCI a number between 0 and 511 EXAMPLE gt atm phonebook list Name Use Address atm pvc 0 35 1 Uso gt atm phonebook add name RtPPPoA addr 8 35 gt atm phonebook list Name Use Address atm pvc 0 35 1 Ree RtPPPOA 0 8 35 gt RELATED COMMANDS atm phonebook delete Delete an existing phonebook entry atm phonebook list Display the current phonebook E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm phonebook autolist Show the auto PVCs O Auto PVCs are only shown if they are supported by the Central Office DSLAM SYNTAX atm phonebook autolist EXAMIPLE gt atm phonebook autolist 8 35 gt RELATED COMMANDS atm phonebook list Display the current phonebook
331. ok list EXAMIPLE gt atm phonebook list Name Use Address atm pvc 0 35 1 0 35 REPPPOA 0 8 35 gt RELATED COMMANDS atm phonebook add Add a new phonebook entry atm phonebook autolist Show the auto PVCs atm phonebook delete Delete an existing phonebook entry E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm qosbook add Add a new QoS book entry SYNTAX atm gosbook add lt string gt lt string gt lt string gt where name The name of the new QoS entry REQUIRED txctd The name of the Conformance Traffic Descriptor CTD for the transmit OPTIONAL upstream direction rxctd The name of the CTD for the receive downstream direction OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt atm gqosbook list Name Ref Tx CTD Rx CTD default 3 default default gt RELATED COMMANDS atm qosbook delete Delete a QoS book entry atm qosbook list Display the QoS book E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 ATM Commands atm gosbook config Modify the QoS book configuration SYNTAX atm gqosbook config format lt bytes cells gt where format The input output format of the QoS book OPTIONAL Choose between gt bytes the output is shown in Kbits or bytes gt cells the output is shown in cps or cells The default is bytes EXAMPLE gt atm gosbook ctdlist Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Minrate Frame Kbits Kbits Kbits bytes default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 disabled led gt atm gosbook config format cells
332. okup dns client nslookup 189 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 0 optadd dhcp server pool optadd 175 optdelete dhcp server pool optdelete 176 optionlist dhcp client rqoptions optionlist 125 overbooking atm cac overbooking 40 D ping atm oam ping 48 ping root command 4 policy dhcp server policy 150 portstats atm debug portstats 43 ppp flush 584 ifadd 585 ifattach 587 ifconfig 589 ifdelete 594 ifdetach 596 iflist 598 ifscan 599 relay flush 604 ifadd 605 ifconfig 606 ifdelete 607 iflist 608 sesslist 609 rtadd 600 rtdelete 602 pptp flush 613 ifadd 612 list 614 profadd 615 profdelete 617 proflist 618 profadd pptp profadd 615 profdelete pptp profdelete 617 proflist pptp proflist 618 proxy dsd debug proxy 213 reboot system reboot 681 recycling dsd debug recycling 214 refresh connection refresh 96 register mbus client register 521 removepriv mlp role removepriv 564 removezone mlp privilege removezone 557 reset system reset 682 rights user rights 730 root commands ping 4 traceroute 5 rtadd dhcp server pool rtadd 178 ip mcast rtadd 451 ip rtadd 455 ppp rtadd 600 rtdelete dhcp server pool rtdelete 179 ip mcast rtdelete 452 ip rtdelete 457 ppp rtdelete 602 rtlist grp rtlist 378 ip mcast rtlist 453 ip rtlist 458 ruleadd dhcp relay ruleadd 141 dhcp server pool ruleadd 180 766 Index ruledelete dhcp relay ruledelete 142 dhc
333. old list to obtain the indexes window A number of seconds OPTIONAL Represents the time window of the threshold limit A number OPTIONAL Represents the limit of the threshold scaling Enable or disable scaling of the threshold window OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt ids threshold list index flood tcp rate udp rate ids icmp rate ids ip rate threshold modify index 3 window 10 limit 300 scaling enabled gt ids threshold list index window flood tcp rate udp rate icmp rate ip rate RELATED COMMANDS ids threshold clear Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values ids threshold list Display the IDS thresholds E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands 20 IGMP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the IGMP command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands igmp host config Display or modify global IGMP configuration 410 igmp host flush Flush the IGMP settings 411 igmp host list Show the IGMP groups 412 igmp host debug clear Show the IGMP groups 412 igmp host ifconfig Configure an IGMP interface 413 igmp host iflist Show the configuration of the IGMP interfaces 414 igmp host debug clear Clear IGMP statistics 415 igmp host debug stats Print IGMP statistics 416 igmp proxy config Configure the IGMP proxy 417 igmp proxy flush Flush all IGMP proxy settings and learned groups 419 igmp proxy grouplist Show the learned groups on an IGMP pr
334. ommands service host disable Disable a host service SYNTAX service host disable name lt quoted string gt where name Thenameofthehostserviceto be disabled OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the host services will be disabled EXAMPLE gt service host list Service Name User Defined Mode Age of Empires unassigned server AIM Talk unassigned client Aliens vs Predator unassigned server MSN Messenger 192 168 1464 server gt service host disable name MSN Messenger gt service host list Service Name User Defined Mode Age of Empires unassigned server AIM Talk unassigned client Aliens vs Predator unassigned server MSN Messenger unassigned Server RELATED COMMANDS service host assign Assign a service to a host device E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service host flush Flush all host services SYNTAX service host flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service host list Display a list of host services SYNTAX service host list name lt quoted string gt String lt string gt beginstri ng lt string gt where name The name of the host service to be listed REQUIRED Note If not specified all the host services will be listed string String matching condition OPTIONAL beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt service host list Service Name User Defined Mode Aliens vs Predato
335. ommunication with the dynamic DNS server fails The default is 30 Note The value 0 means disabled max_retry A number between 1 and 5 OPTIONAL Represents the maximum number of retries if communication with the dynamic DNS server fails The default is 3 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands EXAMIPLE gt dyndns service modify name custom server mydyndns org port www http request hereiam updateinterval 2000000 retryinterval 15 max retry 5 gt dyndns service list dyndns server port request update interval retry interval max retry statdns server port request update interval retry interval max retry custom server port request update interval retry interval max retry No IP server port request update interval retry interval max retry DtDNS server port request update interval retry interval max retry RELATED COMMANDS dyndns service list E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 members dyndns org 80 nic update 2097120 30 3 members dyndns org 80 nic update 0 30 3 mydyndns org 80 hereiam 2000000 ES SS dynupdate no ip com 80 ducupdate php 86400 30 ES dtdns com 80 api autodns cfm 86400 30 3 List all dynamic DNS services DynDNS Commands E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Env Commands 13 Env Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the env command group Contents This chapter covers
336. on WEPKey PreSharedKey WANDevice WANCommonInterfaceConfig WANDSLInterfaceConfig WANConnectionDevice WANDSLLinkConfig WANIPConnection PortMapping WANPPPConnection PortMapping Services ManagementsServer RELATED COMMANDS mbus listobjects Display the object instances mbus listenums Display the registered enumtypes OPTIONAL OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus listenums Display the registered enumtypes SYNTAX mbus listenumss dmtree lt igd atomic system gt name lt quoted string gt expand lt disabled enabled gt where dmtree Select mbusd datamodel tree OPTIONAL name Filter enumtypes by part of the name OPTIONAL expand Enable or disable details OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt mbus listtypes root InternetGatewayDevice Devicelnfo Layer3Forwarding LANDevice WLANConfiguration WEPKey PreSharedKey WANDevice WANCommonInterfaceConfig WANDSLInterfaceConfig WANConnectionDevice WANDSLLinkConfig WANIPConnection PortMapping WANPPPConnection PortMapping Services ManagementServer RELATED COMMANDS mbus listobjects Display the object instances mbus listtypes Display the registered objecttypes mbus listcontexts Display the context instances E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 MBUS Commands mbus listcontexts Display the context instances SYNTAX listcontexts dmtre
337. on Generic Device Intf ethifl LocalNetwork RELATED COMMANDS hostmgr add Add host device info to the host manager hostmgr delete Delete the host device info from the host manager Hw Intf Hostname ethifl ethif4 MyComput E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands 19 IDS Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the 1ds command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands ids clear Reset the IDS statistics 396 ids config Display modify the Intrusion Detection System IDS configuration 397 ids parser list Display the IDS parser configuration 398 ids parser modify Modify the IDS parser configuration 399 ids pattern clear Reset the pattern tracker 401 ids pattern list Display the patterns in the pattern tracker 402 ids pattern stats Display the pattern tracker statistics 403 ids signature list Displays the ids signature configuration 404 ids signature Modify the states of the signatures 405 modify ids threshold clear Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values 406 ids threshold list Display the IDS thresholds 407 ids threshold Modify the IDS thresholds 408 modify E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids clear Reset the IDS statistics SYNTAX RELATED COMMANDS ids parser list Display the IDS parser configuration E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids config Display modify the Intrusion Detection System IDS
338. on redirect redirect www speedtou list Redirect speed www speedtouch be baen com 2 present 128 total 0 0 used Add a rule Delete a rule Display the list of current rules DSD Commands E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands 12 DynDNS Commands Introduction Dynamic DNS is a service that allows to bind a host name to an IP address In contrast to classical DNS this service allows regular updates of the IP address related to a host name In this way hosts of which the IP address regularly changes for example due to a limited DHCP lease time can be identified by a static host name that is unique throughout the Internet This chapter describes the commands of the dyndns commnd group Contents This chapter covers the following commands dyndns add Add a dynamic DNS client 228 dyndns delete Delete a dynamic DNS client 229 dyndns flush Delete all the dynamic DNS clients 230 dyndns list List all the dynamic DNS clients 231 dyndns modify Modify a dynamic DNS client 232 dyndns host add Add a fully qualified host name 234 dyndns host delete Delete a host name 235 dyndns host flush Delete all hosts 236 dyndns host list List all host names 237 dyndns service list List all dynamic DNS services 238 dyndns service modify Modify specific dynamic DNS service settings 240 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DynDNS Commands dyndns add Add a dynamic DNS client SYNTAX dyndns add n
339. one all accept reset or number gt Disable or enable tcpchecks traces The default is disabled Disable or enable udpchecks traces The default is disabled Disable or enable icmpchecks traces The default is disabled Specify the action traced by the firewall for sink traffic The default is none Specify the action traced by the firewall for forward traffic The default is none Specify the action traced by the firewall for source traffic The default is none gt firewall debug traceconfig Trace Config tcpchecks icmpchecks Sink forward source gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 disabled disabled none none none drop deny drop deny drop OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL firewall level add Add a security level SYNTAX firewall level add where name index readonly udptrackmode proxy service text RELATED COMMANDS firewall level delete firewall level list Firewall Commands name lt string gt lt number gt readonly lt disabled enabled gt lt strict loose gt lt disabled enabled gt lt disabled enabled gt lt quoted string gt index service proxy text udptrackmode The name of the security level to be added The index of the security level Tip Use the command firewall level listto obtain a list of indexes
340. onnected at the time of configuration If this should be the case use the command ppp ifdetach before using the command ppp ifconfig SYNTAX pop ifconfig inti lt String gt dest lt string gt user lt string gt password lt password gt acname lt quoted string gt servicename lt quoted string gt pcomp lt disabled enabled gt accomp lt enabled disabled negotiate gt trace lt disabled enabled gt concentrator lt disabled enabled gt auth lt pap chap auto gt restart lt disabled enabled gt retryinterval lt number 0 65535 gt passive lt disabled enabled gt silent lt disabled enabled gt echo lt disabled enabled gt deg lt number 293 8192 gt laddr lt ip address gt raddr lt ip address gt netmask lt ip mask dotted or cidr gt See lt cidr dotted none gt pool lt none gt oe lt disabled enabled gt demanddial lt disabled enabled gt doddelay lt number 0 3600 gt primdns lt ip address gt secdns lt ip address gt dnsmetric lt number 0 100 gt idletime lt number 0 1000000 gt fadletrigger lt RxTx Rx Tx gt unnumbered lt disabled enabled gt where intf The name of the PPP interface to be configured REQUIRED dest The destination for this PPP interface OPTIONAL Typically a phonebook entry If an Ethernet interface
341. onnection list to obtain the IDs of the different connections EXAMPLE gt connection list ID proto state substate flags timeout ACTIVE TCES ESTABLISHED TCPS ESTABLISHED 15 Gen INIT 124 192 168 1 64 1979 192 168 1 254 23 LocalNetwork 548 tcp RESP 125 192 168 1 254 23 192 168 1 64 1979 R loop 396 tcp 0 gt connection describe id 62 ID proto state substate flags timeout ACTIVE TCPS ESTABLISHED TCPS ESTABLISHED 59 cache valid FP cache valid No translation INIT 124 192 168 1 64 1979 192 168 1 254 23 LocalNetwork 576 tcp ROUTING cache valid FP gateway 127 0 0 1 LABEL cache valid FP no route label FP QoS label Interactive IPQOS cache valid FP label lt no meter gt intf lt no meter gt TRIGGER cache valid FP no trigger RESP 125 192 168 1 254 23 192 168 1 64 1979 R loop 412 tcp ROUTING cache valid FP gateway 192 168 1 254 LABEL Cache valid FP no route label FP QoS label default IPOOS cache valid FP label no meter gt intf lt no meter gt TRIGGER Cache valid FP no trigger E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection flush Flush the current connection configuration SYNTAX connection flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection info Show all the registered modules with some info SYNTAX connection into EXAMPLE gt connection info Registered
342. onstraint from the VLAN learning system eth bridge rule list Display all constraints from the VLAN learning system E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge rule delete Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system SYNTAX eth bridge rule delete index lt number 0 32 gt where index Index of the constraint to be deleted REQUIRED Tip Use the command eth bridge rule listto obtain a list of the indexes of the constraints EXAMPLE gt eth bridge rule list Index Type VLAN Parameter independant default Independent set identifier 1 gt eth bridge rule delete index 1 gt eth bridge rule list Index Type VLAN Parameter RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge rule add Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system eth bridge rule list Display all constraints from the VLAN learning system E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge rule flush Flush all constraints from the VLAN learning system SYNTAX eth bridge rule flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge rule list Display all constraints from the VLAN learning system SYNTAX eth bridge rule list EXAMPLE gt eth bridge rule list Index Type VLAN Parameter independant default Independent set identifier 1 RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge rule add Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system eth bridge rule delete Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system E DOC C
343. or an interface Display the IPOoS EF timers Display the IPQoS EF timer statistics Clear the IPQOS statistics Modify the IPQoS subqueue configuration Display the IPQoS subqueue configuration Show the IPOo0S subqueue statistics 474 477 478 479 480 481 482 484 485 IPQ0S Commands ipqos config Configure IPOoS for a given destination interface for the IPQ0S queues instantiation When enabling or disabling IPOoS take the following into account GDP gt if the WAN interface for example PPPOA IP 0A is detached at the time of enabling disabling IPQ0S then the WAN interface has to be attached in order for the enabling disabling of IPQoS to take effect gt ifthe WAN interface is attached at the time of enabling disabling IPOoS then the WAN interface has to be detached and then re attached in order for the enabling disabling of IPOoS to take effect SYNTAX ipgos config dest lt string gt state lt disabled enabled gt discard lt tail early gt priority lt wtq strict wer gt realtimerate lt number 1 100 gt EE lt number 1 128 gt lt number 1 97 gt lt number 1 97 gt lt number 1 97 gt maxpackets lt number 0 100 gt lt number 1 97 gt maxbytes lt number 0 128 gt where dest The destination interface for the IPOoS queues instantiation REQUIRED This is an ATM phonebook entry
344. ort name gt or lt number gt icmpcode srcport lt supported TCP UDP port name gt or lt number gt If a value is preceded by a it means NOT For example intfgroup wan means if the interface group is different from WAN where name The name of an existing expression REQUIRED type The expression type REQUIRED Choose between gt intf gt ip gt serv addr The IP address or range Supports ip mask notation REQUIRED Note Only for expression type ip intf The IP interface name OPTIONAL Note Only for expression type ntf E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Expr Commands intfgroup tos precedence dscp proto srcport srcportend dstport dstportend icmptype E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 The IP interface group Choose between gt wan local lan tunnel dmz NM MM V guest Note Only for expression type intf A number between 0 and 255 Represents the Type of Service ToS specification in the IP packet Note The parameters tos precedence and dscp are mutually exclusive The precedence in the IP packet part of tos Select an IP precedence see IP Precedence on page 752 or alternatively specify the number Note The parameters tos precedence and dscp are mutually exclusive The Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP in the IP packet part of tos Select a DSCP see Differentiated Serv
345. orted UDP port number gt DOLL Lance lt porl range triggerport lt supported UDP port number gt triggerprotocol lt any tcp udp or number gt where name Thenameofthehostservice REQUIRED protocol ThelPprotocoltype OPTIONAL Choose between gt any gt tcp gt udp gt anumber baseport The inbound base port OPTIONAL Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number Note If not specified baseport is equal to the first port of portrange portrange The outbound port range REQUIRED triggerport The outbound trigger port OPTIONAL Select one of the supported TCP UDP port names see Supported TCP UDP Port Names on page 747 or alternatively specify the port number triggerprotocol Protocol of the trigger port OPTIONAL Choose between gt any gt tcp gt udp gt anumber Note If not specified triggerprotocol is equal to protocol RELATED COMMANDS service host rule add Create define a host service portmap H E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service system ifadd Add an interface group to the access list SYNTAX service system ifadd name lt string gt group lt wan local lan tunnel dmz guest or number gt where name The name of the system service for this access list REQUIRED group The interface group for this access list REQUIRED
346. otted or cidr gt pointopoint lt ip address gt addroute lt disabled enabled gt where intf The IP interface name REQUIRED addr The new IP address to be added REQUIRED netmask The subnetmask associated with this address OPTIONAL pointopol The remote IP address in case of a dedicated point to point link OPTIONAL nt addroute Add typical net subnet routes automatically according to the default or OPTIONAL specified subnet mask enabled or not disabled The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt ip iplist Interface Type IP address Point to point Mask 1 etho0 1 etho0 0 loop Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet LOU OS 138 169 254 141 11 127 0 0 1 LAI 60 2992994040 255 0 0 0 gt ip ipadd intf eth0 addr 10 0 0 2 24 addroute enabled gt ip iplist Interface Type IP address Point to point Mask 1 etho etho etho Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet 10 0 0 2 10 0 0 138 169 254 141 11 255 255 255 0 25920925950 29942590 0 loop Ethernet L27001 25504040 RELATED COMMANDS ip ipdelete Remove an IP address from an IP interface ip iplist Display all the configured IP addresses E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip ipconfig Modify an IP address configuration SYNTAX ip ipconfig addr lt ip address gt preferred lt disabled enabled gt primary lt disabled enabled gt where addr The IP address to be configured REQUIRED preferred Make this IP address
347. oxy interface 420 igmp proxy ifconfig Configure an IGMP proxy interface 421 igmp proxy iflist Show the configuration of an IGMP proxy interface 422 igmp proxy mbslist Show the IGMP proxy membership database merge of all 423 learned groups igmp proxy config Clear IGMP proxy statistics 424 igmp proxy debug stats Print IGMP proxy statistics 425 igmp proxy debug Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration 426 traceconfig E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp host contig Display or modify global IGMP configuration SYNTAX Lomp host config requirera lt disabled enabled gt where requirera Enable or disable the router alert IP option check OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt igmp host confighostmgr list Router alert IP option check disabled gt RELATED COMMANDS igmp host debug Show the IGMP groups clear E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp host flush Flush the IGMP settings SYNTAX igmp host flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp host list Show the IGMP groups SYNTAX Lomp host list intf lt string gt expand lt disabled enabled gt where intf The IP interface name OPTIONAL expand Enable or disable expanded listing of IGMP groups OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt igmp host list Interface Group Filter Mode Source 4 lanl 224 0 0 103 EXCLUDE none 4 lan1 239 255 255 250 EXCL
348. p J lt ip address private gt serv lt service name gt log lt disabled enabled gt state lt disabled enabled gt label lt string gt If a value is preceded by a it means NOT CZ For example srcintf wan means if srcintf is different from WAN where chain index name clink srcintf srcip dstip serv log state label E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 The name of the chain in which the rule must be inserted The index number of the rule before which the new rule must be added Tip Use the command label rule list to obtain the index number of the applicable rule The name of the new rule The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies The name of the source interface expression The name of the source IP expression The name of the destination IP expression The name of the service expression Disable or enable logging when this rule applies The default is disabled Disable or enable this rule The default is enabled Choose between gt None gt link when clink is used gt label name REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED Label Commands EXAMIPLE gt label rule list Rules flags C Constant D Dynamic E Enable L Log Chain Nr Flags Rule routing labels 1 CDE link re user labels 2 CDE link rt default labels qos_
349. p IIn _ scan Stealth top xmas Scan stcelth Cop full xmas scan stealth tcp vecna scan stealth tcp sya fin scanl udo port SCan ping sweep scan Ucp syn _ flood udp flood ping flood icmp unreachable _storm Ssmurt broadcast attack smurt Storm at tack fraggle broadcast attack Lraggle storm attack band attack where signature The name of the signature OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt ids signature list signature fragment sweep Signature parser hits action fragment sweep fragment enabled gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IDS Commands ids signature modify Modify the states of the signatures SYNTAX ids signature modify signature lt fragment sweep Zero length fragment S126 small fragment size fragment Size Overrun fragment overlap tragment OUT OL order ip protocol soan LCp port scan top syn scan Stealth tee null scan Stealth top Tin sean stealth tcp xmas scan Stealth tcp Lull xmas SCH Stealth tcp vecna scan stealth top Sya fin Scan udp port scan ping sweep scan tcp sym Elosda ue tlocd ping Tlocd icmp unreachable storm SmMUrE Broadcast attack smurt storm attack traggle broadcast attack traggle storm attack land attack gt state lt disabled enabled gt where signature The name of the signature REQUIRED state The desired state of the signature REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt 1ds signature modify signature 1p protocol scan state disabled
350. p server pool ruledelete 181 run script run 625 S save config save 80 script add 620 delete 621 flush 622 list 623 run 625 select eth bridge select 263 send atm oamccsend 51 systemlog send 695 sendto ip debug sendto 468 service host add 630 assign 628 config 629 delete 631 disable 632 flush 633 list 634 rule add 637 delete 638 stats 635 triggerlist 636 system ifadd 639 ifdelete 640 ipadd 641 ipdelete 642 list 643 mapadd 645 mapdelete 646 modify 647 sesslist ppp relay sesslist 609 upgrade debug sesslist 705 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Index set env set 247 firewall level set 363 settime system rtc settime 689 show grp rip show 385 systemlog show 693 snmp community add 654 delete 655 list 656 modify 657 config 650 get 651 getnext 652 ifadd 658 ifattach 660 ifconfig 662 ifdelete 659 ifdetach 661 iflist 663 walk 653 sntp add 666 config 667 delete 668 flush 669 list 670 software upgrade 672 version 673 start upgrade start 703 stats connection stats 97 dhcp client debug stats 120 dhcp relay debug stats 131 dhcp server debug stats 152 dns server debug stats 193 dsd debug stats 215 firewall debug stats 356 firewall rule debug stats 372 ids pattern stats 403 igmp host debug stats 416 ip debug stats 470 ipqos ef stats 480 ipqos queue stats 485 label rule debug stats 510 mbus debug stats 522 memm stats 541 mlp debug stats 547 E
351. port number only for port shifting maps Note The size of inside_port must be identical to the size of outside_port mode The mode to create the portmap OPTIONAL Choose between gt auto gt inbound gt outbound The standard is auto E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commande EXAMIPLE gt nat tmpladd intf myPPP ppp type napt outside addr 100 100 100 1 gt nat tmpllist Idx Type Interface Use 1 NAPT myPPP ppp 0 Ifgroup Outside Address Inside Address any 100 100 100 1 unmapped gt nat tmpladd group lan type napt outside addr 100 200 100 1 gt nat tmpllist Idx Type Interface Use 1 NAPT any 0 2 NAPT myPPP ppp 0 RELATED COMMANDS nat tmpldelete nat tmpllist nat tmplinst E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Ifgroup Outside Address Inside Address lan 100 200 1001 unmapped any 100 100 100 1 unmapped Delete an address mapping template Display the address mapping templates Instantiate address mapping templates for a given dynamic address nat tmplidelete Delete an address mapping template NAT Commands SYNTAX nat tmpldelete index lt number gt where index The index of the address mapping template to be deleted REQUIRED Tip Use the command nat tmpllist to view the address mapping templates EXAMPLE gt nat tmpllist Idx Type Interface Use 1 NAPT any 0 2 NAPT myPPP ppp 0 gt nat tmpldelete index 1 gt nat tmpllist Idx Type Interface Use 1
352. posed of one s or zero s gt dynamic Besides the address configuration of the Thomson ST itself and besides the checking of traffic on a constants level additional checking is performed on the IP addresses that are determined by the configuration more specifically by the network The default is dynamic mssclamping Disable or enable mss clamping for low MTU interfaces OPTIONAL Enabling mss clamping assures that the size of a TCP packet never exceeds the available Maximum Transmission Unit MTU of the outgoing interface The default is on Note It is recommended not to disable this parameter natloopback Disable Enable NAT loopback OPTIONAL The default is enabled loadbalancing Select loadbalancing mechanism OPTIONAL bitrate A number between 10 and 3600 OPTIONAL window sec Set the window to calculate the bitrate multiple of 10 The default is 30 acceleration Disable Enable IP acceleration OPTIONAL EXAMPLE gt ip config Forwarding enabled Sendredirects enabled IP options enabled NetBroadcasts disabled Default TTL 64 Fraglimit 64 fragments Fragcount currently 0 fragments Defragment mode enabled Address checks dynamic Mss Clamping enabled NAT Loopback enabled Bitrate window sec multiple of 10 30 gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip flush Flush all the static IP parameters Dynamic configurations for example from PPP or CIP links remain EE The flu
353. ppp relay ifdelete Delete an Ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list 607 ppp relay iflist Display all Ethernet interfaces added to the PPP relay agent list 608 ppp relay sesslist Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list 609 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp flush Flush all PPP interfaces CD The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX ppp flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp ifadd Create a new PPP interface SYNTAX ppp ifadd where intf Note EXAMPLE gt ppp iflist dest 10 IP routing Internet RELAY Retry mode flags 0 user dns metric auth auto admin state LCP LPC acname mru down state initial state initial service gt ppp ifadd intf Rt PPPoA gt ppp iflist dest 10 IP routing Internet RELAY Retry mode flags 0 user dns metric auth admin state LCP Ss acname mru auto down state initial state initial service Rt PPPoA dest 10 IP routing Retry mode flags 0 user dns metric auth auto admin state LCP IP P mru down state initial state initial E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 echo magic accomp restart intf lt string gt The name for the new PPP interface If not specified the destination parameter must be specified In this case the name of the destination will double as interface name 0
354. proto 6 dst prt 585 imaps serv 1 1 proto 6 dst prt 993 pop2 serv db 1 proto 6 dst prt 109 pop3 serv t 1 proto 6 dst prt 110 pop3s serv 1 1 proto 6 dst prt 995 smtp serv 1 1 proto 6 dst prt 25 ssh serv 0 1 proto 6 dst prt 22 dns serv a 1 proto 6 dst prt 53 2 proto 17 dst prt 53 nntp serv 0 1 proto 6 dst prt 119 ipsec serv 0 1 proto 51 2 proto 50 3 proto 17 src prt 500 dst prt 500 esp serv 1 1 proto 50 ah serv 1 1 proto 51 ike serv 1 1 proto 17 dst prt 500 DiffServ serv 0 1 dscp 0 sip serv 1 1 proto 17 dst prt 5060 2 proto 6 dst prt 5060 h323 serv 1 1 proto 6 dst prt 1720 2 proto 17 dst prt 1718 3 proto 17 dst prt 1719 dhcp serv 1 1 proto 17 dst prt 68 2 proto 17 dst prt 67 rtsp serv a 1 proto 17 dst prt 554 2 proto 6 dst prt 554 ssdp serv serv 1 1 proto 17 dst prt 1900 mdap serv serv 1 1 proto 17 dst prt 3235 gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Expr Commands EXAMPLE 2 gt expr list format cli expr add name Internet types intf intf Internet expr add name LocalNetwork type intf intf LocalNetwork expr add name HTTPI if 0 type intf intf LocalNetwork expr add name HTTPI if 0 type intf intf LocalNetwork expr add name HTTPI if 0 type intf intf LocalNetwork expr add name HTTP if 0 type intf intfgroup lan exp
355. pug A tte stoenessneenectcadectyeeceotacemseat e o eo 211 Loko o Metro eo AP 212 eo GS age qe VENA A aes 213 soon og Po A 214 A mA p EE Rripi EDES NE E akE Tro E EA PETE rE r ran Sina EENE 215 dsd intercept Config DE 216 dsd syslog COn DEE 217 nn nn A e o 218 E e 219 en erence inte E a tre E eee tee A eer ee 220 e Red e TE 221 asa CITC T rule TUS ocean 222 asa Ela ale EH NSP EE 223 asa Urter rulc el nica 224 12 DynDNS nn En TE 227 e oigo o APA PP cts sacra ane eautonsdsenaenousesasedsaaeesascetausaneete tae csa acs oeeee son oeseenesunee cant 228 CY ICING CC 161 Eege 229 Ao E 230 CCUG EE 231 UNITS elt serenata 232 dyndns NOSt add ARS AP ee o E SA 234 dyndns host delete IOPoU UN00O OEDPnP PS E oe S o o E A 235 o o o o uemececasee cunt sceeetcc 236 nn PP o 237 ale Y o A Po A o Pm 238 dyndns service Mod EE 240 EP sarees becca ere spect eee 243 Po A 244 EN Va usa cea oe 245 Sn E A setae 246 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Contents E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 14 A o 247 env UN O barata E E E 248 ELO a aa a tiiicis 249 E e e EE 252 EE oie 253 EEN re d PPP A o E A E E E 254 A eE o A Po 255 A eebe 256 A y AP o O 257 A E 258 ig Roig ole Eo eet teers Pe E e 259 odie q A Eo o o eee ee ee eee re ee 260 Jo PP E e 261 eth pridge A Q Roo e 262 an A O A 263 SUPP C OMO ME 264 eth ei ge e A ENEE EOAR 265 eth bridge dynvlan add EE 266 eth bridge dynvlan et o E 267 eth bridge
356. qos queue stats Show the IPQoS subqueue statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Ipqos queue config Modify the IPQoS subqueue configuration SYNTAX ipgos queue config dest lt string gt where dest queue propagate ecnmarking ackfiltering maxpackets queue lt number 0 5 gt IPQ0S Commands propagate lt disabled enabled gt ecnmarking lt disabled enabled gt ackfiltering lt disabled maxbytes lt number 0 128 gt resbytes lt number 0 128 gt hold lt number gt respackets lt number 0 250 gt markprob lt number 1 1000 gt The destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation Typically an ATM phonebook entry A number between 0 and 5 Represents the number of the queue where gt 5 isthe Real time queue 4 is the Assured Forwarding AF queue 4 3 is the AF queue 3 2 is the AF queue 2 1 is the AF queue 1 VVVVV 0 is the Best Effort queue Higher priority packets will be queued in a lower priority queue enabled gt maxpackets lt number 0 250 gt REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL instead of being dropped as soon as the destination queue is in overflow state The packet will be put in a lower priority queue only once Choose between disabled or enabled The default is disabled Note The propagate flag for the lowest priority subqueue the Best Effort queue has no mea
357. r qos default labels user gt RELATED COMMANDS label chain add Add a new label chain label chain list Display a list of chains E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes label chain flush Flush all label chains SYNTAX label chain flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commands label chain list Display a list of chains SYNTAX label chain list format lt fpretty cli gt where format Select the output format of the list OPTIONAL Choose between gt pretty the configuration is shown as intuitive output in clear text gt cli the configuration is shown via the CLI commands configuration The default is pretty EXAMPLE gt label chain list Chains Description routing labels rt user labels rt default labels qos labels qos user labels qos default labels gt label chain list format cli Label chain add c ain rt user labels label chain add chain rt default labels label chain add chain qos user labels label chain add chain qos default labels RELATED COMMANDS label chain add Add a new label chain label chain delete Delete a label chain E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes label rule add Add a label rule SYNTAX label rule add chain lt chain name gt index lt number gt name lt string gt clink lt chain name gt Leet 11 lt string gt srcip lt ip address private gt dsti
358. r add name HTTPs if 0 type intf intfgroup lan expr add name FTP if 0 type intf intfgroup lan expr add name TELNET if 0 type intf intfgroup lan expr add name DNS S if 0 type intf intfgroup lan expr add name SNMP AGENT if 0 type intf intfgroup lan expr add name PING RESPONDER if 0 type intf intfgroup lan expr add name wan type intf intfgroup wan expr add name lan type intf intfgroup lan expr add name local type intf intfgroup local expr add name 10 0 0 138 type ip addr 10 0 0 138 expr add name 192 168 1 254 type ip addr 192 168 1 254 expr add name private type ip addr 10 0 0 0 8 expr add name private type 1p addr 172 16 31 expr add name private type ip addr 192 168 1 0 24 expr add name 8sdp ip type 1p addr 239 255 255 250 expr add name mdap_ip type ip addr 224 0 0 103 expr add name HTTP sv_0 type serv proto tcp dstport www http expr add n me HTTPs sv 0 Eype 5erv proto tep astport 443 expr add nam e FTP sy 0 type serv proto tcp dstport ftp expr add name TRINET sv H type serv proto tep dstport telnet expr add name RIP sv 0 type serv proto udp sreport r1p dstport r1p expr add name RIP Query sv U type serv proto udp dstport r1p expr add name DNS S sv U type serv proto udp dstport dns expr add name SNMP AGENT sv_0 type serv proto udp dstport snmp expr add name RAS sv 0 type serv proto tcp dstport www http expr add name SRAS sv 0 type serv proto tcp dstport 443 expr add name ICMP LISTEN sv 0 type serv proto icmp exp
359. r add name SENDTO LISTEN sv 0 type serv proto udp expr add name PING RESPONDER sv D type serv proto icmp icmptype echo request expr add name HTTPI sv O type sefv proto tep dstport httpproxy expr add name icmp type serv proto icmp expr add name igmp type serv proto igmp expr add name ftp type serv proto tcp dstport ftp expr add name telnet type serv proto tcp dstport telnet expr add name http type serv proto tcp dstport www http expr add name httpproxy type serv proto tcp dstport httpproxy expr add name https type serv proto tcp dstport 443 expr add name RPC type serv proto tcp dstport 135 expr add name NBT type serv proto udp dstport netbios ns expr add name NBT type serv proto udp dstport netbios dgm expr add name NBT type serv proto tcp dstport netbios ssn expr add name SMB type serv proto tcp dstport 445 expr add name imap type serv proto tcp dstport imap2 expr add name imap3 type serv proto tcp dstport imap3 expr add name imap4 ssl type serv proto tcp dstport 585 expr add name imaps type serv proto tcp dstport 993 expr add name pop2 type serv proto tcp dstport pop2 expr add name pop3 type serv proto tcp dstport pop3 expr add name pop3s type serv proto tcp dstport 995 expr add name smtp type serv proto tcp dstport smtp expr add name ssh type serv proto tcp dstport 22 expr add name dns type serv proto tcp dstport dns expr add name dns type serv proto udp dstport dns expr add name nntp type serv proto tcp dstport nntp e
360. r unassigned server Asheron s Call unassigned client Battlecom unassigned server Black and White unassigned server Buddy Phone unassigned client Bungie net unassigned server Citrix Metaframe unassigned client CU SeeMe unassigned client Dark Reign 2 unassigned server Westwood Online unassigned client Yahoo Messenger Chat unassigned server gt service host list name MSN Messenger Service Name MSN Messenger Host unassigned User Defined no Mode server Port 1863 for protocol tcp will be forwarded to host port 1863 Portrange 6891 6900 for protocol tcp will be forwarded to host portrange 6891 6900 Port 6901 for protocol tcp or udp will be forwarded to host port 6901 RELATED COMMANDS service host add Add a host service service host delete Delete a host service E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service host stats Show the host service statistics SYNTAX service host stats EXAMIPLE gt service host stats Services 113 of 150 in use Service maps 225 of 300 in use Trigger ports 0 of 25 in use gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service host triggerlist List all triggers SYNTAX service host triggerlist EXAMIPLE gt service triggerlist Ip Triggerport Portrange Timeout gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service host rule add Create define a host service portmap SYNTAX service host rule
361. rade Commands upgrade profile add Add a new file profile description SYNTAX upgrade profile add extension lt sts ini gt maxsize KBytes lt number gt action lt mone contig losa script boad teboou where extension The extension of the new file profile REQUIRED Choose between gt sts gt ini maxsize The maximum filesize in KBytes allowed for files with the OPTIONAL extension of this profile The default is 100 action The action to be done when the file with the extension of this REQUIRED profile is downloaded Choose between gt none gt config_load gt script_load gt reboot RELATED COMMANDS upgrade profile delete Delete a file profile description upgrade profile list Display a list of the file profile descriptions E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands upgrade profile modify Modify a file profile description SYNTAX upgrade profile modify extension lt stslini gt maxsize KBytes lt number gt action lt m ne c ntig load scrapt Load ee ks where extension The extension of the new file profile REQUIRED Choose between gt sts gt ini maxsize The maximum filesize in KBytes allowed for files with the OPTIONAL extension of this profile The default is 100 action The action to be done when the file with the extension of this REQUIRED profile is downloaded Choose between gt none config_load gt gt script
362. rator lt sTo date format lt iso ddmmyyyy ddmmyy mmddyyyy mmddyy gt time format lt iso hmmss gt datetime format lt 150 J datertine timetdacej duration format lt dhmmss hmmss gt where dec_symbol Set the decimal symbol OPTIONAL Choose between gt gt The default is 5 group_symbol Setthegroupsymbol OPTIONAL Choose between gt gt The default is date_separator Set the date separator OPTIONAL Choose between gt gt gt The default is date format Set the date format OPTIONAL Choose between gt Iso ddmmyyyy ddmmyy mmddyyyy VV V V mmddyy The default is ddmmyyyy Note dd day mm month yyyy or yy year E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 time Tomat system Commands OPTIONAL Set the time format Choose between gt iso gt hmmss The default is iso Note h hours mm minutes ss seconds datetime_format Set the date time format Choose between gt iso gt date time gt time date OPTIONAL The default is date time duration_format Set the duration format Choose between gt dhmmss gt hmmss The default is dhmmss OPTIONAL Note d days h hours mm minutes ss seconds EXAMPLE gt system locale Decimal symbol Digit grouping symbol Date separator Date format Time format Date time format Duration fo
363. rd Priority Size Size Rate Burst Weights Packets KBytes KBytes Weights atm pyc 0 35 disabled early wfq 250 56 80 2 25 25 Q atm pvc 8 35 enabled early wfq 250 56 E RELATED COMMANDS ipqos config Configure IPOoS for a given destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IPQ0S Commands ipqos ef config Configure the IPOoS Expedited Forwarding EF timer for an interface SYNTAX ipgos ef config intf lt string gt state lt disabled enabled gt timeout lt number 100 10000 gt mtu lt munber 66 65535 gt where intf The name of the IP interface REQUIRED state Enable or disable the IPQoS EF timer for the interface OPTIONAL The default is disabled timeout A number between 100 and 10000 milliseconds OPTIONAL Represents the timeout The default is 1000 mtu A number between 68 and 65535 OPTIONAL Represents the MTU of the IP interface in case of EF data The default is 1500 EXAMIPLE The example below shows the default configuration gt ipgos ef list Interface State Timeout MTU ms bytes loop disabled 1000 65535 RE PPPOAZ disabled 1000 1500 etho disabled 1000 1500 gt Lpgos ef config intf Rt PPPoA2 state enabled gt ipqos ef list Interface State Timeout MTU ms bytes loop disabled 1000 65535 Rt PPPOA2 enabled 1000 1500 ert bi disabled 1000 1500 gt RELATED COMMANDS ipqos ef li
364. re mode Select the autopvc mode OPTIONAL gt pseudo only pseudo ILMI VP VC 15 16 is enabled When the connection parameters are written to the MIB this information is displayed on CLI or web interface but these parameters are not used for configuration gt passive both ILMI VP VC 0 16 and pseudo ILMI VP VC 15 16 are enabled When the connection parameters are written to the MIB this information is displayed on CLI or web interface but these parameters are not used for configuration gt active both ILMI VP VC 0 16 and pseudo ILMI VP VC 15 16 are enabled When the connection parameters are written to the MIB these parameters are used to configure phonebook entries qosbook profiles and bind bridge or PPPoE interfaces on top The default is passive type Select the type of autopve OPTIONAL Choose between gt bridge gt pppoerelay an ETHOA interface will be created will be bound to the ILMI Permanent Virtual Channel PVC and will be added to the PPPoE relay as relay port gt poa gt ethoa gt pppoa gt pppoe overwrit Enable or disable UBR peak rate overwrite OPTIONAL e The default is disabled peakrate A number between 0 and 27786 OPTIONAL Represents the UBR peak rate in kilobits per second The default is O indicates the linerate E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 AutoPVC Commande EXAMIPLE gt autopve config Autopvce mode Autopvc type Autopve standard Autopvc pseudo UBR overwrite UBR
365. ress port lt number 1 4 gt state lt enabled disabled gt where port The port to be the Mirror Ingress Port REQUIRED Note If no port number is specified then the port number of the current Mirror Ingress Port is shown state Enable or disable the port as Mirror Ingress Port OPTIONAL The default is enabled EXAMPLE Here port 2 is enabled as Mirror Ingress Port gt eth switch mirror ingress port 2 gt eth switch mirror ingress Ingress mirror port 2 gt Here port 2 is disabled as Mirror Ingress Port gt eth switch mirror ingress Ingress mirror port 2 gt eth switch mirror ingress port 2 state disabled gt eth switch mirror ingress gt RELATED COMMANDS eth switch mirror capture Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture Port eth switch mirror egress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Egress Port E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch share add Add a port to be shared SYNTAX eth switch share add port lt number 1 4 gt shared lt number 1 4 gt where port A number between 1 and 4 REQUIRED Represents the port shared A number between 1 and 4 REQUIRED Represents the shared port RELATED COMMANDS eth switch share delete Delete a shared port eth switch share list Display shared ports E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth switch share delete Delete a shared port SYNTAX eth switch shar
366. rface ip iplist Display all the configured IP addresses E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands Ip iplist Display all the configured IP addresses SYNTAX EXAMIPLE gt ip iplist Interface Type IP address Point to point Mask 2 LocalNetwork Ethernet 10 0 0 138 259 2559 2550 LocalNetwork Ethernet 192 168 1 254 2552952950 2 0 loop Ethernet LAY eae Dek 2994 299s 299299 gt RELATED COMMANDS ip ipadd Assign an IP address to an IP interface ip ipdelete Remove an IP address from an IP interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip mcast rtadd Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table SYNTAX ip mcast rtadd Ssrcintr lt string gt src lt ip address gt grp lt ip address gt dstintf lt string gt ttl lt number 1l 255 gt ttlincr disabled enabled where srcintf The source IP interface REQUIRED src The source IP address OPTIONAL grp The multicast group IP address REQUIRED dstintf The destination IP interface REQUIRED ttl The time to live for that destination IP interface OPTIONAL ttlincr Increment TTL before packet is send OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS ip mcast rtdelete Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table ip mcast rtlist Display the multicast routing table ip mcast flush Flush the multicast routing table E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip mcast rtdelete Delete a multicast rout
367. ric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason acname service Rt PPPoA dest REPPPOA atm 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 route dst 0 0 0 0 0 src 10 0 0 0 1 metric 1 auth auto user johndoe ISP password x xx admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm 0 term reason RELATED COMMANDS ppp rtdelete Delete the route for a PPP link E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp rtdelete Delete the route for a PPP link The interface must not be connected when a route configuration must be deleted If the interface is CD connected use the command ppp 1fdetach for this interface SYNTAX ppp rtdelete intf lt intfname gt where ing ThePPPinterface name for which to delete the route settings REQUIRED E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands EXAMPLE gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state
368. ridge instance OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge mcdadd Add a multicast group to be dropped to the database eth bridge mcdlist Display the multicast group to be dropped from the database E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge medlist Display the multicast group to be dropped from the database SYNTAX eth bridge mcdlist RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge mcdadd Add a multicast group to be dropped to the database eth bridge mcddelete Delete a multicast group to be dropped from the database E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge rule add Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system SYNTAX eth bridge rule add type lt shared independent gt vlan lt string gt vlan2 lt string gt isi lt number 0 32 gt where type Type of constraint REQUIRED Choose between gt shared gt independent vlan The VLAN to which the constraint belongs REQUIRED vlan2 The second VLAN for a shared constraint OPTIONAL Note This parameter is required when type is shared isi A number between 0 and 32 OPTIONAL Represents the Independent Set ID ISI for an independent constraint Note This parameter is required when type is independent EXAMPLE gt eth bridge rule add type independant vlan default isi 1 gt eth bridge rule list Index Type VLAN Parameter independant default Independent set identifier RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge rule delete Delete a c
369. ridge vlan ifdelete name lt string gt intf lt string gt where name The VLAN name for which a bridge interface must be deleted REQUIRED intf The name of the bridge interface to be deleted REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge vlan ifadd Add a bridge interface to a VLAN eth bridge vlan ifconfig Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN eth bridge vlan iflist Display all VLANs E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth bridge vlan Iflist Display all VLANs SYNTAX RELATED COMMANDS eth bridge vlan ifadd Add a bridge interface to a VLAN eth bridge vlan ifconfig Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN eth bridge vlan ifdelete Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands eth device ifconfig Configure an Ethernet interface SYNTAX eth device ifconfig intf lt string gt type lt auto 10BaseTHD 10BaseTFD 100BaseTHD 100BaseTFD or number gt state lt enabled disabled gt where intf The name of a physical interface REQUIRED type The Ethernet type OPTIONAL Select either gt auto Auto negotiation of Ethernet communication speed 10Mb s or 100Mb s and Duplex mode half duplex or full duplex gt 10BaseTHD 10Mb s communication speed in half duplex mode gt 10BaseTFD 10Mb s communication speed in full duplex mode gt 100BaseTHD 100Mb s communication speed in half duplex mode gt 100BaseTFD 100Mb s communication speed
370. rier A number between 1 and 86400 Represents the maximum response time in seconds for an IGMP client in reply to general queries A number between 1 and 86400 Represents the maximum response time in seconds for an IGMP client in reply to group specific queries A number between 2 and 10 Represents the robustness variable which allows tuning for expected IGMP packet loss Enable or disable the router alert IP option check The default is disabled Enable or disable the processing of a local multicast group in an IGMP packet The default is disabled enabled gt OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL IGMP Commands EXAMIPLE gt igmp proxy config IGMP proxy state disabled Query Interval 0 days 0 02 05 Query Response Interval 0 days 0 00 10 Last Member Query Interval 0 days 0 00 01 Robustness variable 2 Router alert IP option check disabled Process local multicast group disabled RELATED COMMANDS igmp proxy grouplist Show the learned groups on an IGMP proxy interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp proxy flush Flush all IGMP proxy settings and learned groups SYNTAX igmp proxy flush E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp proxy grouplist Show the learned groups on an IGMP proxy interface SYNTAX 1gmp proxy grouplist intf lt string gt expand lt disabled enable
371. riority class of the assigned connection OPTIONAL Choose between gt Anumber between 0 and 15 gt dscp gt default The default is 0 CH E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes ackclass The priority class of the ACK segments of the TCP connection OPTIONAL Choose between gt A number between 0 and 15 gt prioritize gt defclass The default is 0 bidirectional The label applies to the initiator stream the returning stream OPTIONAL the current connection as well as to the child connections enabled or not disabled The default is disabled inheritance The label will be copied to all child connection streams in the OPTIONAL same direction enabled or not disabled The default is disabled tosmarking Enable or disable tos marking OPTIONAL The default is disabled tos A number between 0 and 255 OPTIONAL Represents the ToS specification in the IP packet used for tosmarking The default is 0 Note The parameters tos precedence and dscp are mutually exclusive dscp The DSCP in the IP packet part of tos OPTIONAL Select a DSCP see Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP on page 753 or alternatively specify the number Note The parameters tos precedence and dscp are mutually exclusive precedence The precedence in the IP packet part of tos OPTIONAL Select an IP precedence see IP Precedence on page 752 or alternatively specify the number Note The para
372. rmat gt ddmmyyyy 1so date time dhmmss E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 system Commands system reboot Reboot the Thomson ST CH Non saved configuration settings will be lost after reboot SYNTAX system reboot EXAMIPLE gt system reboot RELATED COMMANDS system timedreboot Set or change a timed reboot for the Thomson ST E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 system Commands system reset Reset the Thomson ST to its factory or ISP defaults and reboot the device CLD All user specific settings and all saved configuration changes are lost after reboot SYNTAX system resect factory yes no proceed no yes where factory yes no Choose between REQUIRED gt yes delete user and ISP specific settings gt no delete user specific settins only proceed no yes Confirmation for resetting the modem REQUIRED If no confirmation is given the Thomson ST will not be reset EXAMPLE gt system reset The modem will be reset to factory defaults clearing all user and ISP settings Specifying lt factory yes gt deletes user and ISP specific settings Connectivity with the ISP network might be lost lt factory no gt deletes user specific settings only factory yes no no proceed no yes no system reset factory yes no no proceed no yes no The modem will be reset to factory defaults clearing all user and ISP settings Specifying lt factory yes gt deletes user and ISP specific
373. rules must be listed Note If not specified all rules for all chains are shown Select the output format of the list Choose between gt pretty the configuration is shown as intuitive output in clear text gt cli the configuration is shown via the CLI commands configuration The default is pretty String matching condition Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL Label Commands EXAMIPLE gt label rule list format cl1 label rule add chain qos default labels label VoIP label rule add chain qos default labels label VoIP label rule add chain qos default labels label Interactive label rule add chain qos default labels label Interactive label rule add chain qos default labels label Interactive label rule add chain qos default labels label Interactive label rule add chain qos default labels label Interactive label rule add chain qos default labels label Interactive label rule add chain qos default labels label Interactive label rule add chain qos default labels label Interactive label rule add chain qos default labels label Interactive vlabel rule add chain gos derault labels label Interactive Label rule add chain gos default labels label Interactive Label rule ada chain gqos default Labels label Interactive clabel
374. rver lease list Lease Pool Clientid 0 0 0 0 dhcp pool 1 120 00 90 D0 00 local pool 159 ULi2324S9 EE CECR local pool szli OLiZo 6004 Liens local pool 645 US TDOIZ OS 10 0 0 local pool T21 ABI TAL 10 0 0 local pool TIo ETOL gn 10 0 0 local pool 01 08 80 09 10 0 0 local pool 00 08 93 DA gt dhcp server lease flush 0 1 2 3 e 4 8 9 gt dhcp server lease list gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server lease list List all the DHCP server leases SYNTAX dhcp server lease list clientid lt clientid none gt index lt number gt where clientid The DHCP client identification string of the DHCP lease Note If not specified the DSHCP server leases for all the DHCP clients are listed index The DHCP server lease table index Note If not specified the complete DHCP server lease table will be shown EXAMPLE gt dhcp server lease list Lease Pool CLientid O 0 0 0 0 dhcp pool 1 120 00 90 D0 EO 0 0d local pool 199 01 23 45 2 00 0 t0L Local pool 214 GR E dr Ehl Local pool E GEESS GE E EE Local pool ALs ABLIIIAL 4 10 0 0 6 local pool KEE E ons 8 10 0 0 8 local pool 01 08 80 09 9 10 0 0 15 local pool 00 097937 DA gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server lease add Add a DHCP server lease dhcp server lease delete Delete a DHCP server lease E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 OPTIONAL OPTIONAL DHCP Commands dhcp server opt
375. rview page via http https from LAN origin AP16 amp SP1 AP16 SP2 AP16 SP10 AP16 SP16 AP16 SP8 RELATED COMMANDS mlp role delete Add a role mlp role delete Delete a role E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip role removepriv Remove a privilege from a role SYNTAX mlp role removepriv name lt string gt access lt string gt service lt string gt where name The name of the role access The name of the access privilege to be deleted service The name of the service privilege to be deleted EXAMPLE gt mlp role list name myRole verbose all myRole Guest My user access myPrivilege amp SP7 gt mlp role removepriv name myRole access myPrivilege gt mlp role list name myRole verbose all myRole Guest My user access RELATED COMMANDS mlp role addpriv Add a privilege to a role REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 NAT Commands 29 NAT Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the nat command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands nat config nat flush nat ifconfig nat iflist nat mapadd nat mapdelete nat maplist nat tmpladd nat tmpldelete nat tmpllist nat tmplinst E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Display modify global NAT configuration options Flush the current NAT configuration Modify address translation on an IP interface Display the address translation configuration on all t
376. rward entry is hit OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS dhcp relay add Add an entry to the DHCP forward list dhcp relay delete Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list dhcp relay list List the DHCP forward list E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay ruleadd Add a selection rule to a DHCP forward entry SYNTAX dhcp relay ruleadd name lt string gt key lt or and gt rulename lt string gt where name The name of the forward entry REQUIRED key The logical key of the selection rule OPTIONAL The default is or rulename The name of the DHCP selection rule REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS dhcp relay ruledelete Delete a selection rule from a DHCP forward entry E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay ruledelete Delete a selection rule from a DHCP forward entry SYNTAX dhcp relay ruledelete name lt string gt rulename lt string gt where name The name of the forward entry REQUIRED rulename The name of the DHCP selection rule REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS dhcp relay ruleadd Add a selection rule to a DHCP forward entry E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp rule add Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection SYNTAX dhcp rule add name lt string gt type lt vci uci mac gt Set 1 lt quoted string uci lt quoted string gt match lt Sxactly as substring mac lt hardware address with wildcard Ge
377. s a hexadecimal value for example a12 c30f EXAMPLE gt mlp privilege config name myPrivilege descr My test privilege score al2 def4 gt mlp privilege list verbose all anyaccess access All access privileges granted unsecure connection channel ftp channel telnet channel http channel mdap channel serial origin lan origin wan origin local anyservice service All service privileges granted AP15 access WAN from all channels unsecure connection channel ftp channel telnet channel http channel mdap channel serial origin wan AP16 access LAN from HTTP HTTPS UnSecure connection channel Attp Origin lan myPrivilege service My test privilege r lan r fs view r fs retrieve r rtg r fwdg r frwl r ipsec norm r ipsec adv r certificates r local r qos and lan and local cli E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 MLP Commands mip privilege delete Delete a privilege SYNTAX mlp privilege delete where name The name of the privilege to be deleted EXAMIPLE name lt string gt REQUIRED gt mlp privilege list type access Privilege anyaccess AP1 AP2 AP3 AP4 APD AP6 AP7 AP8 API AP10 AP LI AP12 AP13 AP14 AP15 AP16 access access access access access access access access access access access access access access access myPrivilege type access access access Description All
378. sabled enabled gt tcpwindow lt number 0 1073725440 gt enabled gt Enable or disable the firewall OPTIONAL The default is enabled The firewall keeps active connections enabled or not OPTIONAL disabled when the firewall rules change The default is disabled Select the level of TCP sequence number checks Choose OPTIONAL between gt none no TCP checks are done gt fast check all the combinations of flag and disallow all the possible illegal combinations shown below m SYN PSH SYN PSH URG m SYN FIN SYN FIN PSH SYN FIN RST PSH FIN flag set without ACK All flags set No flags set gt exact check and permit only combinations of flag with the TCP state of a connection m SYN request to open connection m SYN ACK agree to open connection A PA AU PAU acknowledgement of receipt m FA FAP FAU FAP FAPU FAU FPAU request to close connection R RA RP RU RPA RPU RAU RPAU tear down connection The default is none Disable or enable keeping UDP checks OPTIONAL The default is enabled Disable or enable keeping ICMP checks OPTIONAL The default is enabled E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands logdefault Disable or enable logging of default firewall rule OPTIONAL The default is disabled logthreshold Disable or enable log thresholding OPTIONAL The default is enabled tcpwindow A number between 0 and 1073725440 OPTIONA
379. scr My user access gt mlp role list name myRole verbose all myRole Guest My user access myPrivilege SP7 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL MLP Commands mip role delete Delete a role SYNTAX mlp role delete name lt string gt where name The name of the role to be deleted REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt mlp role list Role parent Description root The superuser SuperUser root Any service and any access from LAN WAN LOCAL TechnicalSupport SuperUser Any service and any channels from WAN Administrator TechnicalSupport Any service and any access from LAN Local origin only PowerUser Administrator GUI Service overview page via http https from LAN origin User PowerUser GUI Overview pages remote assistance via HTTP HTTPS from LAN LAN Admin Administrator Only LAN related configurations from any Channel Origin WAN Admin Administrator Only WAN related configurations from any Channels Origin myRole Guest My user access gt mlp role delete name myRole gt mlp role list Role parent Description root The superuser SuperUser root Any service and any access from LAN WAN LOCAL TechnicalSupport SuperUser Any service and any channels from WAN Administrator TechnicalSupport Any service and any access from LAN Local origin only PowerUser Administrator GUI Service overview page via http https from LAN origin User PowerUser GUI Overview pages remote ass
380. serv esp log disabled state enabled serv ah log disabled state enabled serv dns log disabled state enabled serv ike log disabled state enabled serv icmp log disabled state enabled serv rtsp log disabled state enabled serv igmp log disabled state enabled name default srcintf wan log disabled E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes label rule modify Modify a label rule SYNTAX label rule modify where chain index newindex name clink srcintf srcip dstip serv log state label E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 chain lt chain name gt index lt number gt newindex lt number gt name lt string gt clink lt chain name gt Sroeintr lt string gt srcip lt ip address private gt dstip l lt ip address private gt serv lt service name gt log lt disabled enabled gt state lt disabled enabled gt label lt string gt If a value is preceded by a it means NOT For example srcintf wan means if srcintf is different from WAN The name of the chain which contains the rule The number of the rule in the chain The new number of the rule in the chain The name of the new rule The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies The name of the source interface expression The name of the source IP expression The name of the destination IP expressio
381. sesenceaes 377 a PP e 378 A ec eee eee sense cue eeeane sete tenet ecs ca etwnneesaemuawietaecuaoeeulaseetasace eee eeataduneen ee 379 Contents O e e UP OO E 382 co AAA EE 383 OT TI SNOW tancia iii 385 Se TE d e eu TI DE 387 A Um E 388 MOSUMIGI cleaner 390 EIERE 391 Pe OCIO AA A e A 392 MOST ONS Il oia sodas 393 NOSIMO UN T reae taifas 394 19 IDS CommandS ccooncnconcnnnnnccncnnnanononanonnnnncnnanaronanarenanaronannrennanans 395 ee EE 396 IAS CONT G PA oo a A E o e 397 ASP SM das 398 ds HE r O y aa 399 et e EN o E o A e 401 nn eze 402 OS Date ra Stats uretra 403 ee 404 ids signature modify E 405 Kette KA EE 406 ds threshold SE aia 407 ide SiO ele ONY CPP Uy 408 20 IGMP CoOMMAaNdS onccconcnccnncncncnccnnnnnonononanonanaronnnnnnnnnnnrrnnnrrnnananns 409 Omm NOSE CONN A eo so O E CE en 410 le einfer ene iseucacdeeeermseeupiaseeenuadeeecteiedusece 411 Leila Ae are SE WIS Esopo idea lia 412 dinos CONN srt tene a 413 Pi A rre eo Po EA 414 gmp TOS o A E EEO 415 Tela sde e o 416 VOI Belge al te E 417 ien ef Proxy MIS E 419 leiere Belge A o O o sc A E A E E E 420 AMP Proxy URC OMG E 421 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Contents 21 22 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IMP Proxy MiS Ersan EEE 422 DD POE IOS ISG EE 423 MO proxy debug El Caras aaa 424 OMO EOC CS Stats MA A e CP E o A 425 IgMp proxy debug traceconfig ENEE 426 Interface COMMAN S ccoooccccoc
382. sh E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall level list List all the security levels SYNTAX firewall level list format lt pretty cli gt string lt string gt beginstring lt string gt where format Select the output format in which the security levels must be OPTIONAL shown Choose between gt pretty the security levels are shown as intuitive output in clear text gt cli the security levels are shown via the CLI commands configuration The default is pretty string String matching condition OPTIONAL beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL RELATED COMMANDS firewall level add Add a security level firewall level delete Delete a security level E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commande firewall level modify Configure a security level SYNTAX firewall level modify name lt string gt index lt number gt readonly lt disabled enabled gt udptrackmode lt strict loose gt proxy lt disabled enabled gt service lt disabled enabled gt text lt quoted string gt where name The name of the security level to be added REQUIRED index The index of the security level OPTIONAL Tip Use the command firewall level listto obtain a list of indexes readonly Select whether the security level is readonly enabled or not OPTIONAL disabled udptrackmode Select the UDP connection tracking mod
383. sh command does not impact previously saved configurations The command ip flush deletes all local IP connectivity Do not use this command during an IP based local connection for example a Telnet CLI session or web based CLI access SYNTAX ip ilu ush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands ip ifadd Create an IP interface SYNTAX ip ifadd lt string gt lt string gt where intf dest EXAMIPLE gt 1p iflist Interface Group loop local Internet RtPPPOE ppp LocalNetwork wan wan lan gt ip ifadd intf myIPintf dest RtPPPOE eth gt ip iflist Interface Group local loop Internet RtPPPOE ppp LocalNetwork myIPintf wan wan lan wan RELATED COMMANDS ip ifdelete ip iflist ip ifwait E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 An network interface name MTU RX 65535 122062 1500 0 1500 0 1500 84105 MTU RX 65535 123966 1500 1500 1500 1500 The name of the IP interface to be created TX 72987 0 0 123358 TX 75177 0 0 125262 0 Delete an IP interface Display all the IP interfaces TA DEOP 0 0 0 0 Status UP DOWN DOWN UP Status UP DOWN DOWN UP DOWN Wait for a status change of an IP interface HW address 00 0e 50 0f 00 0e 50 0f HW address 00 0e 50 0f 00 0e 50 0f 00 0e 50 0f REQUIRED REQUIRED IP Commands ip ifattach Attach an IP interface SYNTAX ip 1fattach int
384. sign value A quoted translated string which defines the value of the environment REQUIRED variable Note The value of system variables built in variables with names starting with an underscore _ CONF or HOST cannot be changed EXAMPLE For infinite TELNET time out set the value of the variable SESSIONTIMEOUT to 0 gt env set var SESSIONTIMEOUT value 0 gt RELATED COMMANDS env unset Delete a non system environment variable E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Env Commands env unset Delete a environment variable SYNTAX env unset var lt string gt where var The name of the environment variable to be deleted REQUIRED Note System variables built in variables with names starting with an underscore _ CONF or HOST cannot be unset changed or deleted EXAMPLE gt env list COMPANY NAME THOMSON multimedia _ COMPANY URL http www speedtouch com _PROD_NAME SpeedTouch CONF DATE March 2004 CONF REGION World HOST SETUP user gt env unset var CONF REGION gt env list COMPANY NAME THOMSON multimedia _COMPANY URL http www speedtouch com _PROD NAME SpeedTouch CONF DATE March 2004 HOST SETUP user RELATED COMMANDS env set Create and set a non system environment variable E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Eth Commands 14 Eth Commands Introduction Contents eth ifadd eth ifattach eth ifconfig eth ifdelete eth ifdetach
385. sm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm O term reason acname service Rt PPPoA dest REPPPOA atm local disconnect 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 auth auto user johndoe ISP password x xx admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 9 term reason User kill IPCP state initial retransm O term reason gt ppp ifdelete intf Rt PPPoA gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm 0 term reason acname service E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands RELATED COMMANDS ppp ifadd Create a new PPP interface ppp iflist Display the PPP interfaces E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands ppp ifdetach Detach a PPP interface SYNTAX ppp ifdetach intf lt intfname gt where mg The name of the PPP interface to be detached REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands EXAMPLE gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo
386. srcintf wan means if the source interface is different from WAN The number of the rule in the chain The name of the new rule The name of the source IP expression The name of the service expression Disable or enable this rule Delete a firewall rule List the expressions REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL Firewall Commande firewall rule debug clear Clear the firewall rule statistics SYNTAX firewall rule debug clear chain lt string gt index lt number gt where chain The name of the chain which contains the rule OPTIONAL index The number of the rule in the chain OPTIONAL Note If not specified the statistics for all the rules in the chain will be cleared E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands EXAMIPLE gt firewall rule debug stats forward source sink fire Source Tire forward level sink system service forward level BlockAll forward level Standard forward level Disabled gt firewall rule debug clear gt firewall rule debug stats forward source sink fire source fire forward level sink system service CO CO CH CH CO CO CH CH CO O CH CO CO CH CH CO CO CH CH CO CH CH forward level BlockAll forward level Standard forward level Disabled RELATED COMMANDS firewall rule debug Show the firewall rule statistics stats E DO
387. st gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server pool list List all DHCP server pools SYNTAX dhcp server pool list name lt string gt where name The name of the DHCP server pool to be shown OPTIONAL Note If not specified all the DHCP server pools are shown EXAMIPLE gt dhcp server pool list Pool Start End Intf O LAN Private 10 0 0 1 10 0 0 254 eth0 1 My Pool 192 6 11 101 192 6 11 254 et bi gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server pool add Add a DHCP server pool dhcp server pool delete Delete a DHCP server pool E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server pool optadd Add an option instance to the DHCP server pool SYNTAX dhcp server pool optadd name lt string gt instname lt string gt where name The name of the DHCP server pool to which an option instance REQUIRED must be added instname The name of the DHCP server option instance REQUIRED Tip Use the command dhcp server option instlist to obtain a list of DHCP server option instances EXAMPLE gt dhcp server pool optadd name dhcp pool 1 instname yourInstance gt dhcp server pool list name dhcp pool 1 Pool Start End Intf State 1 dhcp pool 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lard FREE DHCP server Netmask Leasetime infinite Gateway 0 0 0 DNS domain an DNS metric 0 0 0 unnumbered 0 0 0 DNS address list 0 0 0 0 local DNS Option instance list Name Option yourInstance 2 yourTmpl
388. st IP Address Version Status 100 101 110 113 4 Synchronized gt RELATED COMMANDS sntp add Add a Network Time Protocol NTP server to the NTP server list sntp list List the NTP servers E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 SNTP Commands sntp flush Flush the NTP server list and the SNTP client configuration SYNTAX sento flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 SNTP Commands sntp list List the NTP servers SYNTAX sntp list EXAMIPLE gt sntp list IP Address Version Status Name 100 101 110 111 contacting 100 101 110 112 Unable to contact 100 101 110 113 Synchronized DESCRIPTION The status of an NTP server can be gt Not used The Thomson ST SNTP client is disabled As a consequence none of the NTP servers are used gt Contacting The Thomson ST SNTP client is trying to contact this NTP server gt Unable to contact The Thomson ST SNTP client is unable to contact this NTP server It may be down or no end to end connectivity exists no connection no DSL gt Synchronized The Thomson ST SNIP client was able to contact this NTP server If required the internal clock has been synchronized with this NTP server RELATED COMMANDS sntp add Add a Network Time Protocol NTP server to the NTP server list sntp delete Delete an NTP server from the NTP server list E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Software Commands 36 Software Commands Introduction This
389. st Display the IPQoS EF timers ipqos ef stats Display the IPQoS EF timer statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IPQ0S Commands ipqos ef list Display the IPOoS EF timers SYNTAX ipgos ef list EXAMPLE gt ipgos ef list Interface State Timeout ms loop disabled 1000 RE _PPPOAZ enabled 1000 eth0 disabled 1000 gt RELATED COMMANDS ipqos ef config Configure the IPQ0S Expedited Forwarding EF timer for an interface ipgos ef stats Display the IPOoS EF timer statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IPQ0S Commands ipqos ef stats Display the IPQoS EF timer statistics SYNTAX ipgos ef stats EXAMPLE gt ipqos ef stats Interface State Remain ms loop active 900 RE PEPOAZ active 900 etho disabled 0 gt RELATED COMMANDS ipqos ef config Configure the IPQ0S Expedited Forwarding EF timer for an interface ipqos ef list Display the IPOoS EF timers E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IPQ0S Commands Ipqos queue clear Clear the IPQOS statistics SYNTAX ipgos queue clear EXAMPLE gt ipqos queue stats Name Queue packets packets packets packets packets Marking added marked removed dropped replaced 0 1240 1240 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 4 PVC 1 5 gt ipqos queue clear gt ipqos queue stats Name Queue packets packets packets packets packets Marking added marked removed dropped replaced PVC 1 0 RELATED COMMANDS ip
390. st name is IP address The default is disabled Enable or disable blocking of HTTP requests if host name is believed to be an IP address The default is disabled Select the action to be performed when no filter is applicable Choose between gt block gt accept The default is accept gt dsd urlfilter config Filter state enabled Block proxy traffic disabled Block IP addr disabled Block obscured IP addr disabled Default action gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 accept OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL DSD Commands dsd urlfilter rule add Add a rule SYNTAX dsd urlfilter rule add url lt string gt action lt block accept redirect gt redirect lt string gt where url Definition of the URL filter REQUIRED action The action to perform when URL matches URL REQUIRED Choose between gt block gt accept gt redirect redirect The redirection URL REQUIRED Note This parameter is only required when the action is redirect EXAMPLE gt dsd urlfilter rule add url www speedtouch com action redirect redirect www speedtouch be gt dsd urlfilter rule list Index Action Url Redirect redirect www speedtouch com www speedtouch be Rule list statistics 1 present 128 total 0 0 used gt RELATED COMMANDS dsd urlfilter rule delete Delete a rule dsd urlfilter rule list Display the list of current rules E DOC CTC 2006 1027
391. state Disable or enable IPQoS for the interface OPTIONAL The default is disabled discard Determines the packet discard strategy in case of congestion OPTIONAL Choose between gt tail Tail Drop arriving packets will be dropped as soon as the destination queue is in an overflow state gt early Early Packet discard arriving packets will be dropped early according to the BLUE active queue management algorithm The default is early E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IPQ0S Commands priority Select the subqueue priority algorithm OPTIONAL Choose between gt wfq Weighted Fair Queuing WFQ is used for the four AF queues The realtime queue has priority over the WFO queues which have priority over the best effort queue gt strict Priority queuing is used Strict Priority scheduling is used between all queues The higher the queue number the higher the priority gt wrr Weighted Round Robin WRR is used for the four AF queues Each queue is scheduled in turn with a circular round wrapping The default is wfq realtimerate A number between 1 and 100 OPTIONAL Represents a percentage of the interface bandwidth for rate limiting of the Real Time queue In case of congestion the Real Time queue will only use this percentage of the interface bandwidth when there is also traffic on the other queues The default is 80 burstsize A number between 1 and 64 OPTIONAL Represents the Real Time queue burstsize
392. statistics SYNTAX label rule debug stat chain lt string gt S index lt number gt where chain The name of the chain for which the statistics must be shown OPTIONAL Note If not specified the statistics for the rules applicable to all chains are shown index The index number of the rule for which the statistics must be OPTIONAL shown Tip Use the command label rule l st to obtain the index number of the applicable rule Note If not specified the statistics for all rules applicable to the specified chain are shown EXAMPLE gt label rule debug stats chain qos labels packets qos labels gt gt label rule debug stats Chain qos default labels packets qos default labels gt RELATED COMMANDS label rule debug clear Clear the label rule statistics E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Label Commandes label rule debug tracecontig Display or modify the rule trace configuration SYNTAX label rule debug trac trace lt disabled enabled gt econfig where trace Disable or enable rule traces OPTIONAL The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt label rule debug traceconfig label rule debug traceconfig state disabled gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Label Commands E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Language Commands 25 Language Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the language command group Contents This chapter covers the followin
393. status disabled gt dhcp relay config agentinfo enabled gt dhcp relay config Agent info status enabled Drop agent info mismatch status disabled gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay delete Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list SYNTAX dhcp relay delete name lt string gt where name The forward entry name REQUIRED EXAMPLE gt dhcp relay delete name lanl to 127 0 0 1 dies relay delete name Lanl to 127 0 0 1 gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp relay add Add an entry to the DHCP forward list dhcp relay list List the DHCP forward list dhcp relay modify Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay flush Flush the DHCP relay settings CD The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX dhcp relay flush EXAMPLE gt dhcp relay list DHCP server Interface 192 L6G li 54 gt dhcp relay flush gt dhcp relay list No dynamic interfaces defined gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp relay ifconfig Configure a DHCP relay interface SYNTAX dhcp relay ifconfig intf lt string gt relay lt disabled enabled gt maxhops lt number 0 16 gt remoteid lt password gt trusted lt disabled enabled gt where intf The name of the dynamic interface to be configured REQUIRED relay Set the re
394. stics SYNTAX dsd debug stats name lt intercept urlfilter recycling syslog all clear lt no yes gt where name Specify the name of a module REQUIRED clear Clear the specified statistics REQUIRED E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd intercept config Display modify the HTTP Intercept configuration SYNTAX dsd intercept config WDSpoofedIP lt ip address gt servertimeout lt number gt servererrorurl lt string gt categoryerrorurl lt string gt urlblockedurl lt string gt imageredirect lt disabled enabled gt imageredirecturl lt string gt monitorintercepturl lt string gt alwaysuseip lt disabled enabled gt where WDSpoofedIP The IP address indicating unavailable WAN connection OPTIONAL The default is 198 78 1 1 servertimeout A number of seconds OPTIONAL Represents the server timeout for redirect action The default is 10 servererrorurl The destination URL when the connection to the server failed OPTIONAL categoryerrorurl The destination URL when the connection to the category server OPTIONAL failed monitorintercept The destination URL when the request Is intercepted by the OPTIONAL url monitor thread urlblockedurl The destination URL when the requested URL is blocked OPTIONAL imageredirect Enable or disable substitution of blocked images OPTIONAL The default is enabled imageredirecturl The URL of the image
395. stream lt bitrate_out gt kbit s LOCAL5 NOTICE xDSL linestate up downstream lt bitrate_in gt kbit s upstream lt bitrate_out gt kbit s output Power Down lt outputPowerDn gt dBm Up lt outputPowerUp gt dBm line Attenuation Down lt lineAttenuationDn gt dB Up lt lineAttenuationUp gt dB snr Margin Down lt snrMarginDn gt dB Up lt snrMarginUp gt dB NAPT Module Facility Severity Contents LOCAL4 INFO NAPT Protocol lt TCP UDP ICMP gt Open port lt port gt Helper lt app_name gt gt lt failed ok gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 THOMSON System Logging Messages images amp beyond y PPP Module Facility Severity Contents LOCALO WARNING PPP Link up lt intf name gt LOCALO WARNING PPP Link down lt intf name gt AUTH ERROR PPP PAP authentication failed lt intf name gt protocol reject AUTH INFO PPP PAP on intf lt intf_id gt no response to authenticate request AUTH NOTICE PPP PAP remote user lt remote_user_name gt successful authenticated AUTH ERROR PPP PAP authentication for remote user lt remote_user gt failed AUTH PPP PAP Authenticate Ack received AUTH PPP PAP Authenticate Nack received AUTH PPP PAP Authenticate Request sent AUTH PPP PAP authentication failed lt intf name gt AUTH PPP CHAP authentication failed lt intf name gt AUTH PPP CHAP authentication failed protocol reject server AUTH PPP CHAP authentication failed protocol reje
396. t where expand Enable or disable expanded listing of IGMP proxy interface OPTIONAL configuration The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt igmp proxy iflist Interface State Version Querier J guestl inactive dmz 1 inactive wanl inactive lanl downstream ISDN backup trigger Inactive ISDN backup IMActive Internet inactive 6 5 4 3 2 1 RELATED COMMANDS igmp proxy ifconfig Configure an IGMP proxy interface E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp proxy mbslist Show the IGMP proxy membership database merge of all learned groups SYNTAX igmp proxy mbslist E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp proxy debug clear Clear IGMP proxy statistics SYNTAX Lomp proxy debug clear RELATED COMMANDS igmp proxy debug stats Print IGMP proxy statistics igmp proxy debug traceconfig Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IGMP Commands igmp proxy debug stats Print IGMP proxy statistics SYNTAX igmp proxy debug stats EXAMPLE gt igmp proxy debug stats IGMP proxy statistics Total IGMP packets recv Too short IGMP packets recv IGMP packets with bad checksum recv IGMP packets with bad ttl recv IGMP packets with no route alert option recv IGMPv1 queries recv IGMPv2 queries recv IGMPv3 queries recv IGMP bad queries recv IGMP queries fail IGMPvl reports recv IGMPv2 reports recv IGMPv3 reports recv IGMP bad reports r
397. t 125 txoptions add 126 delete 127 list 128 relay add 130 config 133 debug stats 131 traceconfig 132 delete 134 flush 135 ifconfig 136 iflist 138 list 139 modify 140 ruleadd 141 ruledelete 142 rule add 143 debug traceconfig 144 delete 145 flush 146 list 147 server config 148 debug clear 151 stats 152 traceconfig 154 flush 149 lease add 155 delete 157 flush 158 list 159 option flush 160 instadd 161 instdelete 163 instlist 164 tmpladd 165 tmpldelete 166 tmpllist 167 policy 150 pool add 168 config 170 delete 172 flush 173 list 174 optadd 175 optdelete 176 rtadd 178 rtdelete 179 ruleadd 180 ruledelete 181 Index disable service host disable 632 dns client config 184 dnsadd 185 dnsdelete 186 dnslist 187 flush 188 nslookup 189 server config 190 debug clear 192 spoof clear 194 getaddress 195 getflags 196 list 197 update 198 stats 193 flush 191 host add 199 delete 200 flush 201 list 202 route add 203 delete 205 flush 206 list 207 dnsadd dns client dnsadd 185 dnsdelete dns client dnsdelete 186 dnslist dns client dnslist 187 dsd config 210 debug connection list 212 proxy 213 recycling 214 stats 215 intercept config 216 syslog config 217 list 218 urlfilter config 219 rule add 220 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Index delete 221 flush 222 list 223 modify 224 dump config dump 75 dyndns add 228 delete 229 flush 230 host add 234 delete 2
398. t message_type_name message_type_id gt Action lt action gt WARNING FIREWALL Hook lt hookname gt Rule ID lt rule_id gt Protocol lt protocol_name gt Src_ip_port lt ip address ip_port gt Det mp port lt ip address ip_port gt Action lt action gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 system Logging Messages THOMSON images amp beyond a LOGIN Module Facility Severity Contents AUTH NOTICE LOGOUT User lt user_id gt logged out on lt connection_type gt lt ip address gt AUTH NOTICE LOGOUT User lt user_id gt logged out on lt connection_type gt AUTH NOTICE LOGOUT lt session_name gt session of user lt user_id gt killed lt ip address gt AUTH NOTICE LOGOUT lt session_name gt session of user lt user_id gt killed AUTH NOTICE LOGIN User lt user_id gt tried to login on lt connection_type gt from lt ip address gt AUTH NOTICE LOGIN User lt user_id gt logged in on lt connection_type gt from lt ip address gt AUTH NOTICE LOGIN User logged in on lt connection_type gt lt ip address gt AUTH NOTICE LOGIN User lt user_id gt tried to log in on lt connection_type gt Kernel Module Facility Severity Contents KERN WARNING KERNEL cold reset KERN WARNING KERNEL warm reset KERN EMERG KERNEL Controlled restart after internal error or explicit system reboot Linestate Module Facility Severity Contents LOCAL5 NOTICE xDSL linestate up downstream lt bitrate_in gt kbit s up
399. t remote administrator enabled or not OPTIONAL disabled The default is disabled deflocadmin Set this user as the default local administrator enabled or not OPTIONAL disabled The default is disabled E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 User Commandes EXAMIPLE In the example below the user Administrator creates a new user JohnDoe This user has lower access rights than the user Poweruser Administrator gt user list User Flags Role Administrator Administrator tech TechnicalSupport Administrator user gt add name JohnDoe password Please retype password for verification password role Administrator hash2 descr defuser defremadmin user add name JohnDoe password CYP x90 1hxuRyMME role Administrator Administrator gt user list User Flags Role Administrator Administrator tech TechnicalSupport JohnDoe Administrator Administrator gt DESCRIPTION gt U indicates the default user gt R indicates the default remote administrator RELATED COMMANDS user delete Delete a user user list Display the users E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 User Commande user config Modify a user CD You can only modify a user whose privileges are the same or lower than your own privileges SYNTAX user config name lt string gt password lt password gt role lt string gt descr lt quoted string defuser lt disabled
400. tem service 647 modify E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service host assign Assign a service to a host device SYNTAX service host assign name lt quoted string gt NOSE lt ip address gt Log lt disabled enabled gt where name host log EXAMPLE The name of an existing host service The IP address of the host Enable or disable logging gt service host assign name MSN Messenger host 192 168 1 64 gt service host list Service Name Age of Empires AIM Talk Aliens vs Predator MSN Messenger gt RELATED COMMANDS service host disable User Defined unassigned unassigned unassigned 192 168 1 64 Disable a host service REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL server client server Server E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service host config Modify and or display global service configuration options SYNTAX service host config trace lt disabled enabled gt where mee Enable or disable traces REQUIRED The default is disabled EXAMPLE gt service host config Service traces disabled 1 gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Service Commands service host add Add a host service SYNTAX service host add name lt quoted string gt mode lt server client custom gt where name The name of the new host service REQUIRED mode The service mode OPTIONAL Choose between gt
401. the number of UDP packets to send The default is 7 size A number between 0 and 20000 bytes OPTIONAL Represents the size of the ping packet s The default is 7 interval A number between 1 and 10000000 milliseconds OPTIONAL Represents the intermediate interval between two sent UDP packets The default is 100 listen Listen for incoming ICMP packets enabled or only send ICMP packets OPTIONAL disabled The default is disabled dffield Enable or disable setting of the don t fragment flag in the IP headers of OPTIONAL the ping srcaddr The IP source address to use OPTIONAL srcport The UDP source port number to use OPTIONAL dstport The UDP destination port number to send to REQUIRED dstintf The IP interface name OPTIONAL By specifying the destination interface with the dstintf parameter a direct send is performed instead of a routed send This means that the statefull firewall will be bypassed for the outbound packet As a result the returning icmp packet can not be associated with an existing udp connection because there isn t any and is legally dropped by the firewall To prevent this packet from being dropped disable the ICMPchecks and UDPchecks in the firewall configuration E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 IP Commands EXAMPLE gt ip debug sendto addr 10 0 0 148 listen on srcport 19 dstport 1025 gt ip debug sendto addr 10 0 0 148 listen on srcport 19 dstport 1025 1 bytes from 10 0 0 148 1025 41 A
402. timerconfig Configure the connection timeout handling E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection timercontig Configure the connection timeout handling SYNTAX connection timerconfig timer lt tcpidle tcpneg tcpkill udpidle udpkill LOmMPkRLAL ipiadle Ale KK value lt number 0 86400 gt where timer The name of the connection idle timer to be OPTIONAL configured Choose between gt tcpidle gt tcpneg gt tcpkill gt udpidle gt udpkill gt cmpkill gt ipidle gt ipkill value A number between 0 and 86400 seconds OPTIONAL Represents the timer expire value EXAMPLE gt connection timerconfig tcpidle E lar Qe tepneg KS qe udp NP EE icmp E Le Q7 ip Pp En gt connection timerconfig timer tcpidle value 360 gt connection timerconfig tcpidle 6 0 tcpneg Sch ES udp A O i icmp LA QT ip 1 0 gt RELATED COMMANDS connection timerclear Clear the connection timeout to default E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Connection Commands connection unbind Delete an existing CONN NAT application helper port binding SYNTAX connection unbind application lt string gt DOLE lt POrC ranges where application The name of a CONN NAT application helper REQUIRED Tip Use the command connection applist to obtain a list of CONN NAT application helpers port The port number or port range this application REQUIRED handler should
403. tmpllist Name Option Type Use myTmpl 1 32 bit 0 gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server option tmpladd Add a DHCP server option template dhcp server option List all the DHCP server option templates tmpllist E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server option tmpllist List all the DHCP server option templates SYNTAX dhcp server option tmpllist EXAMIPLE gt dhcp server option tmpllist Name Option Type yourTmpl 2 ascii myTmpl 1 32 bit gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server option tmpladd Add a DHCP server option template dhcp server option Del DHCP er option template tmpldelete elete a CP server op p E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server pool add Add a DHCP server pool SYNTAX dhcp server pool add name lt string gt index lt number gt where name The name of the DHCP server pool REQUIRED Note If not specified the name is dhcp_pool_x where x is a subsequent number index The number of the pool before which you want the new pool to OPTIONAL be added Note If not specified the DHCP server pool will be added at the bottom of the DHCP server lease table E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands EXAMIPLE gt dhcp server pool list Pool Start End O dhcp pool 1 0 0 0 0 He H H D 1 My LAN Pool ER dE EE eg 2 aucp pool 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 gt dhcp server pool add gt dhcp server pool list Pool Start End
404. tton Enable or disable reset to factory defaults pushbutton OPTIONAL The default is enabled digestauth Enable or disable HTTP digest authentication OPTIONAL The default is enabled defaultconnection The name of the default internet connection OPTIONAL rtc Enable or disable RTC OPTIONAL The default is disabled autosave Enable or disable autosaves OPTIONAL The default is enabled E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 system Commands autosavedelay A number between 0 and 600 OPTIONAL Represents the autosave delay in seconds 0 for immediate save EXAMPLE gt system config upnp discovery enabled TR 64 discovery disabled mdap discovery enabled drst support disabled reset button enabled digest authentication enabled rte enabled defaultconnection Internet autosave enabled autosave delay 10s E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 system Commands system flush Flush the current system configuration The system password and the system config settings dcache excluded are flushed i gt The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX system flush EXAMPLE gt system flush Security notification Password changed use saveall to make it permanent gt E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 system Commands system locale Set get the regional settings SYNTAX system locale dec symbol lt group symbol lt 1 date sepa
405. tual destination mask will be the netmask applicable for the IP address of the host which opened the PPP connection gt Only the host which opened the PPP connection is allowed to use the PPP connection dstmsk 32 gt Any valid contiguous netmask in case of VLSM E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 PPP Commands metric The route metric in other words the cost factor of the route OPTIONAL Practically the cost is determined by the hop count EXAMPLE gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns metric 0 mru 1492 Tx inactivity 1200s left Os auth auto user password admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm 0 term reason acname service Rt PPPoA Gest 1 RtPPPOA atm 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd dns metric 0 mru 1500 auth auto user johndoe ISP password x xx admin state down oper state down link state not connected LCP state initial retransm 10 term reason IPCP state initial retransm 0 term reason gt ppp rtadd intf Rt PPPoA dst 0 0 0 0 0 src 10 0 0 0 1 gt ppp iflist Internet dest RELAY 00 00 00 Retry 10 mode IP routing flags echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial dns met
406. uest or number gt bridgeport lt number gt tos lt number 0 255 gt precedence lt IP precedence type gt or lt number gt dscp lt DSCP name gt or lt number gt proto lt supported IP protocol name gt or lt number gt dstport lt supported TCP UDP port name gt or lt number gt srcportend lt supported TCP UDP port name gt or lt number gt dstportend lt supported TCP UDP port name gt or lt number gt icmptype lt supported ICMP type name gt or lt number gt ed icmpcode lt number 0 15 gt icmpcodeend lt number 0 15 gt GD If a value is preceded by a it means NOT For example intfgroup wan means if the interface group is different from WAN The name of the expression to be modified The expression type Choose between gt intf gt ip gt Serv The index of the subexpression to be modified Tip Use the command expr list to obtain the indexes of the subexpressions The IP address or range Supports ip mask notation Note Only for expression type ip The IP interface name Note Only for expression type intf srcport lt supported TCP UDP port name gt or lt number gt REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL Expr Commands intfgroup The IP interface group OPTIONAL Choose between gt wan gt local gt lan gt tunnel gt
407. ug traceconfig 537 delete 726 mlp debug traceconfig 548 flush 727 upgrade debug traceconfig 704 list 728 rights 730 traceroute traceroute rootcommand 5 triggerlist service host triggerlist 636 V version software version 673 U unbind connection unbind 100 W unloadobjects mbus unloadobjects 531 walk unset snmp walk 653 envunset 248 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 THOMSON Telecom Belgium Prins Boudewijnlaan 47 2650 Edegem www thomson broadband com THOMSON All rights reserved E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 THOMSON images amp beyond y
408. uld be taken Tip Use the command dhcp server pool listto obtain a list of available DHCP server pools addr The favoured IP address for this DHCP host OPTIONAL This IP address if specified must be in the range of the specified DHCP server pool offset A number between 0 and the integer number defined by the OPTIONAL number of available IP addresses in the DHCP server pool Represents the IP address offset in the DHCP server pool preserved for this host Note Not specifying this parameter does not preserve an IP address for the host leasetime A number of seconds OPTIONAL Represents the time the host is allowed to use this address Note 0 means infinite leasetime expiretime The time in seconds the DHCP server keeps the lease reserved Tip 0 means infinite expirytime gateway The IP address of the default router for this client OPTIONAL macaddr The MAC address of the host OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands EXAMIPLE gt dhcp server lease list Lease Pool TTL State Clientid 0 0 0 0 0 dhcp pool 1 00 26 40 FREE 00 90 D0 12 34 56 gt dhcp server lease add clientid 01 23 55 67 89 ab pool Local pool leasetime 3600 gt dhcp server lease list Lease Pool TTL State Clientid O 0 0 0 0 dhep pool 1 00 26 40 FREE 00 90 D0 12 34 56 10 0 0 1 local pool 00 59 22 USED 01 23 45 67 89 AB RELATED COMMANDS dhcp server lease delete Delete a DHCP server lease dhcp server lease list List all the D
409. ules SYNTAX firewall rule flush chain lt string gt where chain The name of the chain for which the rules must be flushed OPTIONAL Note lf not specified the rules of all the chains will be flushed E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall rule list Show a list of the firewall rules in a chain SYNTAX firewall rule list chain lt string gt format lt pretry l1 gt string lt string gt beginstring lt string gt where chain The name of the chain for which the rules must be listed OPTIONAL Note If not specified the rules of all the chains are shown format Select the output format in which the list must be shown OPTIONAL Choose between gt pretty the list is shown as intuitive output in clear text gt cli the list is shown via the CLI commands configuration The default is pretty string String matching condition OPTIONAL beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commande EXAMIPLE gt firewall rule list Rules flags C Constant D Dynamic E Enable L Log Chain Nr Flags Rule sink 1 CDE link sink fire 2 CDE link sink system service sink fire 1 C E SSDP accept ssdp serv lan gt ssdp ip sink system service 1 CDE HTTPI accept HTTPI sv 0 HTTPI if 0 gt 2 DE PING RESPONDER accept PING RESPONDER sv 0 PING RESPON DER E E 3 CD SENDTO LISTEN accept SE
410. urst Perform a syslog message burst SYNTAX systemlog DBG ADF HUTSE E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 systemlog Commands systemlog DBG dbg_ contents Show the contents of the message buffer SYNTAX systemlog DBG dbg contents E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 systemlog Commands E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Upgrade Commands 39 Upgrade Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the upgrade command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands upgrade config upgrade start upgrade debug traceconfig upgrade debug sesslist upgrade profile add upgrade profile modify upgrade profile delete upgrade profile list E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Change the upgrade daemon configuration Start a new upgrade Enable disable upgrade daemon tracing Display the list of sessions Add a new file profile description Modify a file profile description Delete a file profile description Display a list of the file profile descriptions 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 708 Upgrade Commands upgrade config Change the upgrade daemon configuration SYNTAX upgrade config state lt disabled enabled gt protocol lt titp trte attpe attos gt where state Set the upgrade daemon state to enabled or disabled OPTIONAL The default is disabled protocol The transfer protocol to be used for file download OPTIONAL Choose between gt
411. used when substituting blocked images OPTIONAL alwaysuseip Always use IP address when redirecting to a local page enabled OPTIONAL or not disabled The default is enabled EXAMPLE gt dsd intercept config WAN down spoofed IP 1962128 od Servertimeout 10 sec Connection failure cgi b ic connect Category server error cgi b ic connect Monitor intercept y cat b Le connect Unauthorized request cgi b sfltr blocked Image redirecting enabled Image redirect url images spacer gif Always use IP enabled gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DSD Commands dsd syslog config Display modify the HTTP Intercept logging configuration SYNTAX dsd syslog contig syslog lt none unauthorized errors inter cepted all gt where syslog Define the type of events to log OPTIONAL Choose between gt none nothing is logged to syslog gt unauthorized only the HTTP requests that are blocked because of a LocalRule BlockCategory BlocklPAddress or BlockObscure event are logged gt errors only the HTTP requests that are blocked because of Server errors Category errors Monitor intercept loop detection bad requests or redirects by local policy rules gt intercepted only the HTTP requests that are blocked because of URLBlocked Server errors Category errors Monitor intercept loop detection bad requests or redirects by local policy rules gt all every received request is logged to sysl
412. ush Flush all DHCP rules dhcp rule list List all DHCP rules E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp rule flush Flush all DHCP rules SYNTAX dhcp rule flush EXAMIPLE gt dhcp rule list Name Use Value new 0 vci test gt dhcp rule flush gt dhcp rule list Name Use Value gt RELATED COMMANDS dhcp rule add Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection dhcp rule delete Delete a DHCP rule dhcp rule list List all DHCP rules E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp rule list List all DHCP rules SYNTAX dhcp rule list EXAMIPLE gt dhcp rule list Name Use Value 0 vci test RELATED COMMANDS dhcp rule add Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection dhcp rule delete Delete a DHCP rule dhcp rule flush Flush all DHCP rules E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server config Print the DHCP server configuration settings SYNTAX dhcp server config state lt disabled enabled gt where E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server flush Flush all DHCP server pool and lease entries CE The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations SYNTAX dhcp server flush E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 DHCP Commands dhcp server policy Print the DHCP server policy settings SYNTAX dhcp server policy verifyfirst lt disabled enabled gt trustclient lt disabl
413. ush Flush the NTP server list and the SNTP client configuration 669 sntp list List the NTP servers 670 E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 SNTP Commands sntp add Add a Network Time Protocol NTP server to the NTP server list The internal Thomson ST real time clock SNTP client will be synchronized with the NTP server SYNTAX addr lt ip address gt name lt string gt version lt number 1 4 gt where addr The IP address of the NTP server to add to the list OPTIONAL Note This parameter is optional in this respect that either an IP address or the name of an NTP server must be specified name The DNS name of NTP server to be added to list If both the IP address OPTIONAL and the DNS name are provided the IP address is ignored Note This parameter is optional in this respect that either an IP address or the name of an NTP server must be specified version The SNTP version of the NTP server OPTIONAL Select either 1 2 3 or 4 following NTP server supported versions The default is 4 EXAMPLE gt sntp list IP Address Version Status 100 101 110 113 4 Synchronized gt sntp add addr 100 101 110 111 gt sntp list IP Address Version Status 100 101 110 111 4 contacting 100 101 110 113 4 Synchronized gt RELATED COMMANDS sntp delete Delete an NTP server from the NTP server list sntp list List the NTP servers E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 SNTP Commands sntp config Modi
414. v2 0 appinfo connection appinfo 84 applist connection applist 85 arpadd ip arpadd 433 arpdelete ip arpdelete 434 arplist ip arplist 435 assign service host assign 628 atm bundle add 27 attach 28 clear 30 config 29 delete 31 detach 32 flush 33 ifadd 34 ifconfig 35 ifdelete 36 list 37 cac config 38 list 39 overbooking 40 debug aalbstats 41 gstats 42 portstats 43 flush 19 ifadd 20 ifattach 21 ifconfig 22 ifdelete 24 ifdetach 25 iflist 26 oam CC list 49 modify 50 send 51 config 44 list 45 modify 46 ping 48 vclb add 52 del 53 list 54 phonebook add 55 autolist 56 delete 57 flush 58 list 59 qosbook add 60 config 61 ctdadd 62 ctddelete 64 ctdlist 65 delete 66 flush 67 list 68 attach atm bundle attach 28 autolist atm phonebook autolist 56 autopvc config 70 info 72 autosave system debug autosave 685 bind connection bind 86 bindlist connection bindlist 87 C capture eth switch mirror capture 307 clean connection clean 88 clear atm bundle clear 30 connection clear 89 dhcp client debug clear 119 dhcp server debug clear 151 dns server debug clear 192 dns server debug spoof clear 194 eth bridge clear 259 eth bridge igmpsnooping clear 284 firewall debug clear 355 firewall rule debug clear 370 hostmgr clear 390 ids clear 396 ids pattern clear 401 ids threshold clear 406 igmp host debug clear 415 igmp proxy debug clear 424 ipqos queue cl
415. work on EXAMPLE gt connection bindlist Application Proto Portrange IRC tcp 6750 JABBER mess 15222 JABBER EE 5222 FTP CCD 21 IRC ESP 6660 IP6TO4 6to4 0 gt connection unbind application IRC port 6750 gt connection bindlist Application Proto Portrange JABBER 15222 JABBER 5222 FTP 21 IRC 6660 IP6TO4 gt RELATED COMMANDS connection bind Create a new CONN NAT application helper port binding connection bindlist List the current CONN NAT application helper port bindings 100 E DOC CTC 20061027 0008 v2 0 CWMP Commands 7 CWMP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands of the cwmp CPE WAN Management Protocol command group Contents This chapter covers the following commands cwmp config Configure the cwmpd as seen from the ACS 102 cwmp server config Configure the cwmpd towards the ACS 104 E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 cwmp config CWMP Commands Configure the cwmpd as seen from the ACS SYNTAX cwmp config where state mode periodiclnform periodicinfint sessionTimeout nolpTimeout maxEnvelopes tate lt disabled enabled gt mode lt readonly full gt periodicinform lt disabled enabled gt periodiciInfiInt lt number gt sessionTimeout lt number gt nolpTimeout lt number gt connectionRequest lt disabled enabled gt connectionReqPath lt string gt connectionReqUserName lt string gt
416. x sustrate 5 tx maxburst rx peakrate 4 rx sustrate 5 rx maxburst 6 dynamic yes autopvc add bridge qosbook add name auto 1 2 class 3 tx peakrate 4 tx sustrate 5 tx maxburst rx peakrate 4 rx sustrate 5 rx maxburst 6 dynamic yes phonebook add name auto 1 2 addr 1 52 type any dynamic yes bridge ifadd intf auto 1 2 dest auto 1 2 bridge ifconfig intt auto Sl 2 qos auto SL 2 bridge ifattach 1mt auto St p2 autopvc delete bridge bridge ifdetach intf auto 1 2 bridge ifdelete intf auto 1 2 phonebook delete name auto 1 2 qosbook delete name auto 1 2 autopvc add pppoerelay qosbook add name auto 1 2 class 3 tx peakrate 4 tx sustrate 5 tx maxburst rx peakrate 4 rx sustrate 5 rx maxburst 6 dynamic yes phonebook add name auto 1 2 addr 1 52 type any dynamic yes ethoa ifadd intf auto 1 2 dest auto 1 2 erhoa ifconfig intf auto 1 2 gos Auto 1 2 ethoa ifattach intf auto 1 32 ip 1fwa1t intl auto 1 SZ timeout 15 admi status up pppoe relay add port auto 1 2 Script Commands RELATED COMMANDS script add Add a line to a script script delete Delete a complete script or a line from a script E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Script Commands script run Run a script SYNTAX script run name lt string gt pars lt string gt where name Name of the script to be run REQUIRED Tip Use the command script list to obtain the names of the different scripts p
417. xpr add name ipsec type serv proto ah expr add name ipsec type serv proto esp expr add name ipsec type serv proto udp srcport ike dstport ike expr add name esp type serv proto esp expr add name ah type serv proto ah expr add name ike type serv proto udp dstport ike expr add name DiffServ type serv dscp cs0 expr add name sip type serv proto udp dstport sip expr add name sip type serv proto tcp dstport sip expr add name h323 type serv proto tcp dstport h323 expr add name h323 type serv proto udp dstport 1718 expr add name h323 type serv proto udp dstport 1719 expr add name dhcp type serv proto udp dstport bootpc expr add name dhcp type serv proto udp dstport bootps expr add name rtsp type serv proto udp dstport rtsp expr add name rtsp type serv proto tcp dstport rtsp expr add Name ssdp serv type s rv proto udp dstport 1900 n expr add name mdep serv type serv proto udp dstport 3235 gt E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Expr Commands RELATED COMMANDS expr add Add a subexpression to an expression expr delete Delete an expression E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Expr Commands expr modify Modify an expression SYN TAX expr modify where name type number addr intf E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 name lt string gt type lt intf ip serv gt index lt number gt addr 1 lt ip range gt Letz lt string gt intfgroup J lt wan local lan tunnel dmz g
418. y a it means NOT For example srcintf wan means if the source interface is different from WAN lt faccept deny drop reset count link gt where chain The name of the chain which contains the rule REQUIRED index The number of the rule in the chain OPTIONAL name The name of the new rule OPTIONAL clink The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies OPTIONAL srcintf The name of the source interface expression OPTIONAL srcip The name of the source IP expression OPTIONAL dstintf The name of the destination interface expression OPTIONAL dstip The name of the destination IP expression OPTIONAL serv The name of the service expression OPTIONAL log Disable or enable logging is done when this rule applies OPTIONAL state Enable or disable this rule OPTIONAL action The action to be taken when this rule applies link when clink is used REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS firewall rule delete Delete a firewall rule expr list List the expressions E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall rule delete Delete a firewall rule SYNTAX firewall rule delete chain lt string gt index lt number gt where chain The name of the chain in which a rule must be deleted REQUIRED index The number of the rule in the chain REQUIRED RELATED COMMANDS firewall rule add Add a firewall rule E DOC CTC 2006 1027 0003 v2 0 Firewall Commands firewall rule flush Flush all firewall r
419. zone 47 zone 48 zone 49 zone 50 zone 51 zone 32 zone 53 zone 54 zone 55 zone 56 zone 57 zone 58 zone 59 zone 60 zone 6l zone 62 swk activation sensitve file zone 71 zone 72 zone 73 zone 74 zone 75 zone 76 zone 77 zone 78 zone 79 zone 83 zone 84 zone 85 zone 86 zone 87 zone 88 zone 89 zone 90 zone 91 zone 92 traces Administrator gt RELATED COMMANDS user add Add a user user delete Delete a user E DOC CTC 20061027 0003 v2 0 User Commandes user rights Display the session rights CD The user rights of the currently logged in user are shown SYNTAX EXAMPLE Administrator gt user rights Current session info user name Administrator role Administrator access lan origin lan telnet channel telnet unsecure unsecure connection service s r lan r wan r fs view r fs retrieve r rtg r fwdg r nat r frwl r ipsec norm r ipsec adv r certificates r remote mgnt r local r qos w lan w wan w fs passive w rtg w fwdg w nat w frwl norm w frwl adv w frwe mgnt w ipsec w certificates w remote mgnt w local w qos snd lan snd wan snd local and lan and wan and frwl and local user admin mlp admin secure ipsec term secure br cli cgi ftp mdap zone 45 zone 46 zone 47 zone 48 zone 49 zone 50 zone 51 zone 52 zone 53 zone 54 zone 55 zone 56 zone 57 zone 58 zone 59 zone 60 zone Ol zone 62 swk activation sensitve file zone

Technicolor - Thomson ST516 Network Router User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents